CALIFORNIA STATE HORSEMEN’S ASSOCIATION, INC.
Bylaws and Program Rulebook
2016 Published by
California State Horsemen’s Association, Inc. P.O.Box 1228 Tel. 559/325-1055 Clovis, CA 93613 Fax 559/325-1056 Table of Contents
What is CSHA?
Region map
501(c) (3) Articles of Incorporation
Trust Agreement ……………………………………….. TA 1 - TA 2 Scholarship Procedures ……………………………………….. S 1 - S 2 State Awards and Recognition ……………………………………….. SAR 1 - SAR 27 Bylaws ……………………………………….. B 1 - B 24 Administrative Practices ……………………………………….. AP 1 - AP 34
Programs:
Drill Team ……………………………………….. DT 1 - DT 14 Endurance ……………………………………….. EN 1 - EN 4 English/Western ……………………………………….. EW 1 - EW 14 Equestrian Trails Patrol (ETP) ……………………………………….. ETP 1 - ETP 8 Gymkhana Rules ……………………………………….. G 1 - G 34 Gymkhana Courses ……………………………………….. GC 1 - GC 34 Horsemastership ……………………………………….. H 1 - H 14 Judges Commission ……………………………………….. JC 1 - JC 16 Parade ……………………………………….. P 1 - P 40 Royalty ……………………………………….. R 1 - R 12 State Patrol ……………………………………….. SP 1 - SP 8 Stock Competition ……………………………………….. SC 1 - SC 14 Trail Riders Awards (TRAP) ……………………………………….. TRAP 1 - TRAP 6 Trail Trials ……………………………………….. TT 1 - TT 22 Trails ……………………………………….. T 1 - T 14
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
WHAT IS C.S.H.A.?
The California State Horsemen's Association, Incorporated. is a 501 (c)(3) nonprofit corporation that is comprised of individual, club and commercial members. CSHA has something for every horseman from the backyard enthusiast to the commercial business.
We offer a variety of competitions for the amateur rider. Most programs offer Region level competition wherein competitors qualify to compete for the coveted title of State Champion. Paraders compete throughout the State to qualify to compete in our annual State Championship parade. Other programs include Drill Team, Endurance, English, Gymkhana, Stock Competition (team penning, team roping, cutting, cattle drafting, cattle sorting), Trail Riders, and Western.
CSHA Horsemastership is an educational program wherein participants learn the horse's anatomy, proper care of a horse, health and preventive medicine, and proper use and care of riding equipment. Participants compete in a written test, grooming and handling test, and riding test.
Our Royalty program offers Region level competition for young ladies and gentlemen. Each Region Royal qualifies to compete for the corresponding state title and scholarship. The program offers three divisions; Senior (ages 14-17), Junior (ages 11-13) and Little (ages 7-10).
Our Equestrian Trails Patrol unit works to maintain existing trails, as well as establish new trails and preserve the rights of horsemen to use the trails.
The CSHA Charitable Trust administers several scholarships. These include the U. C. Davis Memorial scholarship which is awarded annually to a veterinary student at the University of California at Davis. The Trust also administers an Equine Medical Research Fund. Donations to this fund are made by members in memory of their deceased horse. These funds are distributed to the U. C. Davis School of Veterinary Medicine research department. Junior members may compete for college scholarships through our Horsemastership, Gymkhana, English, Western and Royalty programs.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CSHA REGION MAP
Counties Served
• Region1... Mendocino, Lake, Sonoma, Napa, Solano, and Marin • Region 2.. Tehama, Plumas, Glenn, and Butte • Region 3... Sutter, Placer, Yolo, Sacramento, Colusa, El Dorado, Sierra, Yuba, and Nevada • Region 4... Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Merced, Mono, Alpine, Amador, Calaveras, Mariposa and Tuolumne • Region 5... Alameda and Contra Costa. • Region 6... San Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Clara, and part of Santa Cruz. • Region 10.. Monterey, San Benito, and parts of Santa Cruz • Region 13.. Del Norte and Humboldt • Region 15... Fresno and Madera • Region 16... Kern and Inyo • Region 17... Kings and Tulare • Region 18... Shasta, Siskiyou, Modoc, Trinity and Lassen
• Region 8...San Diego and Imperial • Region 9...Ventura and Angeles National Forest • Region 11...Riverside • Region 12…Orange • Region 14…San Bernardino • Region 19...San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CALIFORNIA STATE HORSEMEN’S ASSOCIATION
TRUST AGREEMENT
Pursuant to resolution regularly adopted at its annual meeting in Santa Barbara, California, on November 14, 1969, and;
For the purpose of promoting the health, welfare, happiness, development and education of young people in the State of California who may be, but need not be, members of, or affiliated with, California State Horsemen’s Association and who are interested in horse activities and/or the purpose of promoting research and education regarding the health, development, growth, maturing, illness, disease and the general welfare of horses generally, the California State Horsemen’s Association, Trustor, does hereby irrevocably create a trust to be composed of monies or properties appropriated by the California State Horsemen’s Association or given by its members, friends and interested persons or organizations.
This trust will be known as the California State Horsemen’s Association Charitable Trust.
This trustor and the individual trustees named to administer the trust fund, hereby agree as follows:
1. The number of trustees will be three (3).
2. The trustees will be appointed by, and will serve at the pleasure of the President of the California State Horsemen’s Association.
3. The trustees will hold all monies and properties coming into their hands in this trust, together with the income and profits therefrom, for the uses and purposes set forth in this agreement.
4. The trustees will hold the trust fund or other properties and, in their discretion, invest it or parts of it in securities in which trustees are permitted to invest under the laws of the State of California, or retain in cash and collect the income, and will from time to time and in such amounts as in their discretion, the trustees, in compliance with the provisions of this trust, will deem proper, devote and apply the trust fund and income therefrom exclusively to the charitable uses and purposes described herein.
5. The trust fund and the income therefrom will be devoted exclusively to the charitable purposes described herein and will in no part and in no event be given or contributed to or inure to the benefit of any private person or corporation except for the educational purposes here set forth. No part of the trust fund will be used to carry on propaganda or otherwise attempt to influence legislation or to participate in any political campaign.
6. Either the trustor or other persons, organizations or entities may, from time to time, make additional gifts of money or property to the trust and any such gifts will become part of the trust fund.
7. The trustees will serve without compensation, but will be entitled to reimbursement from the trust income or principal for expenses reasonably incurred in the administration of the trust.
TA1 8. The trustees will serve without a bond.
9. The trustees will be chargeable only with the excise of good faith in carrying out the provisions hereof and will not, in the absence of bad faith, be responsible or accountable for error of judgment.
10. The act of a majority of the trustees on all matters pertaining to this trust, including the investment and distribution of funds, will be conclusive. Evidence of such majority actions will be in writing and will be filed with corporate trustee.
11. In case of the death or resignation of any of the trustees, the remaining trustees will have full power to act hereunder until a successor or successors are appointed by the President of the California State Horsemen’s Association as herein provided.
12. The creation of this trust is contingent upon a determination prior to its inception by the Bureau of Internal Revenue that its purpose, organization and proposed operation qualify it as a tax-exempt trust. If no such tentative or advance determination can be obtained, this trust instrument will be void and of no force or effect and no trust will be created by it.
13. In the event that this trust is dissolved, or otherwise terminated, the trustees will pay, or otherwise satisfy all of the outstanding obligations and liabilities of the trust, and thereafter will dispose of all of its remaining assets by distributing them, in whatever form they then exist, in such manners, or to such organizations as are operated exclusively for charitable, educational or scientific purposes and qualify, at the time of such termination, as tax-exempt organizations under applicable Internal Revenue law. In dispensing of the assets, the charitable purposes selected will be as similar as possible to the charitable purpose of this trust.
14. This trust is irrevocable and may not be amended, modified or terminated, in whole or part, by the trustor or any other person.
15. The county in which the principal office of trust is located is Sonoma County.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused their official signatures and the seal of the corporation to be affixed hereto on this 15th day of December 1969.
CALIFORNIA STATE HORSEMEN’S ASSOCIATION, TRUSTOR
By /s/ George Dean President
/s/ Betty Menefee Secretary
/s/ George M. Dean /s/ Fred I. Kemm /s/ Heber James Brown Trustee Trustee Trustee
TA2 Scholarship Procedures
1.0 Scholarships awarded by any CSHA program are to be used for education purposes at an accredited school for the purpose of obtaining a 2 year, 4 year or higher degree or for continuing education offered by an accredited school or for a certificate course from a college, university or vocational school. The scholarship may offset the costs related to tuition, books or lab/clinical fees but not room, board or other miscellaneous fees related to the individual’s attendance at the school.
2.0 Subject to the approval of the Charitable Trust, scholarships may be used to offset tuition, clinic fees or books related to attendance at a professional equine-related seminar/clinic.
3.0 Recipients must seek Trust approval by submitting a written request to the Trust prior to the seminar explaining why this seminar/clinic would benefit their continuing education and including a brochure on the clinic that outlines curriculum details and costs. The request must be received by the Trust a minimum of sixty (60) days in advance of the date the funds are required. The Trust will review the presentation and notify the recipient within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Trust’s decision.
4.0 The appropriate State Chair will provide the Charitable Trust Chair with a list containing the name, and address of each scholarship recipient within thirty (30) days of award. The birth date (m/d/y) of each junior recipient is required.
5.0 The Trust will provide the recipient with a redemption certificate within thirty (30) days of receipt of the list. If more information is needed at a later date regarding the scholarship, the recipient may contact the CSHA Trust through the CSHA State Office.
6.0 Junior scholarships not utilized before the recipients 25th birthday will automatically revert to the scholarship fund without notice from the CSHA Trust or from CSHA.
7.0 Senior scholarships not utilized within four (4) years of award will automatically revert to the scholarship fund without notice from the CSHA Trust or from CSHA.
8.0 For information on the scholarships offered by a Program and/or the criteria for award, please contact the program’s State Chair.
STATE AWARDS AND RECOGNITION
STATE PRESIDENTS ...... 3
GYMKHANA ...... 4
STATE RECORD HOLDERS ...... 4 REGION TEAM COMPETITION CHAMPION...... 5
HORSEMASTERSHIP STATE CHAMPIONS ...... 6
1. COMBINED DIVISION ...... 6 2. ENGLISH I DIVISION ...... 8 3. ENGLISH II DIVISION ...... 10 4. GYMKHANA DIVISION ...... 11 5. WESTERN DIVISION ...... 13
PARADE ...... 15
1. OVERALL HIGH POINT AWARD ...... 15 2. BOB MC MACKIN AWARD ...... 17 3. HANK AND ALICE CSHA PARADE JUNIOR HIGH POINT PERPETUAL AWARD ...... 18 4. “DINO” HORSE AWARD ...... 18 5. SCHEURER-STANDLEY SWEEPSTAKES TROPHY ...... 19 6. PAUL AND LOTTIE MILES MEMORIAL AWARD ...... 20 7. HELEN H. SCHEURER AWARD...... 21
ROYALTY ...... 22
1. SENIORS ...... 22 2. JUNIORS ...... 23 3. LITTLE ...... 24
TRAIL RIDERS AWARDS PROGRAM ...... 25
1. MASTER TRAIL RIDER PLAQUE ...... 25 2. SUPREME TRAIL RIDER SILVER BUCKLE ...... 26
SAR 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SAR 2
STATE PRESIDENTS
1942 Judge Edward M. Fellows* 1988-89 Steven J. Herrera* 1943 Dr. Walter W. Cress* 1990-91 Mark Solomon* 1944 Ray Stone* 1992-94 Jim Real* 1945 Justice Jesse Carter* 1995-97 Gary L. Gustafson* 1946 George H. Cardinet, Jr.* 1998-99 Jack W. Abraham* 1947 Capt. Hamilton McCoy* 2000-02 Norm Sims* 1948 Warren Richardson* 2003-04 Nadette Raymond 1949 Edward Zwierlein* 2005 Jim Real* 1950 Fred Anderson* 2006 Robert C. Adams 1951 Dr. Roger C. Daniels* 2007 Jim Real* 1952 Forrest S. Paul* 2007 Ron Jenkins 1953 Guy Stewart* 2008 Robert C. Adams 1954 C.B. Williams* 2009 Robert C. Adams 1955 George Walling* 2010 Jim Hendrickson 1956 S.T. (Sid) Grove* 2011 Jim Hendrickson 1957 Mal Brashears* 2012 Jim Hendrickson 1958 Earl Bradley* 2013 Jim Hendrickson 1959 Tom Johnston* 2014 Jim Hendrickson 1960 James H. Phillips* 2015 Jim Hendrickson 1960 C. William Lance* 2016 Jim Hendrickson 1961 Laurence D. Sweetman* 1962 Tom Mack* 1963 C.B. Williams* 1964 Clarence A. Simons* 1965-66 John B. Costa* 1967-68 T.W. Carrithers* 1969-70 George M. Dean* 1971-72 Frank L. Ely 1973-74 Frank Hall* 1975 William Himmelmann* 1976-77 Bert E. Hill 1978-79 Jim Phillips* 1980 Cliff Ford* 1981-82 Steven J. Herrera* 1983-84 Larry Read 1985-86 Michael C. Stigers 1987 Per Nielsen*
(* deceased)
SAR 3 GYMKHANA
STATE RECORD HOLDERS
State records can only be set at the State Championship Show.
EVENT RIDER HORSE TIME YEAR
Big T Liana Merrill Choya 15.774 2008 Birangle Liana Merrill Choya 13.971 2009 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 1) Angelina Carrion Gunny 17.606 2011 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 2) Teea Monroe Red Hot Etta 17.834 2005 Figure 8 Stake Lisa Gilardoni Casper 10.853 2006 Hurry Scurry Tara Fogliasso Alec 9.419 2004 Pole Bending (table 1) Parris Bernard Prince 10.113 1999 Pole Bending (table 2) Melissa Baber Lil Driftwood Sally 21.306 1998 Quadrangle Rochelle Taylor Rip 19.281 1999 Single Stake Tara Marshall-Fogliasso Alec 8.930 1999 Skill Barrels Lisa Gilardoni Casper 15.670 2006 Speed Barrels (table 1) Christina De Visser Rebel's Mischief 9.400 2004 Speed Barrels (table 2) Loni James Lena 21.112 1998
Due to changes in course designs and specifications over the years, in 1990 the record holders were re-established. In 1992, due to measurement changes, new records were established for Birangle and Cloverleaf I. In 1994, the first record for Big T was established. In 1996, the first record for Speed Barrels II was established.
SAR 4 GYMKHANA State Championship Show Region Team Champion
1989 Region IV 1990 Region IV 1991 Region I 1992 Region I 1993 Region IV 1994 Region IV 1995 Region II 1996 Region II 1997 Region II 1998 Region I 1999 Region IV 2000 Region V 2001 Region XI 2002 Region XI 2003 Region I 2004 Region II 2005 Region II 2006 Region I 2007 Region I 2008
2009 2010 2011 Region II 2012 Region V 2013 Region 5 2014 Region 5 2015 Region 1*
*Changed to Average Points per Rider format
SAR 5 HORSEMASTERSHIP STATE CHAMPIONS
1. Combined Division
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1953 Marilyn Harris Pat Sewell 1954 Judy McGrew Ronnie Richards 1955 Judy Story Bruce Howard 1956 Pattie Pruitt Stephen Croddy 1957 Pamela Weaver Norman Harris 1958 Virginia Franks Dave Jennings 1959 Margie Edes Don Andrews 1960 Barbara West David Hay Jr. 1961 Joy Campbell Richard Downing 1962 Linda Allen Pat London 1963 Nancy Cheney Steven Carlton 1964 Vickie Smith Larry Mayfield 1965 Chris Vincent Bill Clayton 1966 Beverly VerSteeg Steve Whiting 1967 Kris Davis Steve Waples 1968 Rene Berry Mark Mullen 1969 Ashlyn Sansome Mike Rodgers 1970 ShereeTillema Dan Harrison 1971 B.J. Henning David Ruth 1972 Kathy Maino John McAlister 1973 Lorri Mattox Ron McAlister 1974 Diane Ferguson Biff Himmelmann 1975 Teri Palmer Steve Nicolai 1976 Letty Litchfield none 1977 Tracy Amen David Busick 1978 Carla Wendt Charles Forni 1979 Kim Eager Dick Carvin 1980 Kristy Bennett none none none 1981 Nadine Murdock none Jaclane Williams none 1982 Stacia Robinson Doug Hogue Kathy Hindricks none 1983 April Gaede Tyrone Haak Wendy Rausch none 1984 Elaine Wang none Helen Hendrick none 1985 Vanessa Murray none AlaneAlchorn none 1986 Brenda Tevis Todd Rausch none none 1987 Tricia Robinson Ryan Rausch none none 1988 Tammy Shaine none none none 1989 Jenny Shain none none none
SAR 6 Combined Division (continued)
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1990 Missy Maxinoski none Tammy Shain none 1991 Katie Komnenich none Lori Lee Ruth none 1992 Vanessa Dahl none Dorothy Kleinschmidt none 1993 Windy Dougall none Tisha Gill none 1994 Elizabeth Downing none Katie Komnenich none 1995 Audrey Arnett Erik Kraft none none 1996 Jessica Julin Brandon Root Karen Bottiani none 1997 Sarah Bobich Robert Vaught Erin Pett none 1998 Darcy Vagle none None none 1999 Casey Jo Billings none None none 2000 Heather LeMaster none Bianca Sperry none 2001 Keri Pedersen none Joy Hohenshelt none 2002 Christina Villanueva none Jennifer Williams none
Year Junior Adult 2003 not awarded not awarded 2004 Megan Benson not awarded 2005 not awarded Heather LeMaster 2006 Laura Huggins not awarded 2007 not awarded not awarded 2008 Lauren Linhart not awarded 2009 not awarded Debbie Waters 2010 Jena Tassone Laura Langhorst 2011 Anna Musillami not awarded 2012 Kelly VanderWerf not awarded 2013 not awarded not awarded 2014 not awarded not awarded 2015 Kaitlyn Mitchell not awarded
SAR 7 2. English I Division
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1953 Marie Mott Dick Thomas 1954 Penny Harris Gene Masterson 1955 Linda Fischer Stephen Croddy 1956 Judy McClure Charles Tyson 1957 Joan Roberts Andy Stradan 1958 Grace Meteer John L. Lewis 1959 Carol Hancock Don Lehman 1960 Lynne Carlton Steven Carlton 1961 Linda Allen Skip Wright 1962 Ann Lyles Mike London 1963 Libby Dirito Harry Williams 1964 Claudia Dastle Tom Yeager 1965 Pat Levy Larry Mayfield 1966 Kris Davis Peter Primiani 1967 Maureen Haley Alan LeVeve 1968 Maria Kotfila Michael Rich 1969 Renata Witt Dan Harrison 1970 CocoWendling Craig Buck 1971 ShereeTillema Douglas Day 1972 Linda Dunlap Bill Hammett 1973 Christine Vierra Biff Himmelmann 1974 Diane Edelstein Troy Traphagen 1975 Sue Burrill Dave Winton 1976 Tami Letsinger Dave Peck 1977 KimbreEdling Brook Ramsey 1978 Alicia Barnwell Dick Carvin 1979 Kristy Bennett Chris Herrinfield 1980 Nina Stradine Lin Collins Michelle Moretti Doug Davis 1981 Cheryl Hyde Doug Hogue Dawn Schmidt None 1982 Carolyn Geyer Tyrone Haak Lori Root None 1983 Sandy Brewer none Lisa Hayes none 1984 Janet Green none Mary Duffy none 1985 Stacia Robinson Dave Williams Sonja Harrigfield none 1986 Vanessa Murray Ryan Rausch Marnye Little none 1987 Adrianne Barelli none Cheryl Fonseca none 1988 Tricia Robinson Todd Rausch Judy Stradon none 1989 Missy Maxinoski none Jodi Yamada none
SAR 8 English I Division (continued)
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1990 SaskiaBoissevain none Sarah Chantry none 1991 Vanessa Dahl none Tracey Christodoulou none 1992 Windy Dougall none Tisha Gill none 1993 Elizabeth Downing none Pam Russell nonr 1994 Robin Casey David Olson SisselaMalmstrom none 1995 Lindsey Moores Brandon Root Erin Pett none 1996 KristianeKristensen Jason Root Kimber Prickett none 1997 Libby Porzig Caleb Martin none none 1998 Faye Schneider none none none 1999 Megan Boyle none Alana Alchorn none 2000 Michelle Marden none Vanessa McGovern none 2001 Cassie Lewis none Paige Schaller none 2002 Heather LeMaster none Casey Billings none
Year Junior Adult 2003 Nicole Roworth not awarded 2004 Laura Huggins Debra Waters 2005 not awarded Elaine Spotswood 2006 not awarded not awarded 2007 Elizabeth Bellingham not awarded 2008 Joelle Hylton Megan Benson 2009 Lauren Linhart not awarded 2010 Jessica Foss not awarded 2011 Kaylynne Kirkland Susan McClenon 2012 Jenna Tassone Zoe Williams 2013 CarisaSwason not awarded 2014 Kaitlyn Mitchell Terri Uhlir 2015 not awarded Denise Wheeler
SAR 9 3. English II Division
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1996 Kimberlee Contreras none Tisha Gill none 1997 Thea Michaels none Karen Bottiani none 1998 Grace Peters none Heather Williams none 1999 Fay Schneider none Cynthia Larsen none 2000 Nicole Marden none Carmen La Calle none 2001 Josey Kelley none Gabriele Osborne none 2002 Kristen Dykstra Cameron Uhlir Paige Schaller none
Year Junior Adult 2003 Laura Cunningham Shawn Robinson 2004 Trisha Badano Vanessa Dahl 2005 not awarded Rebecca Bloom 2006 not awarded Betsy Johnson 2007 Lauren Linhart Teddi Sweet 2008 Marissa Anthony Jennifer Collins 2009 not awarded Susan Mc Clenon 2010 Anne Musillami Terri Uhlir 2011 Bailey Newlin Karen Harsch 2012 Joy Wilcox Becky Gage 2013 Kelly VanderWerf Erin Newlin 2014 not awarded Zoe Williams 2015 Mia Terry not awarded
SAR 10 4. Gymkhana Division
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1966 Susan Kenyon Gabe Davide 1967 Pamela Ely Kirk Pollard 1968 Jill Gellatly Paul Mehew 1969 Janice Leavelle James Oller 1970 Nancy Dunham Gary Powers 1971 Jennifer Husey Wilson Baugh 1972 KathyBays Bob Klehmann 1973 Julie Leavelle John Brodil 1974 Cindy Cook none 1975 Laurie Jo Baier Donald Wilkey 1976 Cindy Plummer John Hlivka 1977 Linda Dodge Danny Roud 1978 DannetteWilkey Howard Rains 1979 Suzy Rodoni Matt Dillon 1980 Valerie Leeman Albert Pritchard Michelle Villalovos none 1981 Joni Corley Troy Messerly Linda Nickerson none 1982 Annette Williams Bill Mazey Jr. Suzy Rodoni none 1983 Allison edwards Trevor Merrill Jan Baker none 1984 Dani Lanphear Chris James Heather Edwards none 1985 Shannon Lanphear Ron Henderson Jr. Terry Rond Fred Heck 1986 Tricia Robinson Tony Perdue Glenda Freer Dale Murray 1987 Vanessa Murray none Cara Freer none 1988 none none Janice Ferguson none 1989 Jayme Webb Ryan Rausch none none 1990 Heather Castoe Todd Rausch Teri Owen none 1991 Jennifer Lema Albert Silva Jr. Tisha Gill none 1992 Desiree Martinez none Marie Surrell none 1993 Tracy Vincent none none none 1994 Windy Dougall Erik Kraft Julie Neely none 1995 Elaine Donnelly Robert Dennis Kellie Vincent none 1996 Nicole Lucy Karl Kraft Lavonne Grissom Brian Grissom 1997 Casey Jo Billings Alfred Quintel Merrie Darnell none 1998 Sarah Preston none Tracey Martin none 1999 Josey Kelley none Rebecca Gage none 2000 Amanda Gunn none Bobbie Stone Jim Currlin 2001 Nicole Stone none C.J. Brooks John Castrop 2002 Amanda Boland none Linda Parham none
SAR 11 Gymkhana Division (continued)
Year Junior Adult 2003 Rebekah Robinson Shawn Robinson 2004 Joelle Seals Linda Smerber 2005 Jessica Jeffries Debra Waters 2006 Monica Flemming Gretchen Kenny 2007 Katie McEachin Jennifer Collins 2008 Shelby Ray Anne Rutherford 2009 Mindy Marsden Terri Uhlir 2010 Kalynne Bassett Susan McLenon 2011 Lauren Linhart Anne Kirkland 2012 Ashley Mullins Patricia Spyrka 2013 Taylor Knecht Beth Kennalley 2014 Sofie ten Broek Angela Materne
SAR 12 5. Western Division
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1953 Valerie Creager Ronnie Richards 1954 Anne Croddy Stephen Croddy 1955 Nancy Whitman Bobby Ingersoll 1956 Nancy Brooks BaryEllerbrook 1957 Sherron Sawyer Dave Parma 1958 Pamela Sawyer John Spencer 1959 Nancy Morison Leo Acquistapace 1960 Patty Jo Cottle Pat Hubbert 1961 Lynn Overman Jim Vaughn 1962 Mary Lee Brighton AlynOvermeyer 1963 Lindy Patrick Larry Hicks 1964 Patty Chipman Bart Nelson 1965 Maureen Grogan Bill Runyon 1966 Jenny Clark Bill Clayton 1967 Chris Lemasters Tim Stewart 1968 Ann Solum Nick Arismendi 1969 Debbie Dillon Glenn Ray 1970 Karen Russell Howard Wool 1971 Kathy Sommers Jeff Gilbert 1972 Jan Napier Gary Koses 1973 Fran Gregerson Mark Donat 1974 Teri Palmer Eric Forsberg 1975 Letty Litchfield Curtis Slayton 1976 Nina Worsley Paul Lavrischeff 1977 Cameron Black Donald Wilkey 1978 Tracey Nelson Mickey Cummings 1979 Robin Jolicoeur Bruce Martin 1980 BregitteSimmross Howard Rains Leyla Akol none 1981 Jennifer Garison Steve Limrite Susan Timmons none 1982 Tina Eager Chris James Jill Norman Jim Pederson 1983 Rosemary Murphy Greg Oppegaard Sandy McDonald none 1984 Becky Slipe David Oppegaard Larraine Ritchie none 1985 Crystal Souza Bobby Harrison Trudy Cearly none 1986 Diana Sanders Jeff Wisbar DeeDee Kramer Bill Naylor 1987 SteffaniBrunilli none Sherry Lyn Pate Rance Allyn 1988 Vanessa Murray Ryan Rausch Glenda Freer Dale Murray 1989 Tisha Gill Todd Rausch Carrie Johnson none
SAR 13 Western Division (continued)
Year Girl Boy Woman Man 1990 Jenny Shain none Tisha Gill none 1991 Marina Foss Cory Cloward Suzanne Eichhorn Don Franklin 1992 Amber Smith Justin Spellman none none 1993 Melissa Moore Erik Kraft Vanessa Dahl Mike Giroux 1994 Allison Harvey PaluckOrsini Dana Gooken Mike Westling 1995 Kimberly Contreras Karl Kraft Diana Komnenich none 1996 Brianna Contreras Robert Dennis Kim Lisle Kevin Alexander 1997 Nicole Lucy Bryan Foster Julie Neely Jon Johnson 1998 Andrea Crisp Brandon Root Cynthia Larsen Cal Dennison 1999 AleeshaFecher none Merrie Darnell John Castrop 2000 Josey Kelley Ryan Walsh Monica Patterson none 2001 ArianeSpoto none Linda Parham none 2002 Keri Pederson Sean Daley Gabby Osborn none
Year Junior Adult 2003 Lacy Daniger Mike Scott 2004 not awarded Derek Brummett 2005 Trisha Badano Linda Smerber/Betsy Johnston 2006 Laura Mc Fadden Leanne Potts 2007 Penelope McClenen Marion Perdue 2008 Katie Mc Eachin Gretchen Kenny 2009 not awarded Bianca Sperry 2010 Lauren Linhart Patrice Spyrka 2011 Jessica Foss Rebecca Gage 2012 Alaina Haring Angela Materne 2013 Joy Wilcox Terri Uhlir 2014 Taylor Knecht not awarded 2015 Kelly VanderWerf Lynn Grismore
SAR 14 PARADE
1. Overall High Point Award
Year Recipient Points 1970 Christine Drumen 1971 Not awarded 1972 Michele Wilkerson & Christine Drumen 1973 Christine Drumen 371 1974 Bev Baxter & Michele Scheurer 571 1975 Kelly Souza 453 1976 Princess Evening Star 1977 Tammy Tate 1978 Jeannie Denning 479 1979 Paul DeFonville 593 1980 Paul DeFonville 1981 Ray Berchtold 324 1982 Ray Berchtold 241 1983 Ray Berchtold 352 1984 Jeannie Mills 352 1985 Peggy Narducci 441 1986 Mike Real 480 1987 Peggy Narducci 327 1988 Bill Naylor 389 1989 Bev Baxter 394 1990 Bill Naylor 350 1991 Bill Naylor 389 1992 Bill Naylor 310 1993 Peggy Narducci 240 1994 Trudy Fulton 197 1995 Trudy Fulton 270 1996 Tiffany Elkins 440 1997 Donna Young 287 1998 Billie Hammer – Galaxy Farms 297 1999 Ellen Grimm 309 2000 Double Trouble 225 2001 Cathy Smith 350 2002 Bev Baxter 310 2003 Mike Bishop 258 2004 Candy Graham 244 2005 Mike Bishop 240 2006 Candy Graham 270 2007 Candy Graham 120
SAR 15 Overall High Point Award (continued)
2008 Candy Graham 220 2009 Pamela Michalek 160 2010 Pamela Michalek 210 2011 Mary Reece 110 2012 Connie Hawkins 150 2013 Connie Hawkins 150 2014 Merced County Sheriff’s Possee 107 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
SAR 16 2. Bob Mc Mackin Award
Year Recipient 1976 Maria Bayon 1977 Bonnie Standley 1978 Jack Martin 1979 Mike Polaski 1980 Sharon Pecoraro 1981 The Scheurer Family 1982 Darryl Nelson 1983 Cornelius Shoe Store 1984 Christine Standley 1985 Christine Standley 1986 Dee Gibson and Christine Standley (tie) 1987 Not awarded 1988 Peggy Narducci 1989 Joyce Grubb 1990 Carol Grey 1991 Billie Wright 1992 Sharon Frishott 1993 Kathy Good 1994 Bev Baxter 1995 Trudy Fulton 1996 Cindy North 1997 Jim Real 1998 Donna Thornton 1999 Betty Box and Diane Steele 2000 Judy Kmieciak 2001 Alice Lawellin 2002 George Gillette 2003 Lorene Landreth 2004 Cathy Smith 2005 Joyce Ballard 2006 Candy Graham 2007 Janice Gray 2008 Paulette Webb 2009 Alice Lawellin 2010 Kassi Gutierrez 2011 Pamela Michalek 2012 Ed Hawkins 2013 Connie Hawkins 2014 Valerie Starck 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
SAR 17 3. Hank and Alice CSHA Parade Junior High Point Perpetual Award
Year Recipient Points 2009 Giddy Up Gals 69 2010 Madison O'MearaSnipes 128 2011 CSHA Royalty Group 100 2012 Hailey Lopes 90 2013 Karly Petta 70 2014 Payton Gillians 160 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
4. “Dino” Horse Award
Year Recipient 2009 Ms. Grand Illusion 2010 Twinkie 2011 "Buck" Yampa Bars 2012 Favorito 2013 Mighty 2014 Pogo 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
SAR 18 5. Scheurer-Standley Sweepstakes Trophy
Year Recipient Class 1991 Christine Standley-Kiefer Sidesaddle 1992 Claudio Arroyo Parade Horse 1993 Christine Standley-Kiefer Silver Mounted 1994 Mickey Arroyo Charro 1995 Linda Johnson Fancy Parade Horse 1996 Shady Ladies of the Motherlode Novelty/Fiesta Group 1997 Wild Horse Wranglers Sr. Color Guard 1998 Petaluma Riding & Driving Club Sr. Color Guard 1999 Petaluma Riding & Driving Club Jr. Color Guard 2000 Cathy Smith Plain Western 2001 Cindy North Silver Mounted 2002 Jay Palm Saddle Shop Sr. Color Guard 2003 Mike Bishop Horse Drawn Vehicle 2004 Claudio Arroyo Charro 2005 Candy Graham Fancy Dressed Western 2006 Mary Ann Reece Arabian Costume 2007 state parade not held trophy not awarded 2008 Petaluma Riding & Driving Club Jr. Color Guard 2009 Claudio Arroyo Charro 2010 Pamela Michalek Authentic Novelty Costume Sr. 2010 Jaime Arroyo Parade Horse Sr. 2011 Claudio Arroyo Charro 2012 Connie Hawkins Miniature horse/mule 2013 Claudio Arroyo Charro 2014 Claudio Arroyo Charro 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
SAR 19 6. Paul and Lottie Miles Memorial Award
Year Recipient 1982 Dori Ann Girard 1983 Shawna McArthur 1984 Mike Real 1985 Zita Elkins 1986 Mike & Scott Balay 1987 Erina Herbaugh 1988 Francesca Wintter 1989 Meguma Wada 1990 Susan Rohrbach 1991 Rincon Riders 1992 Arlington FFA 1993 Stephanie Box 1994 Paul Fridley 1995 Petaluma Jr. Riders Mounted Group 1996 Arlington FFA 1997 Arlington FFA 1998 Daniel Fridley 1999 Arlington FFA 2000 Arlington FFA 2001 Candace Manwill 2002 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving Club 2003 Arlington FFA 2004 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving Club 2005 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving Club 2006 Cody J. Arney-Carbonaro 2007 state parade not held - trophy not awarded 2008 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving Club 2009 Giddy Up Gals 2010 CSHA State Royalty 2011 Hailey Lopes 2012 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving Club 2013 Riverside Ranchero Junior Equestrians 2014 CSHA State Royalty 2015 competition will be held May 21, 2016
SAR 20 7. Helen H. Scheurer Award
This award was retired after the 2008 High Point Season
Year Recipient Points 1983 Dori Ann Girard 254 1984 Shawna McArthur 235 1985 Mike Real 336 1986 Mike Real 480 1987 Mike Real 324 1988 Mike Real 357 1989 Francesca Wintter 241 1990 Susan Rohrbach 160 1991 Andrea Garcia 144 1992 Arlington FFA 100 1993 Paul Fridley 190 1994 Paul Fridley 137 1995 Peggy Decker 160 1996 Trisha Owens 257 1997 Stephanie Box 160 1998 Daniel Fridley 115 1999 Ashley Smith 200 2000 Gary White 104 2001 Petaluma Jr. Riding & Driving club 81 2002 Ashley Smith 150 2003 Arlington FFA and Ashley Smith (tie) 100 2004 Cal/Neva Moore Jr. Color Guard 77 2005 Riverside Rancheros Junior Equestrian 110 2006 Riverside Rancheros Junior Equestrian 100 2007 Adarine Groves 214 2008 Riverside Rancheros Junior Equestrian 110
SAR 21 ROYALTY
1. Seniors
Year Miss CSHA Region CSHA Ambassador Region 1975 Barbara Naranga 1976 Jo Ellen Atkins 1977 Susan Burrill 1978 Suzie Bigon 6 1979 Robin Kinebaum 5 1980 Mahre MacKay 5 1981 Danette Wilkey 4 1982 Cheryl Hyde 4 1983 Clair Bogges 1984 Heather Edwards 1985 Jolene Lambert 10 1986 Diana Sanders 4 1987 Yvette Baranoff 5 1988 Yvette Baranoff (acting) 5 1989 Cynthia Travis 10 1990 Vanessa Murray 4 1991 Kerri Netwig 11 1992 Marina Foss 4 1993 Emily Peterson 1994 Laura Boese 4 1995 Elizabeth Downing 4 Dustin Wittman 4 1996 Allison Harvey Bryan Foster 3 1997 Brianna Contreras 3 Caleb Martin 2 1998 Tiffany Jarvis 2 not awarded 1999 AleeshaFecher 18 Brandon Root 4 2000 Jennifer Gage 2 Mike Kovach 3 2001 Barbara Fletcher 10 Donnie Elam 5 2002 Sarah Wade 4 Josh Detmer 4 2003 Amanda Jacobsen 10 RaffiKechijian 15 2004 Virginia Vouri 1 Kyle Soliven 10 2005 Christine Jones 6 Cameron Uhlir 5 2006 Brittany Slaton 10 Matt Johnston 5 2007 Sarah Bellingham 10 Hunter Penrod-Blumenstein 18 2008 Zoe Williams 5 Sean Daley 4 2009 Abigail Norris 6 Tyler Daley 4 2010 Tracy Hinson 6 not awarded 2011 Alissa Danford 6 Trevor Fisher 3 2012 Courtney Allen 4 Samuel Cunningham 4 2013 Kathleen (Katie) Cook 4 not awarded 2014 McKensey Middleton 4 Philip McCabe 6 2015 Haile Margarite 4 not awarded 2016 Kate Sorel 5 not awarded
SAR 22
2. Juniors
Year Jr. Miss CSHA Region Jr. Ambassador Region 1997 Tracy Wheelock 4 Stewart McVail 11 1998 Nicole Lucy 4 J.C. Elliott 4 1999 Ingrid Betsson not awarded 2000 Shelby Kappelin 3 Cody Brewer 18 2001 Kasey Smart 4 Ethan Layton 4 2002 Lacey Smart 4 Cameron Uhlir 5 2003 Christine Jones 6 Wyatt Welch 18 2004 Cierra Lucas 4 Randy Rutherford 18 2005 Juliann Van Tassey 4 Sean Daley 4 2006 Zoe Williams 5 Tyler Daley 4 2007 Jordenne Burns 6 Justin Strickland 10 2008 Alexandra Urban 6 Cody Smalley 10 2009 Amanda Horn 10 Samuel Cunningham 4 2010 Savannah Seyffert 6 not awarded 2011 Arielle Spotswood 6 Ryan Phun 3 2012 Jessica Croxson 3 not awarded 2013 Kalynn Bassett 4 not awarded 2014 Bailey Newlin 5 not awarded 2015 Mary Homicz 18 not awarded 2016 Mia Terry 5 not awarded
SAR 23 3. Little
Year Little Miss CSHA Region Little Ambassador Region 2006 Tula Urban 6 Joey Gadd 6 2007 Lindsey Michels 4 Jarrett Strickland 10 2008 Arielle Spotswood 6 Adarine Groves 4 2009 Sabrina Cantu 18 not awarded 2010 Skylar Seyffert 6 not awarded 2011 Brooke Bey 18 Adam Dunlap 4 2012 Samantha Fox 4 David Jones III 2013 Mary Homicz 18 Kevin Broderick 4 2014 Sarenna Ben-Zeev 5 not awarded 2015 Sidney Doran 18 not awarded 2016 not awarded not awarded
SAR 24 TRAIL RIDERS AWARDS PROGRAM (TRAP)
1. Master Trail Rider
Requires completion of 3,000 hours ridden on trails
Year Rider Region 1992 Janet Roberts 6 1993 Donna Mc Aloney 11 1995 Brandy Davis 11 1995 Jim Davis 11 1995 Marlene Hathaway 11 1996 Lori Cook-Bixler 11 1997 Carol Diaz 11 1999 Nanette Felegy 11 2000 Cindy Ann North 11 2004 Virginia Kardell 4 2004 Roxie Herrington 2 2004 Liz Murphy 2 2008 Joyce Pickering 2 2008 Annette Cooper-Luiz 1 2009 Margie Breitkreuz 11 2009 Teresa Mello 13 2009 Marilynn Gittings 2 2011 Dolores Sweigart 12 2013 Liz Ravenscroft 1 2013 Patty Walters 2 2014 Elizabeth Ravenscroft 1 2015 Marie Grisham 5
SAR 25
2. Supreme Trail Rider
Requires completion of 5,000 hours ridden on trails
Year Rider Region 1996 Donna Mc Aloney 11 1996 Janet Roberts 6 1999 Lori Cook-Bixler 11 2002 Carol Diaz 11 2003 Nanette Felegy 11 2003 Patt French 11 2006 Liz Murphy 2 2008 Vicki Kardell 4 2010 Roxie Herrington 2 2011 Patt French 11 2011 Annette Cooper-Luiz 1 2013 Teresa Mello 13 2013 Mary Gittings 2 2014 Margie Breitkreuz 11 2014 Joyce Pickering 2 2015 Dolores Sweigart 12
SAR 26 Bylaws
ARTICLE I NAME, PURPOSE, AND LOCATION ...... 3 SEC. 1.0 Name ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Purpose ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 Location ...... 3 SEC. 4.0 Type of Corporation ...... 3
ARTICLE II SEAL ...... 4 SEC. 1.0 Seal ...... 4
ARTICLE III MEMBERSHIP ...... 4 SEC. 1.0 Qualifications for Membership ...... 4 SEC. 2.0 Types of Membership ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 Dues ...... 6 SEC. 4.0 Rights of Membership ...... 7 SEC. 5.0 Disciplinary Action ...... 8
ARTICLE IV OFFICERS ...... 9 SEC. 1.0 Elected Officers ...... 9
ARTICLE V GOVERNING BODIES...... 11 SEC. 1.0 Council of Members ...... 11 SEC. 2.0 Board Of Directors ...... 11
ARTICLE VI FINANCE ...... 12 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 12 SEC. 2.0 Disbursements ...... 13 SEC. 3.0 Funds and Accounts ...... 13 SEC. 4.0 Loans ...... 14 SEC. 5.0 Budgets ...... 14
ARTICLE VII COMMITTEES ...... 14 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 14 SEC. 2.0 Standing Committees ...... 15
ARTICLE VIII MEETINGS ...... 15 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 15 SEC. 2.0 Annual Meeting ...... 16 SEC. 3.0 Council of Members ...... 16 SEC. 4.0 Board of Directors...... 17
ARTICLE IX REGIONS ...... 18 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 18 SEC. 2.0 Government ...... 18 SEC. 3.0 Meetings ...... 18
B 1 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 4.0 Election of Region Officers ...... 19 SEC. 5.0 Filling Vacancies...... 20 SEC. 6.0 Term of Office ...... 20 SEC. 7.0 Committees ...... 20 SEC. 8.0 Miscellaneous ...... 21
ARTICLE X CHARITABLE TRUST ...... 21 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 21
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS ...... 21 SEC. 1.0 General ...... 21 SEC. 2.0 Employees ...... 22
ARTICLE XII PARLIAMENTARY AUTHORITY ...... 22
ARTICLE XIII BYLAWS AMENDMENTS ...... 22 SEC. 1.0 Regular Resolutions ...... 22 SEC. 2.0 Emergency Resolutions ...... 23
B 2 Adopted November 2015 ARTICLE I NAME, PURPOSE, AND LOCATION
SEC. 1.0 Name
The name of this corporation will be “California State Horsemen’s Association, Incorporated”
SEC. 2.0 Purpose
This corporation (hereinafter referred to as CSHA) is formed for the purpose of sponsoring, cultivating, and fostering an interest in horses and horsemanship of all types in which horsemen may be interested throughout the State of California; to give aid and support to every type of activity concerning horses; to assist and encourage the sponsorship of rodeos, horse shows, hunter trials, race meetings, parades, and any other activity which will further the general purposes thereof; to assist and encourage the acquisition, building, maintenance and supervision of bridle paths, horseback trails, and the rights of way therefore; to assist and encourage the construction and maintenance of hostels, inns, and stables on the several routes thereof; and to do any and all things in furtherance of the interest of horses and horsemen.
SEC. 3.0 Location
The location of the administrative office (hereinafter referred to as the State office) will be established by the Council of Members.
SEC. 4.0 Type of Corporation
4.1 The corporation shall consist of membership, without stock, and shall be operated on a non-profit basis.
4.2 The Corporation shall be maintained and operated solely for the convenience of and service to its members.
4.3 This corporation does not contemplate pecuniary gain or profit to the members thereof. The income and property of the Corporation from whatever source derived shall be applied solely toward the promotion of the Corporation services, and no portion thereof shall be paid or transferred directly or indirectly by way of profit to the members of the Corporation.
4.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of these bylaws, this corporation shall not, except to an insubstantial degree, engage in any activities or exercise any powers that are not in furtherance of the purposes of this corporation and the corporation shall not carry on any other activities not permitted to be carried on by a corporation exempt from Federal income tax under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 or the corresponding provision of any future United States internal revenue law.
4.5 The specific and primary purpose of the Corporation is to operate a professional association within the meaning of Section 23701d of the California Revenue and Taxation Code.
B 3 Adopted November 2015 ARTICLE II SEAL
SEC. 1.0 Seal
1.1 CSHA will have a corporate seal that will be circular having inscribed thereon: “California State Horsemen’s Association, Incorporated on the 3rd day of March 1942.”
ARTICLE III MEMBERSHIP
SEC. 1.0 Qualifications for Membership
1.1 Any individual, family, equestrian club, equestrian related commercial business, or equestrian organization qualified for membership may be accepted upon compliance with the procedures set forth in this article.
1.2 Classes of Membership
This corporation shall have two classes of membership:
1.2.1 Direct
Dues are paid directly to CSHA.
1.2.2 Indirect
Any individual or family whose CSHA dues are paid by a member club.
1.3 For applications mailed to the State Office membership will commence the date the application and other required documents, if any, and payment of the appropriate dues and initiation fee, where applicable, are postmarked.
1.3.1 For applications submitted to a State/Region officer/program chairman membership will commence on the date the application, other required documents and payment of the appropriate dues and fees are received by the State/Region officer/program chairman.
1.4 Members in Good Standing. Those members who have submitted the required documents, paid the required dues and fees in accordance with these Bylaws, and who have not lost their eligibility for membership, are not under suspension and have not been expelled shall be deemed members in good standing.
SEC. 2.0 Types of Membership
2.1 Club
2.1.1 Senior club: An organization wherein only senior members pay dues. A Senior club may have an affiliated junior section.
B 4 Adopted November 2015 2.1.2 Junior club: An organization wherein no member is over the age of 18 years.
2.1.3 Family club: An organization comprised of senior and junior members, wherein a single dues amount is paid for a family unit.
2.1.4 Combined club: An organization comprised of senior and junior members with a dues structure for more than one membership type (Senior, Junior and Family).
2.2 Individual
2.2.1 An individual or family is eligible to apply for Direct membership. There are three (3) types of Direct individual memberships:
2.2.1.1 Senior: An individual eighteen (18) years of age and over as of January 1st of the current year.
2.2.1.2 Family: Two or more persons who meet one of the following qualifications may apply for a family membership:
a) Any two persons of the same household and/or their children who are juniors. b) Any two persons who reside in the same household; c) Any adult and his/her children/grandchildren who are juniors. The adult must be the parent or legal guardian of the children/grandchildren.
2.2.2 Junior: Individual Junior memberships were discontinued at the end of 2008. Persons under the age of 18 may only apply for a Direct membership through a Family membership.
2.2.3 Life: Any member may petition the Council of Members to confer a Life membership on an individual who is over eighteen years of age and who has demonstrated an exemplary commitment to the corporation.
2.2.3.1 Life members shall have all of the privileges of a Senior member, but are exempt from paying membership dues.
2.2.3.2 Individual Life memberships purchased prior to the 2010 Annual Meeting will remain in effect.
2.3 Commercial
2.3.1 Commercial: Commercial membership does not entitle any person associated with the entity to register in any of the CSHA programs. This includes the insurance program that is normally reserved for CSHA member clubs.
2.3.2 Life Commercial: Applications for this membership were not accepted after January 2008.
B 5 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 3.0 Dues
3.1 The actual dues amounts are not published in the bylaws.
3.1.1 Dues increases can only be approved at the Council of Members meeting held at the Annual Convention.
3.1.1.1 Approval requires a two-thirds (2/3) majority.
3.1.2 Increases will not be retroactive on dues paid prior to the date of change.
3.2 Dues payments will pay membership from the date of submission through December 31st of the current year.
3.2.1 Club dues are based on the club’s membership roster submitted with the membership application.
3.2.1.1 Every membership type that is allowed to vote in the club’s government, according to the club’s bylaws, will be counted as a member. Example: If, according to the club’s bylaws, a family membership has only one vote, then no matter how many people are in the family unit, the club will pay CSHA dues for one member.
3.2.1.2 Club dues for the current year shall be based on the club’s membership roster as of the time of renewal. The roster must be submitted with the dues payment.
3.2.1.2.1 If applicable, the club shall send in an updated roster and additional dues on a quarterly basis.
3.2.1.3 By September 15th of each year, every member club must submit the club’s membership roster as of August 31st.
3.2.1.3.1 The Administrative Assistant will compare the club’s last submitted roster to the August 31st roster and bill the club for unpaid members.
3.3 New
3.3.1 Membership dues and initiation fees, where applicable, are due and payable in full with the application.
3.4 Renewal
3.4.1 All membership renewals must be postmarked no later than January 31st or a reinstatement fee will be assessed.
3.4.2 As of February 1st all unpaid membership renewals will revert to non-renewed status.
3.4.2.1 For Individual members this will create a break in membership status for eligibility to hold elected Office.
B 6 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 4.0 Rights of Membership
4.1 All members, Direct and Indirect, of the Corporation shall have the right to attend and speak at State and Region meetings
4.2 A member of the Corporation shall not solely because of such membership be personally liable for the debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Corporation.
4.3 To be eligible to vote in the current year’s State or Region election, all application requirements must have been met no later than September 1st.
4.4 Direct or Indirect membership in CSHA is required for participation in all CSHA programs.
4.4.1 The Indirect member's name must appear on the club's current year membership roster submitted to the State office.
4.5 Indirect members cannot:
a) Cast an individual vote in any CSHA State or Region meeting or election, or; b) Register in ETP, Royalty, or State Patrol, or; c) Hold office at the Region or State level, or; d) Be appointed as a State committee chair, or; e) Apply for a CSHA judge's license, or; f) Transfer to another Region
4.5.1 Time as an Indirect member only counts towards the membership requirement to hold Region office or chair positions. It does not count towards the membership requirement to hold State office or chair positions.
4.6 Unless otherwise specified in a particular program’s rules, members may only participate in the programs of the Region in which they live or into which they have been legally transferred.
4.7 At all CSHA State and/or Region approved/sanctioned shows/events/competitions, all CSHA members who are registered in the program and who are in good standing must be given an equal opportunity to compete. Exception: Parade program, see Parade program rules.
4.8 Region Transfer
4.8.1 Region participation is determined by residency, except in the case of a legal transfer.
4.8.2 A Direct member may request a legal transfer to the Region of his preference by submitting a Region Transfer form (see Administrative Practices for procedures).
B 7 Adopted November 2015 4.9 Out-of-state Members
4.9.1 Members who reside out-of-state may compete in Region and State level programs. (See Administrative Practices chapter for procedures to follow).
4.9.2 Region Transfers do not apply to members who reside out-of-state.
SEC. 5.0 Disciplinary Action
5.1 Disciplinary action shall follow the laws prescribed in the section of the California Corporation Code that relates to nonprofit membership corporations.
5.2 Any action taken will only affect the member’s direct membership, and any and all rights and privileges extended by CSHA to the individual as an Indirect member. Club membership rights will not be affected.
5.3 Termination of Membership
5.3.1 A membership shall be terminated on occurrence of any of the following events:
5.3.1.1 Resignation of the membership via written notification sent to the State Office.
5.3.1.2 Expiration of the period of membership, unless the membership is renewed on the renewal terms.
5.3.1.3 Failure of the member to pay dues, fees, or assessments within the specified timeframe.
5.3.1.4 Occurrence of any event that renders the member unworthy of membership, or failure to satisfy membership qualifications.
5.3.1.5 Expulsion of a member will be based on the good faith determination by the Board of Directors that the member failed in a material and serious degree to observe the rules of conduct of the corporation, or has engaged in conduct materially and seriously prejudicial to the purposes and interests of the corporation.
5.4 Refund of Dues
5.4.1 Upon lawful termination of a membership, dues will not be refunded.
5.4.2 If membership is resigned, dues will not be refunded.
B 8 Adopted November 2015 ARTICLE IV OFFICERS
SEC. 1.0 Elected Officers
1.1 All Officers
1.1.1 No member who holds an elected State Office may represent a Region at Board of Directors meeting.
1.1.2 A member may not simultaneously hold the same office at the State, Region, or club level.
1.1.3 During the term of their office, all State Officers must maintain a CSHA Life, Senior or Family membership.
1.1.4 In order to qualify for an elected office, a nominee must have been a member in good standing for the two (2) years immediately preceding the year of nomination.
1.1.5 All elected officers must be residents of California during the term of their office.
1.1.6 A nomination fee is required.
1.1.7 Nominee must be 18 years of age or older.
1.2 President
1.2.1 The State President will preside at all CSHA meetings and will be presiding officer of the Council of Members and of the Board of Directors.
1.2.2 He will be a member ex officio of all standing and special committees.
1.2.3 He will perform such duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to the office.
1.3 First Vice President
1.3.1 The First Vice President will act as the state membership chairman and the corporation secretary.
1.3.1.1 The corporation secretary will respond to the usual corporation secretary’s duties and responsibilities as requested by the State President.
1.3.2 He will perform such duties as the State President will assign to him.
1.3.3 In the absence of the State President or his inability to serve, the First Vice President will act as State President.
1.3.4 In the event of the death, retirement, or removal from office of the State President, he will become State President and fill out the unexpired term of office.
B 9 Adopted November 2015 1.4 Second Vice Presidents
1.4.1 CSHA will have three (3) Second Vice Presidents. The Second Vice Presidents will be known as Area Vice Presidents. One will represent southern California, one northern California, and one central California.
1.4.2 They will act as liaison officers between the State President or First Vice President and the Region Presidents and Region Vice Presidents in their respective Area.
1.4.3 They will represent the State officers whenever called upon to do so; and will, under the direction of the State President, carry out the programs and purposes of CSHA.
1.5 Chief Financial Officer
1.5.1 Keep regular accounting records of all CSHA monies for which he is responsible.
1.5.1.1 Perform all duties incident to the office.
1.6 Terms of Office
1.6.1 The State President, First Vice President, Area Vice Presidents and the Chief Financial Officer will be elected for a term of one (1) year or until their successors are elected.
1.6.1.1 The Chief Financial Officer will hold office on a fiscal year basis.
1.6.2 A member may serve as State President, First Vice President, Area Vice President or Chief Financial Officer without restriction as to the number of terms.
1.7 Filling Vacancies
1.7.1 In the event of death, retirement, or removal from office of the President, the First Vice President shall become President and will serve in that capacity and fill out the un-expired term of office.
1.7.1.1 The un-expired term of the office of First Vice President shall be filled by a Board of Directors appointee.
1.7.2 In the event of the simultaneous vacancy (e.g. resignation, incapacitation, death, removal from office, etc.) of the State President and the State First Vice President the Board of Directors will elect one of the Area Vice Presidents as State President pro tempore.
1.7.2.1 If none is available, the Chief Financial Officer will act as President pro tempore.
1.7.2.2 The State President pro tempore will perform all the duties of the State President until an election is held.
B 10 Adopted November 2015
1.7.3 Within fifteen (15) days of the vacancy the President pro tempore will coordinate a meeting of the Board of Directors. The purpose of the meeting will be to elect a State President and a First Vice President who will complete the unexpired terms of office.
1.7.4 If a vacancy occurs in the office of First Vice President or one or more of the Area Vice Presidents, or the Chief Financial Officer the vacancy will be filled by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at its next meeting.
ARTICLE V GOVERNING BODIES
SEC. 1.0 Council of Members
1.1 The management of the affairs, property, business and control of policy is vested in the Council of Members.
1.2 The Council of Members will have the final voice on all resolutions presented at the Annual Convention.
1.3 The Council of Members will be comprised of all Direct members and a Representative from each Senior, Family and Combined club.
1.4 Each club will be represented by a Representative.
1.4.1 The club’s governing body must certify, via the club’s President or Secretary, to the Credentials Committee the name and address of the Representative.
1.4.2 The club member designated to act as the club’s Representative must have been a member in good standing as indicated on the club’s roster filed in the State office on September 1st of the current year.
1.4.3 At any meeting of the Council of Members, no person will be permitted to represent more than one (1) club.
1.5 The Council of Members will elect the State President, First Vice President, the Area Vice Presidents, and the Chief Financial Officer.
SEC. 2.0 Board Of Directors
2.1 The Board is comprised of the State President, First Vice President, Area Vice Presidents, Chief Financial Officer, the Immediate Past State President and the Region Presidents.
2.1.1 “Immediate Past State President” is defined as the individual who held the office for the term immediately prior to the installation of the current President. If the incumbent is re-elected, the Immediate Past President will remain the same.
B 11 Adopted November 2015 2.2 The Board of Directors is responsible for the legal and financial health of the corporation. The activities and affairs of a corporation shall be conducted and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.
2.3 The Board of Directors may only act as a group. The chairman of the Board is subservient to the Board of Directors.
2.3.1 The President by virtue of his office is the chairman of the Board of Directors.
2.4 Between meetings of the Council of Members and while the Council is not in session, the Board of Directors will have all of the power and exercise all of the duties of the Council of Members. Exception – The Board shall not have the power to expel a member.
2.4.1 The Board of Directors may not modify any action taken by the Council of Members.
2.5 Conflict of Interest
2.5.1 Any member of the Board who has a financial, personal, or official interest in, or conflict (or appearance of a conflict) with any matter pending before the Board, of such nature that it prevents or may prevent that member from acting on the matter in an impartial manner, will voluntarily recuse himself and refrain from discussion and voting on said item.
2.5.2 No director shall cast a vote, nor take part in the final deliberation in any matter in which he, members of his immediate family, or any organization to which such director has allegiance, has a personal interest that may be seen as competing with the interest of the Corporation.
2.5.2.1 If a director believes he may have such a conflict of interest he shall so notify the Board prior to deliberation on the matter in question.
2.5.2.2 The Board shall make the final determination as to whether the director has a conflict of interest in any matter.
2.5.2.3 The minutes of the Board meeting shall reflect disclosure of any conflict of interest and the recusal of the interested director.
ARTICLE VI FINANCE
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 The fiscal year of CSHA will be January 1stthrough December 31st.
1.2 The monies of CSHA will be deposited in the name of CSHA in the bank, banks, or savings institutions as designated by the Board of Directors.
1.3 All donations must be documented and reported to the Chief Financial Officer.
B 12 Adopted November 2015 1.4 All State program registration and service fees must be approved by the Council of Members.
1.5 The General Fund will receive reimbursement from the program involved for the expense of the office staff to issue any card/document or maintain a membership list for the program.
SEC. 2.0 Disbursements
2.1 Funds will be withdrawn or disbursed only if supported by a voucher approved by a State officer or the chairman of a State committee.
2.1.1 Unless stated otherwise, all corporation checks will be signed by any two of the following: State President, First Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, or State Treasurer (if one is appointed).
SEC. 3.0 Funds and Accounts
3.1 All monies of CSHA will be deposited into and disbursed from one of the following accounts/funds:
3.1.1 The General Fund will consist of all monies received that are not specifically allocated to one of the other funds. All operating income will be deposited into this fund. All operating expenses will be disbursed from this fund.
3.1.2 The Parade Nomination Fees account will consist of all monies paid by Parade High Point registrants for their annual championship awards.
3.1.3 The Show of Champions account shall be used exclusively for the income and expenses of the Show of Champions (SOC) and the programs involved in the Show of Champions.
3.1.3.1 The SOC chairman shall be an authorized signatory.
3.1.4 The Special Reserve Fund will be comprised of monies derived from a portion of all Life memberships.
3.1.4.1 Fifty dollars ($50.00) from each Life membership payment shall be deposited into the General Fund. The remainder shall be deposited into the Special Reserve Fund.
3.1.5 The Building Fund shall be comprised of monies donated or raised for the sole purpose of securing real property (i.e. land and buildings). The reporting requirements will be the same as other accounts.
3.1.6 Any and all unallocated or non-designated funds remaining in a program's account at the close of the fiscal year will be absorbed into the General Fund to be used for administrative purposes.
3.1.6.1 Carry Over Requests - Any Standing committee may submit a request to the Finance committee to carry over a specific amount or percentage of the program’s final balance to the following year.
B 13 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 4.0 Loans
4.1 Loans, notes or mortgages may not be secured without the explicit permission of the Council of Members or Board of Directors.
SEC. 5.0 Budgets
5.1 An annual budget is required for each committee and the administration.
ARTICLE VII COMMITTEES
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 There will be Standing committees to meet the needs of the organization.
1.2 Except as otherwise provided herein, all committees will consist of a Chairman, a Vice Chairman, the Immediate Past Chairman, a junior member, and a representative from each active Region, and two members-at-large.
1.2.1 The Immediate Past Chairman shall be a voting member of the committee, but will not be counted in the quorum requirement.
1.2.1.1 The Immediate Past Chairman is defined as the last individual to hold the respective chairmanship for the full term. If the chairmanship does not change, the immediate past chairman will not change.
1.3 Except where otherwise indicated, each Region President will be entitled to name one member to serve on each committee.
1.3.1 If within 60 days after notification by the committee chairman, a Region President fails to appoint a member to a committee, then the committee chairman may appoint any member in good standing to fill the position.
1.4 At committee meetings twenty-five percent (25%) of the eligible votes to be cast will constitute a quorum.
1.5 Appointments
1.5.1 Except as otherwise herein provided, the State President, subject to confirmation by the Board of Directors, will appoint the chairman of each committee.
1.5.2 During the term of their office, the chairman and vice chairman of each Standing committee must maintain a Direct membership.
1.5.3 The chairman of a standing committee may not serve concurrently in the same capacity at the Region level, nor as chairman or vice chairman of another State Standing committee.
1.5.4 The State President, First Vice President and the Area Vice Presidents may not serve as the chairman of a Standing committee.
B 14 Adopted November 2015 1.6 Causes for Termination
1.6.1 The Board of Directors has the right to terminate the chairman of any committee for instances of neglect, malfeasance, or conduct contrary to policy.
SEC. 2.0 Standing Committees
Administrative Practices* Judges Commission* Bylaws Parade* Drill Team* Royalty* Endurance Trail Ride* Show of Champions English/Western* State Patrol* Equestrian Trails Patrol* Stock Competition* Finance Trail Rider Awards Program* Gymkhana* Trail Trials* Horsemastership* Trails* Insurance
* The general duties of this committee will be to promote and handle the program in all of its ramifications, and to meet during the Annual Convention to consider rule changes. For detailed information regarding this committee, see the appropriate rulebook chapter.
ARTICLE VIII MEETINGS
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 All State and Region meetings will be conducted in accordance with these bylaws and under Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised where said rules do not conflict with these bylaws.
1.2 Voting by proxy is not be allowed.
1.3 A notice for any special meeting will be sent to each member at least fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting date.
1.4 Teleconferencing and business electronic communications as specified in California Corporation Code 5211 is allowed for necessary meetings outside of the regularly scheduled meetings. Social media sites are excluded (e.g. Facebook, LinkedIn, etc.)
B 15 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 2.0 Annual Meeting
2.1 CSHA’’s annual meeting will be known as the Annual Convention. It will consist of committee meetings, and a meeting of the Council of Members.
2.3 The Annual Convention will be held during the week that contains the second Thursday of November.
2.4 Only those members who register for the Annual Convention shall be entitled to vote or count for quorum.
SEC. 3.0 Council of Members
3.1 Quorum Requirements
3.1.1 The following will be counted to establish a quorum: State President, First Vice President, Area Vice Presidents, Immediate Past President, Chief Financial Officer, Region Presidents, and club Representatives.
3.1.2 A quorum of the Council will consist of twenty percent (20%)
3.2 Special meetings
3.2.1 Upon the call of the Board of Directors the Council of Members will meet in a centrally located Area.
3.2.2 The Council will also be called to meet in a centrally located Area upon written request of five percent (5%) of the members of the Council.
3.2.3 For any special meeting of the Council a notice will be sent by mail to each member, at their last known address, at least fifteen (15) working days in advance of the meeting date.
3.2.3.1 In the absence of a club Representative of record, the notification will be sent to the club’s mailing address.
3.3 Votes
3.3.1 Each Direct member will be entitled to one (1) vote.
3.3.1.1 Each Direct Family membership unit will be entitled to one (1) vote. Said vote is to be cast by an adult member of the family.
3.3.2 The Representative from each Senior, Family or Combined club will be entitled to two (2) votes.
B 16 Adopted November 2015 3.3.2.1 An Indirect member designated to be the Representative must be a club member in good standing as indicated on the club’s roster on file in the State office as of September 1st.
3.3.2.1.1 A Direct member may serve as a club Representative and vote in both capacities.
3.3.2.1.2 Representatives will not be permitted to represent more than one (1) member club.
3.3.2.1.3 A Direct member, who is also a club member, may serve as a club Representative and vote in both capacities.
3.3.2.2 Junior clubs do not have a vote
SEC. 4.0 Board of Directors
4.1 A quorum will be fifty percent (50%) plus one (1) of the votes eligible to be cast.
4.1.1 Each member of the Board of Directors will be entitled to one (1) vote.
4.1.2 The Board acts by a majority vote.
4.2 If a Region President cannot attend, a Region Vice President may represent the Region.
4.2.1 If the Region President and Vice President(s) are unable to attend the Region President may appoint, in writing, a member of the Region to represent the Region at the meeting.
4.2.1.1 The appointed representative shall not answer for quorum, make motions, or vote.
4.3 The Board of Directors will meet at least quarterly.
4.3.1 Additional meetings may be called by the written request of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Board members.
B 17 Adopted November 2015 ARTICLE IX REGIONS
SEC. 1.0 General
To better serve its members and to more easily disseminate information, CSHA divided the state into Regions. Each Region is an administrative arm of CSHA. The Regions deliver the CSHA programs to CSHA members in its geographical area, as well as the community at large. A Region is not an independent entity.
SEC. 2.0 Government
2.1 Region Council
Each Region will be administered by this body. The Council will consist of the President, Immediate Past President, Vice President(s), Secretary, Treasurer, a Representative from each club within the Region, all Individual members (18 years and over), who reside in, or have a legal transfer into the Region.
2.2 Officers
2.2.1 The Region President will perform duties as prescribed to the office.
2.2.2 Region Vice President(s) will perform duties of the Region President in his absence or his inability to serve.
2.2.3 During their term of office all Region officers must be residents of, or have been granted a legal transfer into the Region that they will represent.
2.2.4 During the term of their office the Region President and Vice Presidents must maintain a Direct membership.
2.2.5 No member who holds an elected State Office may represent a Region at Board of Directors meeting.
2.2.6 A member may not simultaneously hold the same office at the State, Region, or club level.
SEC. 3.0 Meetings
3.1 A quorum for a Region Council will be twenty percent (20%).
3.1.1 The following will be counted to establish a quorum: President, Vice President(s), Immediate Past President, Secretary, Treasurer, and Committee chairmen.
3.2 The Region President will call a special Region meeting upon the written request of a majority of the clubs and/or the individual members in the Region.
B 18 Adopted November 2015
3.3 Votes
3.3.1 Each Individual member will be entitled to one (1) vote.
3.3.1.1 Each Family membership unit will be entitled to one (1) vote. Said vote is to be cast by an adult member of the family.
3.3.2 The Representative from each Senior, Family and Combined club will be entitled to two (2) votes.
3.3.2.1 The Indirect member designated to be the Representative must be a club member in good standing as indicated on the club’s roster on file in the State office.
3.3.2.1.1 A Direct member may serve as a club Representative and vote in both capacities.
3.3.3 Junior clubs do not have a vote
SEC. 4.0 Election of Region Officers
4.1 At a Region meeting, that is held prior to the current years’ Annual Convention, but no later than January 10th of the following year the Club Representatives and the Individual members will elect the Region officers.
4.1.1 A quorum will consist of fifteen percent (15%) of the eligible votes.
4.1.2 At the option of the Region, the offices of secretary and treasurer may be appointed.
4.1.3 Votes will be cast on the same basis as the CSHA Council of Members.
4.2 Nominees for Region President and Vice President(s) must be members of the Region.
4.2.1 Said nominee must have been a member in good standing for two (2) years immediately preceding the Region election
4.3 In the event a Region cannot establish a quorum for an election, the Area Vice President will present the nominees’ names to the Board of Directors for election.
4.4 If the Region does not hold an election by January 10th, the Area Vice President will hold an election.
4.4.1 If no qualified candidates are nominated for the office of President, the vacancy will be filled with an appointment by the Area Vice President with the approval of the Region Council
4.4.2 Vacancies in the offices of Vice President(s), will be filled by the Region President, with the approval of the Region Council.
B 19 Adopted November 2015 4.5 If a Region cannot meet any of the requirements in section 4.4, the Region will be declared inactive by the Board of Directors at the next April Quarterly Meeting following the Annual Convention.
SEC. 5.0 Filling Vacancies
5.1 In the event of death, retirement, or removal from office of the Region President, the Region First Vice President shall become President and will serve in that capacity and fill out the un-expired term of office.
5.2 Should a vacancy occur simultaneously in the office of Region President and Region First Vice President, and there is no elected Second Vice President, the vacancies will be filled by a special election.
5.2.1 Within fifteen (15) days after the vacancy occurs, the Area Vice President will call a meeting of the Region. The purpose of the meeting will be to elect a Region President and First Vice President.
5.2.2 The Area Vice President will act as chairman of the meeting. From the time the vacancy occurs until the successors have been elected, the Area Vice President will act as Region President pro tempore.
5.3 If the Region does not hold an election within sixty (60) days of the Annual Convention, the Area Vice President will hold an election in order to duly elect a Region President and Region Vice President.
5.3.1 If no qualified candidates are nominated for the office of President, the vacancy will be filled with an appointment by the State President with the approval of the Region Board.
5.3.2 Vacancies in the offices of Vice President(s), secretary, or treasurer will be filled by the Region President with the approval of the Region Board.
SEC. 6.0 Term of Office
6.1 The term of office of the Region officers will be one (1) year or until their successors are elected.
6.2 Region officers may serve without restriction as to the number of terms.
SEC. 7.0 Committees
7.1 There will be committees, as required in the Region, corresponding to the State Standing committees.
7.1.1 The duties of the committees will be those duties that correspond to the respective State committee.
B 20 Adopted November 2015 7.2 The committee chairmen will be appointed by the Region President with approval of the Region Council.
7.2.1 The Region Council has the right to terminate the chairman of any committee for instances of neglect, malfeasance, or conduct contrary to policy.
7.3 Any other committee deemed necessary or advisable may be formed and appointed in the same manner.
SEC. 8.0 Miscellaneous
8.1 All donations must be documented and reported to the Chief Financial Officer
8.1.1 All donations must be included in the Region’s year-end financial statement
ARTICLE X CHARITABLE TRUST
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 The Council of Members will have authority to establish and support the CSHA Charitable Trust.
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 If a State or Region officer knowingly violates a State law, a Trust law, a non-profit law or a CSHA bylaw, and fails to correct such a violation upon notification of the violation, at the next meeting of the Board of Directors the issue must be presented for action. Action may include removal from office. A two-thirds (2/3) approval vote is required.
1.2 At any CSHA meeting or by notification to the State office, a violation of any CSHA bylaw, CSHA program rule, a Trust, State or Federal law will be cause for immediate consideration. Violations will be addressed at the current or soonest Board of Directors meeting, and resolution determined at that time.
1.3 The Board of Directors may appoint a legal counsel.
B 21 Adopted November 2015 1.4 The content on the CSHA website is copyrighted. Without asking prior permission, users are welcome to print pages from the website, to print or save search results, and to download for their personal use the files that are specifically offered in downloadable format.
1.4.1 Reproduction, republication, or incorporating text, artwork, or images from the website into other websites, publications, or other materials requires prior written permission from the Board of Directors. Use of any CSHA logo (association, Gymkhana, Trail Trials, etc.) requires prior written permission from the Board of Directors.
SEC. 2.0 Employees
2.1 No member who is a paid employee of CSHA can chair a committee, hold an office or vote in CSHA.
2.2 Administrative Assistant
2.2.1 The Board of Directors will employ an Administrative Assistant
2.2.2 Additional employees must be authorized by the Board of Directors
2.3 Executive Director
The Council of Members or the Board of Directors may approve a contract for the services of an Executive Director.
ARTICLE XII PARLIAMENTARY AUTHORITY
The rules contained in the current edition of Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised shall govern CSHA in all cases where they are applicable in regards to meeting procedures and where they are not inconsistent with these bylaws and any special rules of order CSHA may adopt, or any provisions of local, state, or national law applying to this type of corporation. RRONR shall be used at all CSHA meetings for the orderly transaction of business. At all CSHA meetings the Parliamentarian will be in possession of a current copy of Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised.
ARTICLE XIII BYLAWS AMENDMENTS
SEC. 1.0 Regular Resolutions
1.1 These bylaws may be amended:
1.1.1 By a three-fourths (3/4) vote of the members present at any meeting of the Council of Members at which a quorum is present.
B 22 Adopted November 2015 1.1.2 Any member in good standing may submit an amendment resolution.
1.1.2.1 The resolution must be in typewritten form and must include the name(s) of the author(s).
1.1.2.2 Members submitting resolutions must be identified by their membership category (e.g. Senior, Life, club member, etc.) and not by their CSHA office or committee title.
1.1.3 Resolutions submitted by a committee, a Region or a club must have been duly adopted by the appropriate body that will, if requested, be able to present minutes of the meeting wherein the resolution was passed.
1.1.4 For consideration at the Annual Convention, a resolution must have been submitted to the State Office postmarked, faxed or e-mailed on or before August 1st.
1.1.5 All resolutions received after the deadline stated above will be held for consideration at the next Annual Convention.
1.1.6 All adopted amendments become effective thirty (30) days from the conclusion of the meeting unless otherwise stated in the original resolution.
SEC. 2.0 Emergency Resolutions
2.1 An “Emergency Resolution” is defined as an unforeseen combination of circumstances that calls for immediate action.
2.2 Resolutions thought to be “emergency” in nature may be submitted to the Bylaws chairman any time prior to the Council of Members meeting.
2.3 The resolution must be signed by at least twenty (20) accredited members.
2.4 Emergency resolutions so submitted will be presented to the Bylaws chairman with no less than twenty (20) legible copies for distribution to committee members, and fifty (50) legible copies for distribution to Council of Members.
2.5 Prior to considering a proposed emergency resolution, the Bylaws committee must meet and declare the resolution “emergency in nature” by a three-fourths (3/4) vote.
2.6 Prior to considering the resolution, the Council of Members must also declare the resolution “emergency in nature” by a three-fourths (3/4) vote.
2.7 All proposed emergency resolutions not passing an “emergency in nature” vote will be held for consideration at the next Annual Convention.
B 23 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
B 24 Adopted November 2015
ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICES
SEC. 1.0 NAME, PURPOSE, AND LOCATION ...... 3 SEC.2.0 SEAL ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 MEMBERSHIP ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 OFFICERS ...... 8 SEC. 5.0 GOVERNING BODIES ...... 9 SEC. 6.0 FINANCE ...... 10 SEC. 7.0 COMMITTEES ...... 14 SEC. 8.0 MEETINGS ...... 22 SEC. 9.0 REGIONS ...... 25 SEC. 10.0 CHARITABLE TRUST ...... 28 SEC. 11.0 MISCELLANEOUS ...... 28 SEC. 12.0 PARLIAMENTARY AUTHORITY ...... 29 SEC. 13.0 RULEBOOK CHANGES ...... 30
AP 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
AP 2 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 1.0 NAME, PURPOSE, AND LOCATION
1.1 Administrative Rules Administrative Practices provides the guidelines for how to implement the Bylaws and includes Standing Rules.
1.2 Region and Area when used in any and all CSHA Bylaws and/or rules and communications are proper names and shall be capitalized.
1.2.1 A Region is a geographical section of the state with boundaries established by the Board of Directors.
1.2.1.1 Regions shall be identified by numerical characters, not Roman numerals.
1.2.2 The state was divided into thirds. Each third is known as an Area. Each Region is assigned to an Area.
1.2.2.1 Northern Area is assigned Regions 1, 2, 3, 13 and 18.
1.2.2.2 Central Area is assigned Regions 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 17, and 19.
1.2.2.3 Southern Area is assigned Regions 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, and 16.
SEC.2.0 SEAL
2.1 Logo 2.1.1 All uses of the CSHA logo will be, with the exception of the Past President’s buckle, the original. 2.1.2 The official logo will be in two colors (blue and orange). 2.1.2.1 Monochrome usage is permitted. 2.2 CSHA Dies 2.2.1 No die may be created without approval of the Board of Directors. 2.2.2 The dies will be limited in their use. 2.3 CSHA Medallions - There will be two die designs and the use of these dies is controlled by the Board of Directors. No other use is to be allowed.
2.3.1 The die known as CSHA medallion #1 (1 ¼ inch curved) will be used only in the following manner:
2.3.1.1 Horsemastership Region champion awards
2.3.1.2 Horsemastership State Champion buckles
2.3.1.3 Region Presidents’ buckles.
2.3.1.4 State Past Presidents’ buckles
AP 3 Adopted November 2015 2.4 The die known as CSHA medallion #2 (1 inch flat) will be used only in the following manner:
2.4.1 All buckles awarded to competitors at any CSHA State championship show/event
2.4.2 State Royalty buckles
2.4.3 5000 hour TRAP buckles
2.4.4 An award in recognition of a CSHA member by the State or a Region.
2.5 The State Past President’s buckle is unique in design. In order to preserve the importance of this buckle, this design shall not be copied or used for any other purpose.
SEC. 3.0 MEMBERSHIP
3.1 Types of Membership
3.1.1 Club
3.1.1.1 The application for a "club" membership must be filed with the Administrative Assistant.
3.1.1.2 The application must include:
a. The name and location of the organization b. Purposes for which organized c. The names and addresses of its officers, managing board, and member designated to act as the Club Representative d. The total number of members in good standing e. A roster of the members’ names and addresses (where allowed by club bylaws). Note: If a roster is not provided, club members may not register in CSHA programs.
3.1.1.3 The application packet must include a copy of applicant’s constitution and bylaws and, if incorporated, the Articles of Incorporation; the appropriate dues and the initiation fee.
3.1.2 Individual 3.1.3 Commercial
3.2 Dues
3.2.1 A renewal notice will be sent to members in November.
3.2.1.1 A notice of non-renewal, with a ten dollar ($10) reinstatement fee, will be sent to those members whose renewal dues do not have a postmark or electronic transaction date on or before January 31st.
AP 4 Adopted November 2015 3.3 Rights of Membership
3.3.1 A Junior member who has not reached the age of eighteen years by January 1st of the current year may continue as a Junior competitor during the current year.
3.3.2 Out-of-state Members
3.3.2.1 To compete in a program requiring Region level competition an out-of- state member must contact the appropriate State Chair indicating the Region in which the member wishes to participate.
3.3.2.2 The State Chair will confirm that the individual has made no other such request for that competition year to another Region for the same program, and then contact the Region Chair involved for approval.
3.3.2.3 The approval of the State and Region Chairs must be documented and dated on the Region's program application.
3.3.2.3.1 Approvals are valid only for the current competition year.
3.3.2.3.2 No points will accrue until both approvals have been obtained.
3.3.2.4 The out-of-state member will be eligible to compete in the Region during the current program year and represent the Region at any state level or championship competition for which the member may qualify.
3.3.2.5 The member may compete in another discipline’s Region level program in a different Region. All of the above rules must be followed for that discipline.
3.4 Region Transfer
3.4.1 A member may request a legal transfer to another Region by submitting a Region Transfer form to the president of his Region of residence.
3.4.2 The President shall approve/disapprove the transfer and forward the form to the president of the requested Region.
3.4.3 The President of the requested Region shall approve/disapprove the transfer and forward the form to the Area Vice President (Area where the member resides).
3.4.4 The Area Vice President shall approve/disapprove the transfer and forward the form to the State Office.
3.4.4.1 If the transfer is to a Region in another Area, the request will be sent to the requested Area Vice President.
AP 5 Adopted November 2015
3.4.5 The State Office shall notify the member of the approval or denial.
3.4.5.1 If the request is denied, the member will have the right to appeal the decision to the Board of Directors.
3.4.6 Unless there is a change of residence, a member may only request one (1) transfer per year.
3.4.7 Region Transfers do not apply to out-of-state members.
3.5 Disputes A dispute is defined as an issue that will not result in a suspension or expulsion of membership, but may include a fine.
3.5.1 The issue will be handled by a special committee of not fewer than five (5) people selected by the President. Special committee rules will apply.
3.5.2 The committee will hold a review of the issue.
3.5.3 All parties involved will be advised, in writing a minimum of two weeks prior as to the date, time and location of the hearing. All parties will have the right to speak before the committee and have witnesses heard by the committee.
3.5.4 The committee will determine an action recommendation.
3.5.5 The committee will present their findings to the Board of Directors within forty-five (45) days of the hearing date.
3.5.5.1 The special committee will be dissolved after the governing body has voted on the action to be taken.
3.5.6 The Board of Directors will review the issue(s) and prescribe the action to be taken.
3.5.6.1 Notification to the primary parties will be mailed within fifteen (15) days.
3.5.7 The decision may be appealed to the Board of Directors within thirty (30) days of notification’s postmark date.
3.5.7.1 The appeal shall be accepted upon receipt of a written request accompanied by pertinent information.
3.5.7.2 The Board will consider the appeal. All primary parties will have the right to speak before the Board.
AP 6 Adopted November 2015
3.6 Code of Conduct 3.6.1 This Code of Conduct (hereinafter "Code") is intended to be a guideline for all CSHA members. All members of CSHA are expected to honor this Code of Conduct. 3.6.2 CSHA desires to promote the “Spirit of Competition” in a safe and family-oriented environment through its programs. However, when the need arises there must also be a procedure in place that will mitigate and resolve disputes. 3.6.3 Behavior by a CSHA member who exhibits actions/words that are detrimental to CSHA or is abusive toward an animal is a code violation. 3.6.4 These behavior standards apply to any CSHA member claiming to represent CSHA at any public event. 3.6.5 Unauthorized use of CSHA owned property, including real, non-fixed, and all printed material and information, is a violation of the Code.
3.6.6 Complaint Procedures 3.6.6.1 Any CSHA member witnessing a violation of the Code may file a written complaint within 48 hours of said violation. 3.6.6.2 Written complaints of violations shall be submitted in person or by certified mail (return receipt requested) to the State President. 3.6.6.3 Only a properly submitted complaint shall be accepted as a formal complaint. 3.6.6.4 Notification of receipt of a complaint shall be made by the State President to the party(s) named within five (5) business days. This shall be accomplished by certified mail (with return receipt requested). Informal notice will be made by the State President to the program chairman, if applicable, of a pending action and the individual(s) involved. Incident details shall be withheld. 3.6.6.5 Upon receipt of the letter the subject party shall respond to the State President within five (5) business days with a rebuttal, if any. The formal rebuttal must be submitted in writing and sent via certified mail (with return receipt requested). 3.6.6.6 The State President will review the complaint and rebuttal; and then proceed with Bylaws Article III Membership, Sec.5.0 Disciplinary Action. 3.6.6.7 All records concerning the complaint will be kept in the State Office for a period of two (2) years. 3.6.6.8 Prior records may be used as documentation for any future incident within the two (2) year period. 3.6.6.9 If the conduct in question falls within the scope of a program’s existing complaint and/or protest procedure, the program’s procedure must be applied to the situation.
AP 7 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 4.0 OFFICERS
4.1 Elected Officers 4.1.1 President 4.1.2 First Vice President 4.1.3 Second Vice Presidents 4.1.4 Chief Financial Officer
4.1.4.1 Disburse the funds of CSHA in payment of just demands against CSHA, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. 4.1.4.2 At each Quarterly Meeting, present to each member of the Board of Directors an accurate, detailed and itemized financial report. The financial report will reflect the actual income and expenses as compared with those budgeted. 4.1.4.3 For the Annual Convention, prepare and present to the Council of Members, an annual financial report and an accounting of the Special Reserve Fund. 4.1.4.4 The financial records of the organization are public information and shall be made available to any member upon written request. 4.1.4.5 Be responsible for the filing and certification of the reports of CSHA to the I.R.S., Franchise Tax Board, California Department of Justice, Council of Equalization, County Assessor or Tax Collector, and other such reports required by law to agencies of the State and Federal Governments. It will further be his responsibility to sign and affirm the accuracy of the returns, even though his term of office may have ended, since it was during his term of office that the income and expenses occurred. 4.2 Appointments 4.2.1 The Board of Directors may appoint a Treasurer to assist the Chief Financial Officer. 4.3 Terms of Office 4.4 Election of Officers 4.4.1 Only qualified members filing their declaration of candidacy in writing with the Administrative Assistant, accompanied by a nomination fee of $20.00 postmarked on or before August 1st, may be nominated by the Nominating committee or by any other eligible person. Such fees will cover the cost of mailing candidates’ resumes if requested.
4.5 Filling Vacancies
AP 8 Adopted November 2015
4.6 Past Presidents
4.6.1 After the completion of a first term as State President the individual shall receive:
a. Life Membership. However, if the individual already possesses a Life membership there will be no reimbursement or remuneration of any kind.
b. Each time a Life membership is bestowed, the sum of $50.00 will be transferred from the General fund to the Life fund.
c. This Life membership will be presented at the installation banquet at the Annual Convention.
d. Past President’s buckle.
e. If an individual serves more than one term as State President, the individual shall have the option of receiving an additional buckle or some other gift.
f. It is the responsibility of the immediate Past President to secure the gift.
4.7 CSHA President Emeritus
This is a title of respect and honor.
4.7.1 In order for this title to be conferred upon a CSHA Past President a nomination must be made at the Annual Convention by a CSHA Past President.
4.7.2 The nomination must be voted on by the Council of Members and requires a majority approval of the Council.
4.7.3 To be eligible for the title of CSHA President Emeritus, the honoree must have been out of active office for a minimum of five (5) years.
4.7.4 The title conveys no official duties.
4.7.5 The title does not grant the honoree a position on the Board of Directors, a vote in any matter before the organization, a part in any quorum requirements or any special privileges.
SEC. 5.0 GOVERNING BODIES
5.1 Council of Members
5.2 Board of Directors
5.2.1 A CSHA membership may only be terminated by the Board of Directors.
AP 9 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 6.0 FINANCE
6.1 General 6.1.1 All donations must be included in the year-end financial statement. 6.1.2 A W-9 form will be sent at the time a judge applicant is approved for a license. The form must be completed and returned to the State Office. 6.1.2.1 No license, new or renewal will be issued until a completed W-9 is on file in the State office. 6.2 Disbursements 6.2.1 No member may receive reoccurring compensation. 6.3 Funds and Accounts 6.3.1 Show of Champions Account 6.3.1.1 A financial statement, including itemization of income and expenses, must be submitted to the Board of Directors at each quarterly meeting. 6.3.1.2 A preliminary annual financial statement, including itemization of income and expenses, must be submitted to the Council of Members at each Annual convention. A minimum of fifty copies of the report must be available for distribution. 6.3.1.3 The final financial statement, including itemization of income and expenses for the previous year, must be presented to the Board of Directors at the January Quarterly. 6.3.2 The Special Reserve Fund
6.3.2.1 These funds will be set aside in a separate interest bearing account to be used for emergency purposes benefiting the future needs of the organization.
6.3.2.2 Funds in this account will be made available for purposes as approved by the Board of Directors.
6.3.2.3 All disbursements against this fund will be signed by any two of the following: State President, State First Vice President, or Treasurer.
6.3.2.4 If funds are withdrawn for the administration’s operating expenses it will be the responsibility of the State President and the Board of Directors to replace any funds withdrawn as soon as the monies become available.
6.3.2.5 The interest income from the fund will be paid into the General Fund annually.
AP 10 Adopted November 2015
6.4 Fund and Account Financial Reports
The treasurer of each separate bank account (e.g. Region, Building Fund, etc.) will submit the following.
6.4.1 At the January, April, and July Board of Directors Quarterly meetings and at the Annual Convention a financial statement report of the account. The report shall be submitted to the CFO in a format approved by the CFO.
6.4.1.1 The report will include the timeframe for the report (start and end dates), the account's ending balance from the previous report, all transactions for the period summarized by program and categorized as either income or expenses, and the account's ending balance.
6.4.1.2 For each Region bank account a copy of the bank’s statement and its reconciliation will be submitted to the CFO. The documents are to be submitted within two weeks of the receipt of the statement.
6.4.2 No later than January 10th submit to the State Treasurer a list of payments made to individuals and non-corporation entities for services rendered, and/or rent. Reimbursements are not to be included.
6.4.3 If an entity fails to submit the required information the entity will be assessed a fine of $100.
6.4.3.1 Failure to pay the fine within thirty (30) days of the invoice date shall result in the amount due being doubled. The new amount shall be invoiced.
6.4.3.2 Failure to pay the double amount within thirty (30) days of its invoice date shall result in a suspension of the entity’s programs and membership rights. Said suspension shall be removed when the full amount due has been paid in full.
6.4.4 If the State Treasurer has to create any portion of an entity’s required submissions the entity will be billed an hourly rate for the time required.
6.5 Carry-Over Requests
6.5.1 Carry-over requests must be:
6.5.1.1 Submitted in writing
6.5.1.2 Signed by the program chairman
6.5.1.3 Submitted to the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) at least one week prior to the Annual Convention
AP 11 Adopted November 2015 6.5.1.4 Provide specific details as to how the funds will be used
6.5.1.5 Be reasonable in nature.
6.5.2 A representative from the committee must attend the Convention meeting of the State Finance committee to answer any requests for information.
6.5.3 No program will be allowed to make a request to carry-over or transfer any of their remaining program balance to another CSHA program or to any non-CSHA program.
6.5.4 In order for clear and proper decisions and recommendations to be made, all program committee chairs will work closely with the Chief Financial Officer to attempt to determine within close approximation, the true remaining program balance as of October 31st.
6.5.5 At the Annual Convention the Finance committee will review each carry-over request and make a recommendation for approval, denial or amendment to the Council of Members.
6.5.6 The Chief Financial Officer must present every carry-over request to the Council of Members for their consideration.
6.6 Loans
6.7 Budgets
6.7.1 The State President will prepare the administrative budget.
6.7.2 Budgets will be presented to the Finance committee chairman no later than January 15th.
6.7.3 At the first Quarterly Meeting the budget will be reviewed by the Finance committee and then be referred to the Board of Directors for consideration.
6.7.4 The Board of Directors will review and, if necessary, adjust any budget. Said adjustments must remain within the limit of the monies available in the respective fund.
6.7.5 Until a budget has been approved by the Board of Directors no funds can be expended on behalf of any committee.
6.7.6 If a budget line incorporates more than one item, the line must be itemized (example: line item lists awards $15,000. This amount must be itemized because the awards budgeted include buckles, ribbons, trophies, etc. A line with a budgeted amount must be shown for each sub category).
6.7.6.1 After a budget has been approved, any new or additional expense over $400 that was not included in the original budget, must be presented to and approved by Board of Directors prior to the expenditure being made.
AP 12 Adopted November 2015 6.8 Audit
6.8.1 An annual audit is required to examine the accounting records, review the system of accounts and accounting procedures.
6.8.2 The Finance committee will select a minimum of two (2) qualified persons to form an audit committee.
6.8.3 The audit committee will be selected from persons who have had business or financial experience. Persons will only be eligible for appointment if they are not a member of the Board of Directors or a Trustee of the Charitable Trust.
6.8.4 The audit committee will meet with the Chief Financial Officer and State Treasurer, if one has been appointed.
6.8.5 If it seems desirable, the committee may employ outside auditors to make recommendations to the Board of Directors.
6.8.6 The audit committee shall perform their duties between the first and second Quarterly Meetings, reporting their findings at the second Quarterly Meeting.
6.9 Returned Check Protocol
6.9.1 The protocols in this section apply to checks issued to a Region as well as the State organization.
6.9.2 The complete protocols may be viewed on the CSHA web site or requested from the CSHA office.
6.9.3 When a check that has been submitted as payment to CSHA is returned unpaid by the bank, for any reason, it will be considered as if the payment had not been made.
6.9.4 It is the sole responsibility of the maker to redeem the returned check and pay the appropriate fee(s).
6.9.5 Membership of the issuer will be suspended if the check is not redeemed within the time frame stated in the protocol.
6.9.5.1 A check written by a member on behalf of another party will result in suspension of the issuer’s membership.
6.9.5.2 Participation in a Region program is the only suspension that may be issued by a Region.
6.9.5.3 If a membership is suspended, a reinstatement fee may be assessed and must be paid prior to membership being reinstated.
AP 13 Adopted November 2015
6.9.6 The maker of a returned check to a Region will be notified by the Region Treasurer of the Region's requirements to replace the funds. If said requirements are not met, the matter will be referred to the State Office to be addressed in accordance with the State protocol.
SEC. 7.0 COMMITTEES
7.1 General
7.2 Appointments
7.2.1 The Administrative Practices committee chairman will select the Credentials and Election committee chairmen.
7.2.2 The State Gymkhana chairman will appoint a State Rating Secretary who will be a voting member of the Gymkhana committee.
7.2.2.1 The person so appointed must maintain a Direct membership during the entire tenure of their appointment.
7.2.3 A duly appointed and confirmed committee chairman is required to reside in the State of California.
7.3 Chairman’s Duties
7.3.1 To appoint the vice chairman, a junior member and the members-at-large. Such appointments will be made prior to the first Quarterly Meeting.
7.3.2 The chairmen and vice chairmen’s names are to be listed in the roster and published in the official publication at the earliest possible date, but no later than the second Quarterly Meeting.
7.3.3 Keep proper written minutes of all committee meetings and give a copy to the Administrative Assistant to be included in the Board of Directors meeting minutes.
7.3.4 Complete a budget and forward it to the Chief Financial Officer no later than January 15.
7.3.5 Secure a list of their Region counterparts prior to the first Quarterly Meeting.
7.3.6 Prepare a complete record of the committee’s actions, events, finances, and procedures that will be ready to be turned over to their successor prior to the end of the calendar year.
7.3.7 All committees shall follow the purpose of each committee as prescribed in the CSHA bylaws and/or rulebook; or as prescribed by the President or the Board of Directors in the case of ad hoc or special committees.
AP 14 Adopted November 2015
7.4 Causes for Termination
7.4.1 If a chairman misses two consecutive Quarterly meetings, at which his committee had a meeting scheduled, without the prior approval of the President the chairman will be removed immediately and a new chairman will be appointed.
7.4.2 Failure to comply with rule 7.3.3 of this section could result in the replacement of the committee chairman.
7.5 Standing Committees
7.5.1 Administrative Practices
7.5.1.1 The committee will work on matters of administration that are not the purview of any other committee including but not limited to the Region President’s handbook and an operating manual of administrative rules.
7.5.1.2 The committee will meet during the Annual Convention to consider any rule change resolutions submitted for Administrative Practices, Credentials, and/or Elections.
7.5.2 Bylaws
7.5.2.1 The committee will consider all submitted resolutions pertaining to bylaw amendments. The committee will report its recommendations to the Board of Directors.
7.5.3 Finance
7.5.3.1 The committee will consist of all Past State Presidents, the current State President, all current State Vice Presidents, the Chief Financial Officer, a vice chairman and a member-at-large. The vice chairman and the member at large will be chosen by the chairman with the approval of the committee.
7.5.3.1.1 Past State Presidents will not count for quorum.
7.5.3.2 The Chief Financial Officer will serve as chairman.
7.5.3.3 The committee will review the financial structure and needs of the organization; make budget recommendations to the Board of Directors; and offer guidance regarding program finances.
7.5.3.4 At the first Quarterly Meeting the committee will review the administration and committee budgets.
AP 15 Adopted November 2015
7.5.3.5 Conflict of Interest
7.5.3.5.1 Any member of the Committee who has a financial, personal, or official interest in, or conflict (or appearance of a conflict) with any matter pending before the Committee, of such nature that it prevents or may prevent that member from acting on the matter in an impartial manner, will voluntarily recuse himself and refrain from discussion and voting on said item.
7.5.3.5.2 No Committee member shall cast a vote, nor take part in the final deliberation in any matter in which he, members of his immediate family, or any organization to which such member has allegiance, has a personal interest that may be seen as competing with the interest of the Corporation.
7.5.3.5.3 If a committee member believes he may have such a conflict of interest he shall so notify the CFO prior to deliberation on the matter in question.
7.5.3.5.4 The Committee shall make the final determination as to whether the committee member has a conflict of interest in any matter.
7.5.3.5.5 The minutes of the Committee meeting shall reflect disclosure of any conflict of interest and the recusal of the interested committee member.
7.5.4 Insurance
7.5.4.1 This committee will consist of a chairman, vice chairman, the immediate past chairman and a representative from each active Region.
7.5.4.2 The committee will promote and handle the CSHA insurance program.
7.5.4.3 It will study and make recommendations regarding changes in the program to the Council of Members and/or the Board of Directors.
7.5.4.3.1 With the concurrence of the State President, additional types of coverage can be offered.
7.5.4.4 The committee will:
7.5.4.4.1 Solicit and review quotes from as many insurance carriers as possible.
7.5.4.4.2 Request quotes for the desired coverage based on the needs of the State administrative purposes including real property insurance; third party liability coverage; and provisions to best cover the needs and activities of the State, the Regions, and the membership, including member clubs.
AP 16 Adopted November 2015
7.5.4.4.3 Present the results of the quotes at the Annual Convention for approval and acceptance by the Council of Members.
7.5.5 Show of Champions (SOC)
7.5.5.1 The SOC is the combination of the state championship shows for the programs involved.
7.5.5.2 The committee will be made up of the chairman, the immediate past chairman, a vice chairman, the chairmen of the programs participating in the SOC and the stabling manager.
7.5.5.2.1 The SOC chairman will appoint the vice chairman and the stabling manager.
7.5.5.3 The chairman of any suspended or non-approved program may be a non-voting member of the committee.
7.5.5.4 The chairman will coordinate the programs involved and act as liaison between the various chairmen.
7.5.5.5 Only those programs that offer Region level competition whereby a competitor qualifies to compete for a state championship may be included in the SOC.
7.5.5.6 For inclusion in the SOC, a program or division of a program must have been offered in two or more Regions during the current year.
7.5.5.6.1 Exhibitions and demonstrations of new events are excluded from this rule.
7.5.5.7 The SOC committee will recommend the site of the SOC to the Council of Members for their approval.
7.5.5.7.1 Written bids must be submitted to the SOC committee each year no later than July 1. Any CSHA member may submit a bid.
7.5.5.7.2 At the third Quarterly meeting, the SOC committee will review all of the bids, and then the SOC chairman will present copies all of the bids to the Board of Directors.
7.5.5.7.3 At the beginning of the Council of Members meeting, a minimum of fifty (50) copies of each bid must be available.
7.5.5.7.4 The Council of Members will select the site for the following year.
AP 17 Adopted November 2015
7.6 Special Purpose Committees
7.6.1 Annual Convention
7.6.1.1 The committee will be appointed by the State President and be responsible for conducting the annual convention.
7.6.1.2 This committee may have its own treasury account to support the activities associated with the Annual Convention.
7.6.1.3 Guidelines for the Annual Convention will be maintained in the State office.
7.6.1.4 The Area Vice President, in whose Area the convention site is located, shall be a member of the Annual Convention Committee.
7.6.2 Annual Convention Site Selection Committee
7.6.2.1 The purpose of this committee is to investigate suitable venues for the annual convention, solicit and review bids and present said bids with committee recommendations to the Council of Members for approval at its annual meeting.
7.6.2.2 The goal is to present site bids for approval two years in advance.
7.6.2.3 The Committee shall consist of the three State Area Vice Presidents and three area representatives with a chairman selected by the State President from one of the area representatives.
7.6.2.4 Area representatives shall be appointed by the President for a period of two years and the Area Vice Presidents shall serve during their term of office.
7.6.2.4.1 If there is no Area Vice President, until one has been either been elected or appointed, the First Vice President shall fill the position.
7.6.3 Credentials and the Elections Committees
Both are subcommittees of the Administrative Practices committee.
7.6.3.1 The Credentials committee will consider and determine the validity of the credentials of each person who claims to be entitled to vote at the Annual Convention, or at a Council of Members meeting.
7.6.3.2 The Administrative Assistant will provide the committee with the current club records including the club officers and membership roster.
7.6.3.3 Member clubs will be notified to keep an updated officers’ list and membership roster on file at the State office.
AP 18 Adopted November 2015 7.6.3.4 Credentials Committee Reports
7.6.3.4.1 Council of Members
7.6.3.4.1.1 Prior to roll call at the opening of the Council of Members meeting, the Credentials committee chair shall verify that club representative credentials have been checked and approved. The chair will then request that those not approved report to the Credentials committee room.
7.6.3.4.1.2 The chair will report when sufficient credentials have been approved to establish a quorum. The chair then will announce that additional club representative credentials will be processed as they are received. The roll call should proceed until a quorum is established.
7.6.3.4.1.3 The Credentials committee chair will announce the registrations will close at 12:00 PM on Saturday of the Annual Convention.
7.6.3.4.1.4 The roll call should proceed until it is determined a quorum is present.
7.6.3.5 Elections Committee
7.6.3.5.1 The Elections Committee will supervise and conduct a secret ballot election in accordance with the CSHA Election manual whenever there is a contested office.
7.6.3.5.2 The vote count for any contested office will not be announced to the general membership.
7.6.3.5.2.1 The vote count may be made known to an individual if that person makes a request to the Elections Committee Chair following the announcement of the voting results and prior to the close of the meeting.
7.6.3.5.3 Ballots will be placed in a sealed envelope and held in the State Office for a period of thirty (30) days following the election.
7.6.3.5.4 No one may request to see any ballot. Exception: A club president may submit a written request to the Administrative Practices Chair for permission to view that club’s ballot.
AP 19 Adopted November 2015 7.6.4 Day at the Races
This event shall be chaired by the State Royalty Chairman. At a date secured by the chairman, a Day at the Races will be held. The proceeds will be split 50:50 with the Region in which the ticket(s) were sold, provided the Region has a Royalty program. If the Region does not have a Royalty program, one hundred percent (100%) of the profit will be deposited into to the CSHA State Royalty program.
7.6.5 Legislative
7.6.5.1 The committee will be alert to and employ such means as are reasonably available to keep informed on matters of legislation and statutes as may affect or concern the horse industry and sport.
7.6.5.2 It will transmit such information with appropriate recommendations for action to the President, Council of Members, or Board of Directors.
7.6.5.3 It will institute and pursue such action as instructed.
7.6.5.4 CSHA has and will continue to furnish members, through its regular channels, with accurate information regarding legislative matters of direct interest to its members.
7.6.5.5 CSHA Regions, Region government and committees as arms of CSHA, are authorized to make policy decisions concerning legislation that affects any government or agency within the Region, but are limited to only policy decisions within their own Region and cannot make a decision on behalf of another Region and the membership of CSHA.
7.6.5.5.1 They will immediately report, in writing, such decisions to the State Office, State President, officers, committee chairs, and State Legislative chairman along with a copy of any correspondence that clearly indicates the fact that it is a policy decision to that Region only.
7.6.5.6 Region legislative committees should be diligent in educating members and member clubs within the Region concerning local matters. They should keep in mind that both the public interest as well as the interest of horses and horse owners should be served by proposed ordinances, rules and regulations.
7.6.5.7 Members are at liberty to take such action and adopt such policies as may be in their best interest, but cannot imply in any way they are representing CSHA.
7.6.5.7.1 Incorporated clubs may have some legal limitations on their activities and expenditures in the political field.
AP 20 Adopted November 2015
7.6.6 Night at the Cow Palace
Opening Night at the Grand Nationals is designated as CSHA Night at the Cow Palace. Color guards may compete and be included in the opening ceremonies.
7.6.3.1 Cash awards for the winners in the specified categories will be deposited into the State Horsemastership scholarship fund.
7.6.3.2 The rebate portion of the ticket cost will be deposited into the State Horsemastership program account.
7.6.7 Nomination
7.6.7.1 To seek out and secure written declarations of candidacy from qualified candidate(s) for each of the following offices: President, First Vice President, as many Second Vice Presidents as are provided for in the bylaws, and Chief Financial Officer.
7.6.7.2 To nominate the candidates by certification to the membership by mail posted no later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement date of the Annual Convention.
7.6.8 Public Relations
7.6.8.1 The Director of Public Relations will be chairman of the committee.
7.6.8.2 The members of the committee shall be the Public Relations chairmen from each Region.
7.6.8.3 The primary function of the Director of Public Relations is to keep the members of CSHA and the public informed of the efforts and activities of CSHA.
7.6.8.4 Duties will be to collate and disseminate information concerning CSHA, its members and the public.
7.6.8.5 Under the Director there will be edited, published and distributed any and all publications, newsletters or other vehicles of communication between the governing bodies and officers of CSHA and its members.
7.6.8.6 All public relations activities of CSHA will be under the Director.
7.6.9 Youth Advisor
The purpose of the committee is to promote growth in the youth participation and youth activity within CSHA. This committee will consist of the State Youth Advisor, who will be the chairman, and all Region Youth Advisors.
AP 21 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 8.0 MEETINGS
8.1 General
8.1.1 At any meeting where credentials are required, roll call shall be taken by the Credentials chairman or another Credentials Committee member.
8.2 Board of Directors
8.2.1 The Board of Directors will meet in the Central Area in the months of January, April, and July.
8.2.1.1 The actual meeting dates will be arranged by the current President prior to the Annual Convention.
8.2.1.2 The dates of these two day meetings, with the approval of the Board of Directors, will be announced during the convention.
8.2.2 By a majority vote of the Board of Directors present and having voted at a previous meeting, one meeting per year may be held outside the Central Area.
8.2.3 A list of the action items will be posted on the CSHA web site within thirty (30) days after the meeting date.
8.3 Special Meetings
8.3.1 Request by ten percent (10%) of the membership
8.3.1.1 The spokesperson for this ten percent (10%) will have the authority to advise the Administrative Assistant to schedule the meeting in accordance with the instruction as stated by the ten percent (10%) of the membership.
8.3.1.2 The written request shall specify the spokesperson and contain the following information for all signatories; signature, printed first and last name, address, Region, type of membership.
8.3.1.3 A signatory must have been a member by January 15 of the current year.
8.4 Annual Meeting
8.4.1 Whenever possible, the location of the Annual Convention will be rotated North, Central, or South.
8.4.2 The Finance committee meeting will be scheduled for the day before the committee meetings are scheduled.
AP 22 Adopted November 2015 8.4.3 The minutes from the Annual Convention will be distributed at the first Quarterly Meeting following the convention.
8.4.4 The installation of State and Region officers will be done at an appropriate ceremony during Annual Meeting.
8.4.5 Annual Convention Registration Fee
8.4.5.1 A convention registration fee will be charged for each voting type: Life, Senior, Family, Commercial, Commercial Life, Senior club, Family club and Combined club.
8.4.5.2 Each Club will pay the full price registration fee for the club's first representative. Each additional representative will pay half price.
8.4.5.3 If a club representative is also a Direct member and desires to vote in both capacities a Direct member registration fee must be paid in addition to individual’s club representative registration fee.
8.4.6 Credentials
8.4.6.1 The certification of the Representatives shall be made on the official credential form issued by the State office and mailed to the member club prior to Annual Convention.
8.4.6.1.1 Each member club will submit Representative credentials in a form sufficient to satisfy the Credentials committee.
8.4.6.1.2 The Credentials committee will review all Representative credentials and approve those that meet all requirements.
8.4.6.1.3 Each Representative of a member club must be a voting member in good standing of the respective club and must be certified in writing to the Credentials Committee by the club’s governing body via the club President or Secretary.
8.4.6.2 Any credentials questioned will be handled as follows:
8.4.6.2.1 The Representative will be called before the committee in private and asked questions and to show written proof of club membership.
8.4.6.2.2 The committee will allow the person in question to bring written certification of their status. Telephone calls and telegrams will not be accepted.
8.4.6.2.3 The decision of the committee must be unanimous.
8.4.6.2.4 A tally of the quorum count will be made and witnessed by two (2) members of the committee.
AP 23 Adopted November 2015 8.5 Council of Members
8.5.1 Each Senior, Family, or Combined club will be represented by one (1) Representative. The governing body of the club will certify to the Credentials Committee via the club President or Secretary the name and address of the Representative(s) selected.
8.5.1.1 The certification of the club’s Representative(s) shall be made on the official credential form issued by the State office.
8.5.2 At the opening of any Council of Members meeting, the Credentials Committee chairman will report the names of those entitled to be seated and vote. Additional reports will be made during the meeting. Any disagreement with the decision of the committee will be decided by the Council of Members.
8.6 Election of Officers
8.6.1 The Election of State Officers will be conducted under New Business during the Council of Members meeting.
8.6.1.1 If a quorum cannot be established, the current officers shall remain in office for the following year.
8.6.1.2 If there are contested offices, the election will be the first order of New Business with the meeting continuing during the ballot counting.
8.6.2 Only qualified members may be nominated by the Nominating committee or by any other eligible person.
8.6.2.1 If a declaration of candidacy cannot be obtained for an office by the required deadline, the membership will be notified by mail. The Board of Directors will convene at the Annual Convention prior to the elections to take appropriate action to secure a candidate.
8.6.2.2 If a candidate, who has been certified by the Nominating committee, becomes unable or declines to stand for election, and there are less than two other candidates for the office, then nominations for the office will be declared open.
8.6.2.3 The Nominating committee will proceed to accept qualified candidates, providing the candidates file a Declaration of Candidacy with the Administrative Assistant (if prior to the start of the Convention) or the Nominating Committee (if during the Convention).
8.6.2.3.1 The Nominating committee must certify these candidates to the Council of Members.
8.6.2.4 The President or presiding officer shall announce the elections as the next order of business on the agenda and relinquish control of the meeting to the Elections Chair.
AP 24 Adopted November 2015 8.6.2.5 If an actual election is held for any office, the club’s name will be written on the ballot give to the club’s representative(s). Upon request, the information as to how a club voted will be made available to the club’s President.
8.6.2.6 All elected state officers will be installed in a suitable ceremony at the Annual Convention following the close of the Council of Members meeting.
8.6.2.6.1 Any elected state officer not present for the installation ceremony will be deemed to be installed and their duties will begin immediately following the Council of members meeting.
SEC. 9.0 REGIONS
9.1 General 9.2 Government 9.3 Council 9.4 Officers 9.5 Meetings
9.6 Election of Officers
9.6.1 Final nominations for the elected officers will be at the time of the elections.
9.6.2 A Credentials and Elections committee of at least three (3) persons will be appointed by the Region President to determine the validity of each person who claims to be entitled to vote.
9.6.2.1 This committee will also conduct and supervise a secret ballot election whenever there is a contested office.
9.6.2.2 The Region President and Vice President(s) installed in a suitable ceremony at the Annual Convention following the close of the Council of Members meeting.
9.6.2.2.1 If they are not installed at that time, they will be deemed installed and their duties of the office will begin immediately following State Annual Convention.
9.7 Filling Vacancies
9.8 Finance
9.8.1 Disbursements will follow the CSHA state procedures in Finance Sec. 2.0, substituting the state officers named with; Region President, a Region Vice President and Region Treasurer, following the procedure of two signatures being required on Region checks.
AP 25 Adopted November 2015
9.8.2 The Region Handbook as updated and published annually will be followed for operation of the Region and additional financial guidelines
9.8.3 All donations must be documented and reported to the State Office.
9.9 Committees
9.10 Miscellaneous
9.10.1 All records, monies and properties of a Region in the possession of its officers, will be immediately delivered to their duly elected successors.
9.10.2 Should there be no elected successors, all records, monies and properties will be surrendered to the Administrative Assistant. The Administrative Assistant will hold the same in trust until such time as the duly elected officers take office and apply for the return thereof.
9.11 Boundary Change
9.11.1 If a Region is split, those members desiring to stay in the original Region and who have complied with transfer procedures would automatically be eligible for office provided they had been an individual member in good standing prior to the Region split.
9.11.2 The requesting Region will complete the appropriate change forms.
9.11.3 The original form will be sent to the State office. The Administrative Assistant will forward copies to the appropriate Area Vice President(s) and Region officers.
9.11.4 It will be the responsibility of those officers to meet and confer among themselves with interested parties to determine the reasons for the change. A suggested course of action is to:
a. Hold meetings in each Region to secure agreement on the new boundaries.
b. Secure written agreement from the Region(s) involved, signed by the Region Board.
c. Present the plan to change boundaries at a Quarterly meeting.
d. Write up a proposal for announcement in The New Horseman.
e. Vote on final approval at the following Quarterly meeting.
f. The Area Vice President(s) will be responsible for bringing the change request and recommendations to the Board of Directors.
AP 26 Adopted November 2015
9.12 Reactivation of Region
9.12.1 Any member(s) within the inactive Region may send to the State Office a written request to reactivate the Region. The request must include:
a. The rationale for reactivation b. A statement of purpose c. A budget d. The names of a minimum of 10 members willing to oversee the Region’s activities e. The names of members who are willing to be appointed officers.
9.12.2 The Administrative Assistant will forward the request to the State President, State First Vice President and appropriate Area Vice President.
9.12.3 The Area Vice President will present the request to the Board of Directors for their review and approval.
9.12.4 The Board of Directors will hold a public hearing on the request. Notice of the public hearing shall be posted on the web site and published at least once in the official CSHA publication prior to the hearing date.
9.12.5 The Area Vice President will convey the Boards decision via a written letter to the member(s) who requested the reactivation.
9.12.6 If the reactivation is approved, the Area Vice President will:
a. Contact the Administrative Assistant to determine if funds were turned over to the State office when the Region was deactivated. b. If funds are being held for the Region, request a check be issued to the Region. c. Obtain a mailing list of all clubs and Direct members that reside within the Region. d. Within thirty (30) days, schedule a meeting. e. Appoint the Region officers. f. Give the mailing list to the newly appointed officers. g. After verifying a Region bank account has been established, present the check to the Region officers.
AP 27 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 10.0 CHARITABLE TRUST
10.1 General
SEC. 11.0 MISCELLANEOUS
11.1 The postmark date will be the criteria for all membership and official mailings to and from the State office.
11.1.1 Any mail received at the CSHA office that does not bear a USPS postmark will be deemed to have been mailed four (4) business days prior to the receipt date and will be so documented by the office staff.
11.2 Any CSHA club or organization extending the President an invitation to visit their group for whatever purpose, including the installation of officers, etc., will be encouraged to cover all expenses resulting from said invitation.
11.3 Program rules not covered in the rulebook may be obtained from the State office.
11.4 Guidelines for committee chairmen and Region officers may be obtained from the State office.
11.5 Items for sale at the State office include:
CSHA rulebook (printed or on CD) Horseman’s handbook Decals Patches Lapel pins CSHA flags West Coast Horse Show Rulebook (WCHS)
11.6 The current West Coast Horse Show (WCHS) rulebook will be referred to and will apply (if addressed) when the current CSHA rules do not address a situation.
11.7 All State officers, Region Presidents and/or Vice Presidents must remain at the Board of Directors meeting until completion, unless excused by the President prior to the meeting.
11.8 All official documents distributed from the State Office, or under the signature of a State Officer, chairman, Region officer, or Region chairman must use the corporation’s full and correct name.
11.9 Employees 11.9.1 No additional employees, independent contractors, consultants, outside services, or the like, be they an individual or company, can be added, paid or compensated in any form or manner without prior approval by the Board of Directors.
AP 28 Adopted November 2015 11.9.2 Performance reviews will be developed and administered by the State President utilizing the CSHA standard evaluation form with input from selected individuals including, but not limited to the CFO, State Treasurer and State Administrative Practices Chair.
11.10 New Programs/Events 11.10.1 No program shall be offered as a State endorsed program until the program has been run as a pilot program for a minimum of three (3) years.
11.10.2 The pilot program must be run in two or more Regions 11.10.3 The pilot program must be presented to the Council of Members for approval 11.10.3.1 At the time of presentation, all intended rules and regulations for the program must be presented.
11.10.4 Only those programs that have Region level competition will be considered as part of the pilot program.
11.10.5 Rule changes may be submitted, in the second and third year of the pilot program, under the same format as resolutions to the rulebook.
11.10.6 Exhibitions and demonstrations of new events are excluded from this rule. 11.10.7 After the pilot program receives final approval, all perpetual winners’ lists will be contained in a separate chapter of the rulebook and posted on the CSHA web site.
SEC. 12.0 PARLIAMENTARY AUTHORITY
12.1 Parliamentarian
12.1.1 CSHA will have a parliamentarian who will be appointed annually by the State President with the approval of the Board of Directors.
12.1.2 The person will serve as the official parliamentarian for all official meetings of CSHA, including Council of Members, and Board of Directors and all special meetings.
12.1.3 The Parliamentarian may appoint a substitute to act in his place for those meetings or sessions that he is unable to attend.
12.1.4 The Parliamentarian will have no voting power and will not count for a quorum.
12.1.5 The Parliamentarian is to remain impartial at all times.
AP 29 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 13.0 RULEBOOK CHANGES
13.1 General
13.1.1 Completion of “Housekeeping” changes (typographical errors, grammar, relocation of rules, or renumbering of rules) do not have to wait until convention to be requested or require a resolution.
13.1.1.1 The change is first presented to the chairman of the appropriate committee.
13.1.1.2 The chairman presents the change to committee.
13.1.1.3 If approved by the committee, the committee chairman then presents the recommendation to the Board of Directors for final approval. If approved the Rulebook Editor makes the change.
13.1.2 Resolutions to change the rulebook are to be submitted to the State office by August 1.
13.1.2.1 Any member in good standing may submit a resolution.
13.1.2.2 Resolutions must be in typewritten form.
13.1.2.3 Resolutions must include the name(s) of the author(s).
13.1.2.4 Resolutions submitted by an individual shall include their membership category (e.g. Senior member, Life member, etc.) not their CSHA office or committee.
13.1.2.5 Resolutions submitted by a committee, a Region or club must have been adopted by the appropriate body. The body must, if requested, be able to submit minutes of the meeting where the resolution was adopted.
13.1.2.6 Unless otherwise stated in the original resolution, an adopted rule change becomes effective thirty (30) days from the conclusion of convention.
13.2 Late Resolutions
13.2.1 Late resolutions may be presented at convention providing one of the following criteria is met:
13.2.1.1 The resolution was received by the August 1 deadline, but was returned to the author because of a submission error.
13.2.1.2 The resolution pertains to a situation that occurred between August 1 and Convention.
AP 30 Adopted November 2015 13.2.1.3 The proposed rule change must be emergency in nature and relate to something that if not changed immediately would cause irreparable harm to the program/committee. “Emergency” is defined as an unforeseen combination of circumstances that calls for immediate action.
13.2.1.4 The resolution must pass the “can the committee continue to operate without this change” test
13.2.1.5 If a resolution meets the criteria set forth above, the author must present ten (10) copies to the appropriate committee chairman prior to the committee’s meeting.
13.2.1.6 The chairman must present all qualified late resolutions to the committee for action.
13.2.1.7 The committee must consider all qualified late resolutions submitted.
13.2.1.8 Fifty (50) copies of the final resolution must be available for the Council of Members meeting.
13.2.1.9 Prior to considering the proposed late resolution, the Council of Members must declare the resolution “emergency in nature” by a three-fourths (3/4) vote.
13.3 Resolution Disposition
13.3.1 Committee chairman’s duties
13.3.1.1 It will be the responsibility of the chairman or acting chairman of each standing committee to submit to the Administrative Assistant a report on all resolutions that were considered by the committee.
13.3.1.2 Prior to the beginning of any committee’s report the person presenting resolutions for consideration must provide to the resolution recorder and the Administrative Assistant, for each adopted resolution, a written report containing the committee’s adopted wording.
13.4 Resolution recorder/rulebook editor
13.4.1 Prior to the Annual Convention, the President will appoint a Resolution Recorder/rulebook editor. During the Council of Members meeting, this person will document each resolution including changes and disposition.
13.4.2 Following the Annual Convention, this individual shall prepare a proof of the revised bylaws and/or rules. No changes to the rules, other than to correct spelling errors, may be made. Any changes to provide correct grammar, syntax, or sentence structure must be approved by the committee chairman.
13.4.3 No later than November 25th the proof shall be sent to the serving committee chairman.
AP 31 Adopted November 2015 13.4.4 The proof shall be returned with any changes, corrections, or comments on or before December 5th.
13.4.5 If the proof is not returned by December 15th, the Resolution Recorder/rulebook editor may presume the proof was correct as submitted.
13.4.6 The year of adoption shall be included in the footer of each page.
13.5 Publication Schedule
13.5.1 Changes to the rulebook will be printed biennially during odd numbered years.
13.5.2 Changes to the rulebook adopted in odd numbered years will not be printed until the following year.
13.5.3 Changes to the bylaws will be printed in addendum form following their adoption.
13.5.4 When it is impractical to use addendum form, bylaws and rulebook changes will be published in the official publication.
13.5.5 The bylaws and rulebook will be printed at the same time.
13.6 Bylaws/rulebook distribution
13.6.1 Upon payment of their dues, all new members shall receive, at no additional cost, the current bylaws/rulebook.
13.6.2 When the bylaws/rulebook is revised and reprinted, the Administrative Assistant shall send to all members a notice of the reprint and an order form.
13.6.2.1 Only those who return the order form will receive the revised book.
13.6.3 Within thirty (30) days of receipt in the State office of their judge’s application, application fee(s) and dues judge applicants shall be mailed a complete current CSHA bylaws/rulebook.
13.6.3.1 All English, Western and/or Parade judge applicants shall also be mailed the current West Coast Horse Show rulebook.
AP 32 Adopted November 2015
DRILL TEAM
SEC. 1.0 General ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Team Definitions ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 Competition Categories ...... 5 SEC. 4.0 Awards...... 6 SEC. 5.0 Drill ...... 7 SEC. 6.0 Drill Scoring ...... 8 SEC. 7.0 Drill Penalty & Bonus Points ...... 8 SEC. 8.0 Scoring Tabulation ...... 9 SEC. 9.0 Timing ...... 10 SEC. 10.0 Judges ...... 10 SEC 11.0 Sportsmanship ...... 11 SEC. 12.0 Disqualifications ...... 12 SEC. 13.0 Protests ...... 12 SEC. 14.0 Flag Protocol and Procedure ...... 12 SEC. 15.0 Definitions ...... 13
DT 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
DT 2 Adopted November 2015
A State Championship Drill Team Competition will be held in the central part of the state at a time and place designated by the Drill Team Committee at the Annual Convention. The competition will be open to all Drill Teams; however only Drill Teams that are members in good standing of the California State Horsemen’s Association, either as member clubs or as individual members, will be eligible for the trophies and ribbons outlined in SEC. 4.0 below. Winners of the competition will be considered CSHA State Champions.
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1. The Drill Team Chairman shall post a meeting time for all drill masters (when the term drill masters is used drill mistress is implied when appropriate). At these meetings schedules and competition information will be reviewed, music and appropriate paperwork will be turned in, and declarations made to the judges.
1.2. An emergency, throughout the competition, will be defined by the drill team chairman and competing division drill masters. An emergency must have occurred either on the way to the competition or after arriving.
1.3. Horse and equipment used in one division may be used in the same or another division by more than one drill team.
1.4. Whenever the word horse and/or horses are used, it is understood the words pony. ponies and/or mules are automatically included.
1.5. Strap on spurs only, no slip on spurs allowed.
1.6. Drill Teams must submit a completed entry form with appropriate fees, not later than three weeks before the competition. In the event that a drill team submits a later entry and it is accepted, there will be an additional charge of $50.00. Late entries will be moved to the first ride position in their division.
1.6.1. Practice priority preference (if available) will be in order of received entry form and fees.
1.6.2. Entry may be cut off prior to three weeks before the competition if the maximum amount of competitors is reached.
1.6.3. In the event a Drill Team finds it necessary to withdraw from a competition, if they do so prior to 10 days before the competition, all entry fees and stall fees will be refunded. If they withdraw within the 10 days prior to the competition, the entry fees will not be refunded, the stall fees will be refunded.
1.7. If a competition is not completed due to weather or other emergency entry fees will not be refunded. If a competition must be cancelled prior to the start of the competition the competition will be rescheduled.
1.8. Each rider and team rides at their own risk. CSHA assumes no liability for accidents, injuries or thefts.
DT 3 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 2.0 Team Definitions
2.1 A drill team will consist of a minimum of 7 (seven) horses and riders.
2.1.1 Drill teams may ride with a different number of riders in their short program than in their long program. If they elect to do so it must be disclosed at the judges/drill master meeting and must ride with no less than seven (7) horses/riders.
2.1.2 Drill teams may ride with different riders/horses in their short program than in their long program. If they elect to do so it must be disclosed at the judges/drill master meeting.
2.2 A Junior drill team will contain no rider who is considered to have reached his/her eighteenth (18) birthday as provided in the last published West Coast Horse Show rulebook, where the age of rider is defined.
2.2.1 In cases of emergency occurring at or on the way to a competition a junior drill team may substitute no more than two (2) senior riders with approval of show staff and disclosure at drill master meeting.
2.3 A Senior drill team will contain no riders considered under the age of eighteen (18) as provided in the last published West Coast Horse Show rulebook, where the age of rider is defined.
2.3.1 In cases of emergency occurring at or on the way to a competition a senior drill team may substitute no more than two (2) junior riders with approval of show staff and disclosure at drill master meeting.
2.4 A Mixed drill team may contain riders of any age.
2.5 Novice teams will compete only against other novice teams in the Novice division regardless of age and thus are not eligible for overall champion titles and awards. Novice teams will be allowed a minimum of four (4) minutes and a maximum of six (6) minutes to complete their drill. Novice teams may compete in open divisions (theme, compulsory) against established teams if they so choose.
A Novice team consist of:
2.5.1 A new team that has never competed in a drill competition, or;
2.5.2 A team that has not competed in three (3) drill team competitions in the last two (2) years, or;
2.5.3 A reconstituted team that has fifty percent (50%) or more new riders.
2.6 A Quad or Small team is defined as consisting of a minimum of four (4) and a maximum of six (6) horses and riders. Small teams will compete in an arena of reduced size and only against other small teams and thus are only eligible for Small Team division titles and awards.
2.6.1 Quad or Small teams will be allowed a minimum of four (4) and a maximum of six (6) to complete their drills
DT 4 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 3.0 Competition Categories
3.1 Highpoint Divisions - Junior, Mixed and Senior Divisions: These three (3) separate divisions will consist of two (2) rides each. A Short program ride of four (4) to six (6) minutes incorporating nine (9) required maneuvers and a Long Freestyle program of eight (8) to (10) minutes. The combined average scores from the two drills will determine the Junior, Mixed, Senior Champion Titles as well as the CSHA Grand Champion Titles. Flags and flag protocol as described in Section 14, will be required in all high-point division programs.
3.2 Quad or Small Team Division: This division will consist of two (2) rides both of four (4) to six (6) minutes in length. For both rides the arena size will be reduced in size to 100’ x 150’. Quad or Small teams will not be required to carry flags. In the event a team chooses to carry flags they may, depending on their performance, receive a higher score for degree of difficulty in comparison to a team that does not carry flags. The combined average scores from the two drills will determine the Quad or Small Team Champion.
3.2.1 One drill will be a Themed freestyle program.
3.2.2 The other drill will have six (6) specified required maneuvers.
3.3 Open Divisions
3.3.1 Theme Division: A four (4) to six (6) minute freestyle program enhanced by use of theme music, costumes and props. Flags are not required but may be used as props to enhance the theme if desired. This division is an open division to all teams except Quad or Small teams and is not divided by age division. Theme division is a standalone division and scores will not count toward highpoint awards.
3.3.2 Novice Division: An open division for Novice teams only as defined in rule 2.5. The drill will be a four (4) to six (6) minute freestyle program. Novice teams will not be required to carry flags. In the event a team chooses to carry flags they will be judged on their flag carriage and protocol and may, depending on their performance, receive a higher score for degree of difficulty in comparison to a team that does not carry flags. A team not carrying flags will receive zero points for flag carriage and protocol. Novice division is a standalone division and scores will not count toward highpoint awards.
3.3.3 Compulsory Division: This division will consist of teams with a minimum of 8 to 12 riders who shall ride a specific drill routine that has been created for this division by the Program Chair. Compulsory division is a standalone division and scores will not count toward highpoint awards.
DT 5 Adopted November 2015
3.3.3.1 Teams may ride at their own speed but will have a maximum of six (6) minutes to complete the routine.
3.3.3.2 No flags will be permitted.
3.3.3.3 Teams will ride to their own music that fits their speed.
3.3.3.4 Teams will be judged on: Exactness of Execution; Execution of their Drill. Alignment, Spacing, Timing, Coordination, Briskness; Performance of Horses; Horsemanship and Equitation. Standard deductions will be applied.
3.4 Additional Divisions may be submitted and added as test divisions to a competition by the first quarterly meeting of a competition year. A test division after a successful review may be added to the core divisions of competition in subsequent years.
SEC. 4.0 Awards
4.1 All competing teams in their entirety and in complete uniform to be in formation in the scheduled arena for presentation of awards.
4.2 Awards shall consist of, but not limited to, the following:
4.2.1 First Place – Trophy and Champion ribbons
4.2.2 Second Place – Trophy* and Ribbons
4.2.3 Third Place –Trophy* and Ribbons
4.2.4 Fourth thru Tenth – Ribbons*
4.3 The CSHA Junior Challenge Cup trophy donated by Julie Morin and Steve Herrera and title of California Junior Champion will be presented to the highest overall scoring Junior Drill Team.
4.4 The CSHA Senior Challenge Cup trophy donated and sponsored by Iris Stahl and Julie Morin and title of California Senior Champion will be presented to the highest overall scoring Senior Drill Team.
4.5 The Jim Real Memorial Overall High Point Challenge Cup trophy and title of Grand Champion will be presented to an eligible team competing in the High Point Division with the highest average score.
4.6 All perpetual trophies will be returned to the State Drill Team Chairman the following year at the competition in which they were earned and in the same condition as received.
DT 6 Adopted November 2015
4.7 The “Robert Lorbeer Spirit of Drill” Award is a show committee’s choice award and it will be presented annually to the person or team that exemplifies the inspirational spirit and positive competitive attitude that CSHA drill promotes and Robert Lorbeer fostered in his years as Drill Team Chairman.
4.8 Any drill team awarded a CSHA State Champion title and in good standing with CSHA is eligible to obtain and carry a CSHA flag. CSHA flags may be purchased through the CSHA State office.
SEC. 5.0 Drill
5.1 An arena announcer will announce the team for their drill and read a prepared script provided by each drill captain turned in at the drill master meeting.
5.2 The competition order will be determined by the Drill Team Chair to best utilize the competition time table.
5.3 Drill Teams will conclude their competitive drills in the sequence as drawn by lot with a maximum of seven (7) minutes allowed between teams in a standard judging format. The time between teams will allow judges to compute their scores. Teams will run successively in an expedited format with no time between teams.
5.4 Use of any markers set either in or around the arena for the drill teams to use during their competitive drill will be prohibited with the exception of the Quad or Small team divisions where the arena is reduced in size by markers set by the show committee.
5.5 During drill, with the exception of Theme division, only those horses and riders in the active drill team will be allowed in the arena. No drill captain or any other person on or off a horse, will be allowed to stand or direct in the arena while the team is competing.
5.6 No drill master or other team related person may direct a team actively competing from outside the arena.
DT 7 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 6.0 Drill Scoring CSHA SCORE GRID SHEET 1 SHEET 2 SHEET 3 SHORT/ QUAD/ LONG/ COMPULSORY MAX NOVICE THEME FREE MANEUVER FORMAT POINTS Execution LIST OF CURRENT YEARS Alignment 35 35 MANEUVERS WITH Spacing 35 35 ASSIGNED POINT VALUES Precision (Timing & Coordination) 25 25 TO EQUAL 155 POINTS Briskness 10 10 .6 multiplier will be used in Execution 105 105 highpoint calculation. No multiplier will be 52.50% 52.50% used in an open division. Judges Performance sheet #1 may be substituted for Sheet #3 Choreography 15 20 and in such case it will be Difficulty 15 15 announced in Showmanship 15 20 the competition entry packet. Flags 10 10 Performance 55 65 Maneuvers 155 27.50% 32.50% 77.50% Horses & Horsemanship Horse Performance 10 10 Horsemanship 10 10 Horse / Horsemanship 15 Horses & Horsemanship 20 20 Horse/Horsemanship 15 10% 10% 7.50% Presentation Program Requirements 10 Transitions 15 Overall Presentation 10 10 Exact Execution of Drill 15 Presentation 20 10 Presentation 30 10% 5% 15% TOTAL POINTS 200 200 TOTAL POINTS 200 High Point Multiplier /Elite 0.4 0.6 High Point Multiplier 0.6 *Every program ride has a 200 point maximum value. A program value multiplier will be applied after penalty and bonus points have been applied. After multiplier application the four judges scores will be added together to determine high point placement.
*In the Elite High Point division the short program will account for 40% of the score and the long program 60%.
* In a competition with a Novice High Point the Freestyle program will account for 40% of the score and the Compulsory program 60%.
* In a Quad division High Point both programs will have equal weight.
DT 8 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 7.0 Drill Penalty & Bonus Points
7.1 One-half (.5) point will be added for each additional horse in the drill team over the minimum required seven (7). The maximum additional points will be four (4).
7.2 The penalty for allowing flag(s) to be out of position (see flag protocol and procedures Section 14) at any time during the drill will be five (5) points, per judge, for each infraction.
7.3 The penalty for going over (under) the maximum (minimum) allowed time will be five (5) points for each minute or fraction thereof.
7.4 A maximum of ten (10) points will be added before a team is excused from the arena during a short program.
7.5 A maximum of fifteen (15) points will be added before a team is excused from the arena during a long program.
7.6 If a fall of a horse and/or rider, resulting from a collision, occurs twenty five (25) points shall be deducted. If a fall is the result of a slip no deduction shall be made.
7.7 For a fall due to rider error a judge may assess up to a five (5) point penalty.
7.8 Off course will result in up to a five (5) point penalty at the discretion of the judges.
7.9 Dropped equipment or tack shall result in a penalty up to five (5) points per occurrence.
SEC. 8.0 Scoring Tabulation
8.1 The Drill Team Chairman, official time keeper and judges will form an auditing committee who, together will check extensions, assess penalty and bonus points, time drills and compute scores, if a computer is not available.
8.2 The winner will be determined by averaging the scores of the judges. In the event if a tie the winners shall be declared co-winners and duplicate awards shall be awarded, except in the case of monetary awards, in which case the monies of the tied places (i.e. first and second, second and third) shall be combined and split equally.
8.3 All drill masters will receive complete division and highpoint score sheets as soon as possible following the conclusion of competition.
8.4 If a competition is not completed due to weather or other emergency conditions overall awards will not be presented for uncompleted portions of the competition.
DT 9 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 9.0 Timing
9.1 A maximum of ten (10) and a minimum of eight (8) minutes will be allocated for the long programs (Junior, Mixed, and Senior). A maximum of six (6) and a minimum of four (4) minutes will be allocated for the short programs (Junior, Mixed, Senior, Quad, Novice, Quad Theme, & Compulsory).
9.2 Time will be taken from the first rider in to the last rider out of the arena.
9.3 Two timers will be selected to time all drill teams, timers to be selected by the Drill Team Chairman.
9.4 Time out may be allowed by judges in cases of accident or fall.
9.5 Both times will be recorded on the official time sheet and the average of those times will be announced as the official time to judges.
9.6 The Official Timer will inform the announcer when a team performing a short program exceeds one (1) minutes and one second over the maximum time allowed. The team will be asked to exit the arena and judging shall cease at the announcement and a twenty five (25) point maximum penalty will be applied.
9.7 The Official Timer will inform the announcer when a team performing a long program exceeds two (2) minutes and one second over the maximum time allowed. The team will be asked to exit the arena and judging shall cease at the announcement and a fifty (50) point maximum penalty will be applied.
SEC. 10.0 Judges
10.1 All judges contracted to judge a CSHA Drill Team program competition shall be carded CSHA Drill Team Judges. In the event that the Drill Team Chairman is unable to contract with the required number of CSHA judges, the Chairman may contract with qualified and experienced drill judges, carded by recognized drill team organizations. Please refer to the Judges Commission chapter for a list of recognized associations.
10.2 Judges will be selected by the Drill Team Chairman. A selected judge may not have been actively engaged with a competing team as: drill master, consultant, active member or immediate family member of an active member, within the current drill season and no less than six (6) months prior to an event. A drill season is defined as the time period running from October 1st of one year to September 30th of the following year. A judge may actively participate in drill clinics open to all teams without jeopardizing eligibility. Judges must recuse themselves for the current season by notifying the Judges Commission within thirty (30) days of ineligible contact
DT 10 Adopted November 2015
10.3 Prior to the competition, the Drill Team Chairman will hold a meeting with the judges. The purpose of this meeting will be to review the various definitions on which scoring is based and the proper interpretations of those definitions. All competing teams may have a representative present at the meeting, but the representative is to be an observer only and is in no way to participate in the discussion. At the end of the meeting the judges may answer questions for the representatives but this will not become a discussion.
10.4 The standard judge’s panel shall consist of three (3) judges, in an emergency, upon approval of competing teams a junior judge may substitute as a third judge or the competition may continue with two (2) judges.
10.5 An expedited judge’s panel shall consist of four (4) judges with two (2) sets of judges scoring two (2) separate divisions which alternate rides with no time lapse between. All highpoint divisions will be judged by one set of judges for the short program and the other set for the long program ride. In non-high point divisions an entire division will be judged by one consistent set of judges. The set of judges to vary by division.
10.6 Judges will be compensated. The amount of compensation to be determined by the Drill Team committee. Junior Judges are not compensated.
10.7 Judges will separate and station themselves in positions affording the best view of the entire arena. Each judge, upon request, may have a clerk to assist in marking the score sheets during the drill.
10.8 Judges will not converse among themselves or with anyone with the exception of his or her clerk or Junior Judge while judging and scoring.
10.9 When judging is complete on each drill team performance, scorecards are to be given to Drill Team Chair.
SEC 11.0 Sportsmanship
11.1 Any Drill Team, or member thereof, competing in a CSHA competition acting in a manner deemed improper, unethical, dishonest, unsportsmanlike, intemperate or prejudicial to the Drill Team Program, will cause disqualification of that drill team by the Drill Team Committee from the current competition and from competing in the following year’s State Championship competition.
11.2 Any act indicated in 11.1 committed by a member of the family or anyone directly associated with a competing drill team shall be deemed to have committed by a member of that drill team.
DT 11 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 12.0 Disqualifications
12.1 After a team starts their drill that team will be disqualified if any horse and/or rider leaves the arena and later returns. If a horse and/or rider leaves the arena, and by leaving reduces the number of horses to below the minimum number required for their division that drill team will be disqualified.
12.2 A drill team will be disqualified if it does not return to the arena as a full team, except in the case of injury, or unless excused by the Drill Team Chair, upon a showing of good cause, and in full uniform for the presentation of awards.
12.3 A drill team will be disqualified if it does not appear at their appointed time for their drill performance, except in the case of an emergency.
12.4 A drill team will be disqualified for unsportsmanlike conduct (11.1 and 11.2)
SEC. 13.0 Protests
13.1 Protests will be in writing, accompanied by a deposit of $50.00 and presented to the Drill Team Chairman within forty-eight (48) hours of the awards presentation. The Drill Team Committee will hold a hearing, if deemed necessary, at their earliest convenience. The Drill Team Chairman will notify all interested parties of time and place of hearing.
SEC. 14.0 Flag Protocol and Procedure
14.1 Junior, Mixed and Senior teams must carry at least one (1) American Flag and one (1) other flag in both short and freestyle long programs. The second flag may also be an American Flag.
14.1.1 Flag bearers must have a position in the arena at all times and participate in at least four (4) maneuvers (patterns) in order to avoid penalty points. All other members must participate actively in all maneuvers (patterns).
14.2 If used, subsequent flags (state, association or club flags) will be held accountable to military flag protocol and may depending on performance receive a higher degree of difficulty points. Decorative flags or pennants will have no protocol but be subject to proper carriage points.
14.3 Flags are to be carried in the following manner: shafts must be perpendicular to the ground, elbows should be flexed at a right angle tight to the body. The emblem should be facing forward, spears cutting the wind. Flags should be kept free and not allowed to wind around shaft.
DT 12 Adopted November 2015
14.4 All flags, except the American Flag, shall be dipped to honor the National Anthem, the Pledge of Allegiance or the American Flag. The flags should be dipped by fully extending the arm forward, not to the side.
14.5 The position of the American Flag(s) during the drill shall always be to the front or to the right of all other flags and all other riders, i.e. when in single file the American Flag(s) shall lead all other flags and riders: when in pairs, fours, eights, obliques or full team abreast the American Flag(s) shall be to the right and/or in front of all other flags and riders.
14.5.1 There will be no penalty deductions for an American Flag(s) participating in a box crossing.
14.5.2 There will be no penalty deduction for closing of a circle to consistent spacing. Flags in a circle must remain in proper protocol order.
14.5.3 Subsequent flags must be carried in order of precedence according to military flag protocol.
14.5.4 An American Flag may never travel in a backwards motion as it symbolizes retreat and may result in a protocol penalty.
14.6 In the event of high winds or other conditions that create a dangerous condition if teams were to carry flags during the performance of their drill, the Drill Team Chair, after conferring with the judges and team leaders, may decide that for reasons of safety no team will carry flags during their performance.
14.6.1 If the above decision is made, no team will be permitted to carry flags in their drill performance.
14.6.2 The score sheets will be changed to reflect zero points for flag carriage and protocol.
14.7 Teams will not be required to carry flags in their performances in the following divisions: Quad or Small Team, Theme, Novice, and Compulsory.
14.8 There will be no Flag Carriage or Protocol Point category for Theme, Quad/Small Team, or Novice division. However if a team choose to carry flags to enhance their program they may, depending on their performance, receive a higher score of difficulty in comparison to a team not carrying flags.
14.9 Flags will not be permitted in the Compulsory division.
SEC. 15.0 Definitions
15.1 Alignment: Vertical and horizontal alignment in maneuvers (patterns and or transitions.
15.2 Attractiveness of Patterns: symmetry of and definition of maneuvers (patterns). Also the attractiveness of the method used for transition from one maneuver (pattern) to another.
DT 13 Adopted November 2015
15.3 Briskness: In executing maneuvers (patterns) preciseness, alertness, and overall attitude of team.
15.4 Composition & Choreography: How well a drill is designed, sequencing of maneuvers and transitions that makeup an interesting presentation.
15.5 Coordination and Timing: The manner in which members work as a team in the performance of their maneuvers (patterns) and/or transitions.
15.6 Crowd Appeal: Drill performed in a manner pleasing to the audience. This may include suitability of music to the performance, use of flags or pennants, team appearance and energy created by the performance.
15.7 Degree of Difficulty: How spectacular a maneuver (pattern) is performed, not necessarily the intricacy. Speed will be noted because it is more difficult to perform a maneuver (pattern) well when it is done at a faster tempo. It is also more difficult to do some diagrammatically simple maneuvers (patterns) well. (Note: Precision will not be sacrificed for speed. Speed is to be used only as an added point.)
15.8 Horsemanship: Equitation will be stressed, as adapted for drill purposes, i.e. basic equitation position, leads, hands, seat, legs, and the use or misuse of cues and aids will be noted.
15.9 Off Course: One or more horses being out of position during a maneuver (pattern)/ transition.
15.10 Performance of Horses: Manners, way of going and suitability as a drill horse.
15.11 Spacing: Uniform distance may be varied succeeding maneuvers (patterns) and or transitions. In line with the requirements of the maneuvers (patterns) and or transitions being performed. Spacing at any given time should be consistent.
15.12 Spectacularity: Precision not to be sacrificed for speed, but speed is noted because it is more difficult to perform a maneuver at a faster tempo. The synergy created by the choreography, music and energy of the team.
15.13 Tracking: Riders following in the exact path of the rider in front of them.
15.14 Transitions: Actions taken to move from one maneuver (pattern) to another.
15.15 Variety: Drill Variety, i.e. single file, pairs, fours, eights or obloquies. Variety of speed and way the drill is performed.
DT 14 Adopted November 2015
ENDURANCE PROGRAM
SEC. 1.0 Organized Rides ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 High Point Program ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 Rules for the Rider ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 Rules for a CSHA Sanctioned Ride ...... 4
EN 1 Adopted 2013
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EN 2 Adopted 2013 Distance riding is not new. It is just newly rediscovered. Since the domestication of the horse thousands of years ago, riding has been man’s chief means of land travel. It has only been in the fraction of that time that man has been traveling with the use of mechanical instead of biological power.
Endurance racing as a sporting event goes back more than 100 years. Then races lasted for many days and distances of a thousand miles and more, such as that from Galveston, Texas to Rutland, Vermont, a distance of 1,799 miles, averaging 57.7 miles per day (31 days), in 1886.
In 1971 CSHA recognized the importance of distance riding and horsemanship, and formed an Endurance Rides Committee. The purpose of this committee is to promote organized endurance rides and distance riding horsemanship.
SEC. 1.0 Organized Rides
There are three basic kinds or organized rides: Pleasure, Competitive and Endurance.
1.1 Pleasure trail rides of a few days to weeks, through very scenic areas. Lots of territory may be covered, but the pace is leisurely and the rides are usually for the fun and enjoyment of riding and not for competition.
1.2 Competitive trail rides, such as those held by organizations like the North American Trail Ride Conference. These rides are of one to two days duration, covering 20-35 miles per day. There are minimum and maximum times for the rides. They are carefully supervised by veterinarians and the competition is judged by five (5) basic criteria; soundness, condition, manners and the way of going of the horse, and the horsemanship of the rider.
1.3 Endurance rides can be a one or multi day ride of various mileage. They are under strict veterinary supervision with the horses being examined before, during and after the rides. They are judged strictly on performance with the winner being the horse that finishes first and who displays satisfactory condition and soundness. There are awards for the best conditioned horse finishing among the top 10 horses, and for all horses completing the ride. Additional awards are usually given for top horses in various weight divisions.
SEC. 2.0 High Point Program
2.1 To stimulate more rides and rider competition, CSHA sponsors a high point award program. The points for these awards are calculated as follows:
EN 3 Adopted 2013 50 MILE RIDE PLUS 1st Place 25 pts. 1 point per mile completed 2nd Place 20 pts. 1 point per horse passed 3rd Place 15 pts. 4th Place 10 pts. 5th Place 5 pts.
100 MILE RIDE 1st Place 50 pts. PLUS 2nd Place 40 pts. 1 point per mile completed 3rd Place 30 pts. 1 point per horse passed 4th Place 20 pts. 5th Place 10 pts.
2.2 Points will be earned after the receipt of application and fee. There will be awards for 1st to 5th places in four divisions: Lightweight, Middleweight (140-180 lbs.), Heavyweight, and Junior riders.
2.3.1 Juniors are to be sixteen (16) years or younger (based on age as of January 1st).
2.4 The points will be calculated from December 1st through November 30th.
SEC. 3.0 Rules for the Rider
3.1 Points are based on the same horse and rider combination.
3.1.1 One rider may appear in the standings more than once if he is registered on two or more horses.
3.2 No minimum number of rides is required.
3.3 In order to compete for a CSHA award, a contestant must pay a season’s registration fee of $20.00 per family (husband, wife and junior members), or $12.50 per individual.
3.3.1 Only CSHA members will be eligible to compete for awards.
SEC. 4.0 Rules for a CSHA Sanctioned Ride
To be a CSHA sanctioned ride, the event must conform to the rules of the American Endurance Ride Conference (AERC).
EN 4 Adopted 2013 ENGLISH/WESTERN
SEC. 1.0 General ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Judging ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 CSHA Amateur Certification ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 Region Program ...... 5 SEC. 5.0 Show Sanctioning ...... 5 SEC. 6.0 State ChampionshipShow (SCS) ...... 6 SEC. 7.0 Region Team Competition ...... 11 SEC. 8.0 West Coast Horse Show Rulebook (WCHS) ...... 12
EW 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EW 2 Adopted November 2015 At the 1966 annual Convention the CSHA high point program was introduced. It was originally offered as a junior program, but was later expanded to include amateur adults. The purpose of this program was to provide riders/handlers the chance to compete for State championships.
The State Championship Show evolved from this concept. Now, instead of accumulating points to win State championships, riders/handlers qualify through their Region’s high point program to compete at the State championship show.
SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 Only CSHA members will be eligible to compete.
1.2 Except for the open division, all riders/handlers must be amateurs. Amateur cards will be accepted from CSHA, AHSA, AQHA, APHA or any nationally recognized breed or association.
1.3 The rider/handler’s age will be determined as of January1st of the current year.
1.4 The rider/handler must register in the Region in which they live.
1.4.1 Exception 1: Regardless of where the member actually lives, a club member may compete in the English/Western program sponsored by the Region in which their club is based. If otherwise eligible to attend, at the SCS, the individual will represent the club’s home Region.
1.4.2 Exception 2: If the Region in which the individual lives does not have an English/Western high point program, the individual will contact the State English/Western chairman and request to register in another Region’s program. The chairman will contact both Region presidents to obtain approval for the request. At the SCS the individual will represent the Region in which they live rather than the Region in which they competed during the year. That Region will adjust its placings accordingly for the SCS qualifications.
1.4.3 Out of state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedures.
1.5 The rider/handler must register as a horse and rider, or horse and handler combination. No substitution will be allowed without re-registration and re-qualification.
1.5.1 If a horse has been declared unsound to compete by a veterinarian, whether it is part of a single or multi qualified horse/rider combination, the horse may only compete at the current year’s SCS if a full veterinary release is obtained prior to showing.
1.5.1.1 Any horse receiving veterinary care at the SCS will be required to have a signed veterinary release to continue in the competition; this will include the administration of any medication(s).
EW 3 Adopted November 2015 1.5.1.2 Owner or leasee/handler/rider will provide the veterinary release to show management as well as file the State of California drug declaration form prior to continuing competition.
1.5.1.3 Violation of this provision will result in dismissal of the owner or leasee/handler/rider and horse from the show and void any awards with no provision for refunds.
1.6 Junior riders/handlers may not show stallions.
1.7 State Registration Fee
1.7.1 Each participant will pay a registration fee of $25 per each horse/rider/handler combination.
SEC. 2.0 Judging
2.1 All State and/or Region approved English or Western horse show classes are governed by West Coast Horse Show (WCHS) rules. Show managers are encouraged to obtain a current WCHS rulebook.
2.2 All State and/or Region approved shows must be judged by a judge currently licensed in good standing by CSHA in the appropriate competition categories, or another organization recognized by the Judges commission. All English and Western horse show managers must verify that the judge’s license is valid and issued by an organization accepted by CSHA Judges commission. Please refer to the Judges Commission chapter for a list of recognized associations.
2.2.1 Exception – The Halter division at the State Championship Show can only be judged by a CSHA or USEF (United States Equestrian Foundation, Inc.) licensed judge.
SEC. 3.0 CSHA Amateur Certification
3.1 Definition of Amateur shall be as published in the West Coast Horse Show Rule Book.
3.2 Applications for a CSHA amateur card are available from the State office.
3.3 The completed application form must be returned with at least three written references that attest to the applicant’s status as an amateur.
3.3.1 The application must be filed prior to accumulation of show points
3.4 The processing fee for the English-Western Amateur card shall be $20.
3.4.1 The fee shall be split between the General Fund and the English-Western program with the General Fund receiving fifty percent (50%) of the fee.
EW 4 Adopted November 2015 3.5 A protest involving the issuance of a CSHA amateur card will be heard by a committee appointed by the State English/Western chairman.
SEC. 4.0 Region Program
4.1 It will be the responsibility of any Region desiring to send riders/handlers to the SCS to adhere to the following rules.
4.2 Regions may conduct a Region Only English/Western high point competition, provided the program complies with Section 4.0, sub-sections 4.2.1 and 4.3.
4.2.1 A Region Only show must clearly state on the entry “this show does not meet State championship show eligibility requirements”.
4.3 Individuals registering for Region Only competition must be advised of the State English/Western program.
4.4 The Region chairman shall provide the general application form to all riders/handlers and sign up riders/handlers only on this form. The Region chairman is to insure that the form includes their mailing address and that it reflects all current Region and State fees.
4.4.1 A copy of the complete application must be sent to the State English/Western chairman within thirty (30) days of receipt from the applicant. It is the responsibility of the Region chairman to verify that the application is complete.
4.5 Points are not retroactive. For points from a show to count, all fees must have been paid and a properly completed application must have been postmarked or hand delivered to the Region chairman prior to the competition.
4.6 Prior to registering a rider/handler, the Region chairman must verify they have a current CSHA membership.
4.7 Prior to registering an amateur adult rider/handler, the Region chairman must verify they possess a valid amateur card.
4.8 The Show Year for each Region’s riders/handlers to qualify for the State Championship Show shall run from January 1st to September 15th.
SEC. 5.0 Show Sanctioning
5.1 Approval of shows to qualify for CSHA English/Western Program points shall be applied for by show management. Show approval requests will be directed to the State Chair using the Request for Show Approval form available on the website. Show approval shall only be granted to shows that adhere to Section 5.0 of the CSHA Program rules.
5.1.1 Show must be governed by the current West Coast Horse Show (WCHS) rules.
EW 5 Adopted November 2015 5.1.2 Show must be judged by a judge currently licensed in good standing by CSHA or other organization as indicated in the CSHA Judges Commission rules.
5.1.3 Each organization shall register for show sanctioning and shall pay an annual fee of $25 regardless of the number of shows.
5.1.4 Information on approved shows shall be posted to the CSHA English/Western program web page.
SEC. 6.0 State Championship Show (SCS)
6.1 All CSHA English and Western State individual and team championships are determined at the State Championship Show (SCS). This show will be held in October and will be centrally located. Whenever possible, this show will be held in conjunction with other state championship shows.
6.2 Only registered Region high point rider/horse and/or handler/horse combinations that competed in a minimum of three of their Region’s high point shows and finished in the top 10 of their division will be eligible to compete.
6.2.1 The top 10 rider/horse and/or handler/horse combinations in a Region’s high point program will be determined based on their Region point total as of September 15th.
6.2.1.1 If one of the top 10 rider/horse and/or handler/horse combinations elects not to compete at the state championship show, all other riders/handlers in that category will be moved up in the Region rankings solely for state championship show eligibility. Any rider/handler so affected may submit an entry for the state championship show, provided the entry deadline has not passed. It is the responsibility of the Region chairman to monitor this and to keep individuals and the State chairman advised.
6.3 There is no limit as to the number of times an individual may qualify for and/or win a state championship.
6.4 Competition will be divided into the following categories:
Category 1 - English Category 2 - Western Category 3 - Halter Category 4 - Reining Category 5 - Ranch Horse
6.5 Standard divisions are indicated to guide the structure of the program, but may be reduced or expanded at the SCS based on participation.
EW 6 Adopted November 2015
6.5.1 Categories 1 and 2
a) Lead Line (riders 6 and under) b) Walk/trot and walk/jog (riders 10 and under) c) Riders 13 and under d) Riders 14 - 17 e) Riders 18 - 34 amateur adult f) Riders 35 and over amateur adult g) Open
6.5.2 Category 3
a) Junior horse (horses 5 years old and younger) b) Senior horse (horses 6 years old and older) c) Open (any age horse)
6.5.3 Categories 4 and 5 :
a) Youth 17 and under b) Amateur Adult - 18 & Over c) Open
6.5.4 Open divisions are open to any horse, regardless of age or any rider/handler regardless of amateur status. For categories 1, 2 and 3 an open class is open to all horses of any age, size or sex, regardless of the ribbons previously won, unless otherwise indicated in show premium. All amateur and/or professional riders, handlers, or drivers, no matter their age, shall be eligible for any open division.
6.5.5 Participants in the division "Riders 10 & Under Walk/Jog/Trot" may not ride in any class or show at the lope. Doing so shall result in forfeiture of qualification for the SCS in that division and any fees paid.
6.6 Cross-overs
6.6.1 Except as noted below, cross-overs between divisions of riders/handlers will not be allowed whether the division is based on the rider/handler or the horse. The exceptions are permitted in divisions where competition will not cross over at the SCS.
6.6.1.1 The same horse may be ridden in Lead Line and in any other division.
6.6.1.2 The same horse may be ridden in 10 and under walk/jog or trot and any other division.
6.6.1.3 The same horse may be ridden in 13 and under or 14 – 17 and any other division.
6.6.1.4 The same horse may be ridden in Open and any other division.
EW 7 Adopted November 2015
6.6.1.5 The same horse may be shown in a halter age break by one person and by another person in the open division.
6.6.1.6 For both Region and State championship qualification purposes the same combination may show in an age break division and the open division, provided the combination registers in each division and pays the applicable fee for each division. The combination may elect to show in both divisions at the SCS, provided they are otherwise qualified.
6.6.2 Exclusions
6.6.2.1 The same horse may not be ridden in both 13 and under and 14 – 17.
6.6.2.2 The same horse may not be ridden in both adult amateur divisions.
6.7 A division will only be offered if Region participation warrants. Inclusion of a division will be at the discretion of the SCS committee.
6.8 Region Responsibilities
The Region chairman must submit the following to the State chairman:
6.8.1 An intent fee of $25.00 per category is to be submitted by each Region wishing to send riders/handlers to the state championship show. The fee must be hand delivered or postmarked no later than July 1st. The fee must be submitted with the intent fee form provided by the State chairman.
6.8.2 Any Region not meeting the rule 5.10.1 deadline may still qualify their riders/handlers by submitting an amount equal to twice the intent fee per category. The fee plus the penalty must be hand delivered or postmarked between July 2nd and July 15th. The fee must be submitted with the intent fee form provided by the State chairman.
6.8.3 Riders/handlers from any Region that does not submit the fees by the rule 5.10.2 deadline will not be allowed to compete at the state championship show.
6.8.4 The year-end results form for each Region division. The form may be obtained from the State chairman and must be postmarked or hand delivered no later than September 15th.
6.8.5 The Region chairman will notify those Region high point riders/handlers who qualify to compete of their eligibility. Said notification will be made no later than September 15th.
EW 8 Adopted November 2015
6.9 Points
6.9.1 Points will be awarded as follows:
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6.9.2 The overall individual championships will be calculated using the combined total points earned in the following sections. More than one class may be offered in any of these sections.
6.9.2.1 English
Pleasure Equitation Hunter Jumper Showmanship
6.9.2.2 Western
Pleasure Equitation Trail Western Riding Showmanship
6.9.3 Based on the past history of the SCS and/or existing trends within the Regions, the English/Western committee may expand or reduce the above sections.
6.10 Awards
6.10.1 Class awards will be given based on traditional class size. The minimum will be first through fifth place awards.
6.10.2 Appropriate Champion and Reserve Champion awards will be awarded in each division of all five categories. Top 5 Awards for the remaining three places shall be awarded if the programs finances allow. Buckles shall be considered ideal for Championship awards.
6.10.3 For information on the scholarships offered by this Program and/or the criteria for award, please contact the State English/Western Chair. For redemption information refer to the Scholarship Procedures section at the beginning of this book.
EW 9 Adopted November 2015
6.11 Awards Distribution
6.11.1 All championship awards will be announced at the SCS, and presented following an appropriate audit of points.
6.11.2 The primary show awards (buckles, neck sashes and division awards) will not be distributed, but will be available for photographic purposes.
6.11.3 After the SCS, a complete audit of the placings and points will be done by an audit committee selected by the State Chair and approved by the President. The intent is for the audit committee to include individuals familiar with administration of placings and points and who did not show in or manage the SCS.
6.11.4 Only after the results have been meticulously triple-checked for accuracy will the official results be released.
6.11.5 The State Chairman shall retain possession of all primary awards until the results have been declared official.
6.11.6 The Region Chairman shall be notified when the results have been declared official.
6.11.7 All primary awards will be distributed to the appropriate Region Chairman for presentation to the riders.
6.12 Protests
6.12.1 The person(s) filing the protest is responsible for following the appropriate rules.
6.12.1.1 Any protest against a CSHA licensed judge is to be filed in accordance with the protest rules as set forth in the Judges Commission chapter of this rulebook.
6.12.1.2 Any protest against a judge licensed by an association other than CSHA is to be filed in accordance with the protest rules as set forth in the current issue of the WCHS rulebook.
6.12.1.3 All other protests are to be filed in accordance with the protest rules as set forth in the current issue of the WCHS rulebook.
EW 10 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 7.0 Region Team Competition
7.1 The Region team competition will be held in conjunction with the SCS. There will be an English team champion, a Western team champion and a combined team champion.
7.2 There will be a perpetual trophy for the champion team in each category and one for the combined team champion. The Region with the highest combined score from all categories will be the combined champion.
7.3 A Region’s team will consist of that Region’s riders/handlers from all divisions and age breaks including the open division.
7.3.1 The English, Western, Halter and Reining categories will be used.
7.3.1.1 Halter points will be awarded based on how the horse is shown; i.e. handler in English attire and horse in English tack; placing will be given English points.
7.4 The points earned by the Region rider/handler placing highest in each class will be the points transferred to the Region team.
7.5 The three perpetual trophies will be presented during the Board of Directors meeting by the English/Western chairman to the Region President and the Region English/Western chairman.
7.5.1 The Region is responsible for arranging for the appropriate engraving on the trophy after receiving it.
7.5.2 The Region is responsible for returning the trophy to the State English/Western chairman no later than the following July Quarterly.
7.5.3 The Region will be held responsible for any repairs and/or replacement of the trophy that are deemed necessary as a result of damage sustained while the trophy was in their possession.
EW 11 Adopted November 2015 SEC.8.0 West Coast Horse Show Rulebook (WCHS)
8.1 The West Coast Horse Show rulebook was created to serve the needs of CSHA members. The rulebook is available for use by any organization or horse show holding a CSHA approved horse show.
8.2 Revisions may be made to the rulebook annually as necessary.
8.2.1 Recommended changes may be submitted by any interested party in resolution format beginning January 1 of the revision year with changes clearly marked for “West Coast Horse Show Rule Book”.
8.2.1.1 Recommended changes must be submitted no later than June 1 (postmarked June 1 if submitted via U.S. mail).
8.2.1.2 The State Office will forward all resolutions received to the named members of the Committee no later than June 12.
8.3 The English/Western Chair shall announce the invitation to submit recommended changes in the appropriate year and committee appointments at the January Board of Directors meeting and disseminate the information via the CSHA website and newsletter as well.
8.4 The State English/Western Chairman shall hold an open meeting at the July Quarterly for the purpose of reviewing/approving all submitted changes. The following are voting members of the Committee.
Current Judges Commission representatives for English and Western.
Three representatives, one each from the North, Central and Southern Areas, appointed by the English/Western Chair.
A member-at-large appointed by the State President.
8.4.1 If one of the Judges Commission representatives is unable to attend the meeting, the Chair is to notify the State President who shall appoint a replacement judge from the appropriate discipline.
8.4.2 Approved changes will be submitted to the membership as a separate attachment to that year’s convention resolution packet with a preface explaining that the changes are presented for general information only and do not require a vote by the English/Western Committee or the Council of Members.
8.4.2.1 During his/her report to the Council of Members, the English/Western Chair will read into the minutes a confirmation that the approved changes were submitted to the membership as noted above. There will be no discussion related to the changes in the meeting.
8.4.3 The attachment will be included with those accepted resolutions presented to the Board of Directors for approval as a publication of CSHA.
EW 12 Adopted November 2015
8.5 All approved changes will be effective the January 1 following approval.
8.6 The English/Western Chair will work with the State President to ensure that the revised West Coast Horse Show rulebook is published in a suitable format and available for distribution by January 1 following the convention but no later than the January Quarterly meeting.
8.6.1 “Suitable format” is defined as either a complete reprint or printing only the revised pages based on the number and type of revisions and the current book inventory.
8.6.2 The English/Western Chair will work with the Judges Commission Chair to ensure that a notice of availability is sent to all CSHA Judges who are required to have a copy of the WCHS rule book and to publish notice on the CSHA web site and in the CSHA newsletter regarding availability.
8.6.3 The primary means for distribution of the rulebook shall be in electronic form and available online.
8.7 The State Treasurer will establish an accounting protocol whereby at the end of each year all funds from the sale of the WCHS rulebooks will be reserved and allocated to cover costs related to re-prints and/or updates of the rulebook.
EW 13 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EW 14 Adopted November 2015
EQUESTRIAN TRAILS PATROL
SEC. 1.0 Responsibilities ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 Membership ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 Requirements ...... 4 SEC. 5.0 Committee ...... 5 SEC. 6.0 Uniforms ...... 6 SEC. 7.0 Junior ETP Unit ...... 7
ETP 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ETP 2 Adopted November 2015
The Equestrian Trails Patrol (ETP) is a statewide program of trail riders dedicated to the promotion of trails. Each member/unit has the responsibility of the promotion of good trails, rules governing the use of trails, working closely with the County, State, Federal and Open Space entities in California. They will offer assistance to all who use the trails as requested.
SEC. 1.0 Responsibilities
The Equestrian Trail Patrol members' duties are to thoroughly acquaint themselves with the trails to be patrolled, facilities available, trail rules, appropriate ordinances, and County, State and Federal trail regulations. The ETP member will obey these rules and regulations and advise others using the trails. ETP members will also report trail conditions, and assist other trail users. (See SEC. 5.0)
SEC. 2.0 General Rules
2.1 To maintain membership in the Equestrian Trails Program, an applicant must be and maintain a direct membership in good standing of the California State Horsemen's Association, Inc.
2.2 Active and non-renewed annual membership lists shall be forwarded to the State ETP Chairperson by February 15th, who will advise the Region ETP Chairperson or Region President as needed.
2.2.1 Any discrepancy regarding membership will be reported to the State ETP Chairperson immediately.
2.3 Within 30 days of receiving payment of the annual fee, an applicant’s ETP membership identification (ID) card will be prepared by the CSHA State Office and forwarded to the ETP State Chairperson for signing, who will forward the card together with the name plate bearing the membership ID number, to Region Chairperson or President as needed.
2.4 All new ETP members will be issued an embroidered ETP star patch, a CSHA embroidered patch, upon completion of the required courses as stated in Section 4.1, 4.2 and 4.2.1.
2.5 The member may participate in any Region event where qualified ETP members are present.
ETP 3 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 3.0 Membership
3.1 Any CSHA member who is eighteen (18) years of age or older of good character, an active trail rider in possession of a riding horse or a mule, and who has a sincere desire to promote the riding of trails in California under the rules of any government agency charged with regulating the same and under ETP rules is eligible for membership.
3.2 Application forms (Form 101) may be obtained from a Region ETP Program chairperson, a Region President in your area, the Program Area Vice Chairperson, or from the State Office. The application must be completely filled out, signed and delivered to your respective Region officers.
3.2.1 Out of state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedure.
3.3 The application will be submitted together with a one-time administrative fee of $20.00, and the annual membership fee of $15.00.
3.4 Any established member not renewing their annual membership fee by February 1st of each year shall be charged an additional $15.00 administrative fee upon renewal.
SEC. 4.0 Requirements
4.1 A member is required to submit proof of completing the American Red Cross Standard First Aid and Basic Life Support CPR courses within the first six (6) months. Training is to be kept current with renewal documentation being submitted to be kept at the Region, State Office, and the Program State Committee files.
4.2 At the request of the State chairperson or any officer approving the applicant’s qualifications may require the applicant to submit a copy of the park department's printed trail map adding markings indicating the trail to be patrolled, and showing all available facilities or lack thereof.
4.2.1 Items to be indicated in addition to trail being shown in blue ink, available emergency vehicle access in red, potable water in green, animal water in brown, picnic area and etc. noted.
4.3 Members are required to turn in Trail Reports to their program chairperson, documenting trail usage, conditions, and incidents. Report is to use a standard reporting form (Form 103).
4.4 Members may be required by the Region ETP Chairperson to complete additional training, including but not limited to: Search and Rescue, Sensory, Veterinarian, Shoeing knowledge and Disaster Preparedness information. Documentation of training to be kept on file by the Region and State Committee files.
4.5 Members are required to attend a minimum of 50% of scheduled Region ETP Committee meetings in the Region which have operating ETP program committees.
ETP 4 Adopted November 2015
4.6 While patrolling and representing the ETP program, members shall wear the appropriate ETP uniform.
4.7 While patrolling, members shall carry appropriate first aid and safety equipment.
4.7.1 Equipment: such as but not limited to: an antiseptic, bandages, sling, knife, halter, lead rope.
4.8 Any member failing to comply with all regulations and dues by February 1st of each year could have their membership in the ETP program placed in suspension by State ETP chairperson with the approval of the ETP program committee.
SEC. 5.0 Committee
5.1 The State Chairperson will be subject to any procedures as may be adopted by the ETP committee and approved by the Board of Directors. The State Chairperson shall have final approval of all member applications following completion of the screening process, with approval by the Region ETP chairperson, followed by the Region President, who will forward it to the Area Vice Chairperson of their related area who also will sign their approval or rejection of the application.
5.1.1 The State Chairperson may appoint the following as members of the Committee:
a.) Program Vice Chairperson b.) Northern Area Vice Chairperson c.) Central Area Vice Chairperson d.) Southern Area Vice Chairperson
5.2 The Region ETP Chairperson or Region President; if no chairperson, will send out the three (3) reference letter forms (Form 102) as required and attach them together with the application and the head and shoulders photo of the applicant to be forwarded to the Area Vice Chairperson of their Area.
5.3 Each of the three (3) Area Vice Chairpersons shall be responsible in their Area for investigation and approval of applications of prospective members and the general coordination and communication between Region officers and the State ETP Chairperson.
5.4 All Committee members shall be qualified Equestrian Trails Patrol Program members.
5.5 Each Region President shall appoint a Region ETP chairperson. The Region ETP Chairperson will be responsible for appointing a screening committee of at least three (3) people, to include the Region Chairperson, investigate, send out the applicants' reference letters and approve all ETP applications for submission to the Region President, who will then forward the approved application together with all funds and fees due to the respective Area ETP Vice Chairperson, who will forward a copy of the application, together with all dues and fees to be submitted to the State office for the record keeping, with the original application and reference letters to be mailed to the
ETP 5 Adopted November 2015
State Chairperson to confirm or reject the application who will file them in the ETP Committee files.
5.5.1 The State Chairperson will send a copy of the confirmed application together with the signed ID card or the rejection with explanation to the Region Chairperson and Region President.
5.6 A Region Equestrian Trails Patrol Committee may create rules and requirements for their Region members so as to provide for program participation, staging of activities, trail events, program training and performance duties in their Region. Exception will be allowed for conditions of age and/or health restrictions. None of the rules or requirements will overrule any California State Horsemen's Association Bylaws or Program rules. The Region ETP Chairperson must submit a copy of any Region required rules and/or their requirements to the State ETP Chairperson on or before April 15th of the current calendar year.
5.7 At the discretion of the Region ETP Chairperson, administrative duties may be delegated to individual members.
5.8 It is the responsibility of each Region ETP Chairperson to notify the State ETP Chairperson of all public events their members are to be participating in, so that the State Chairperson can notify the CSHA's insurance agency to provide liability coverage for the members. It will be helpful to inform the State chairman in January or February each year for planned events, even if the exact dates are changed later in the year. This also applies to individual members. If there is no Region Chairperson in your Region contact the State Chairperson directly.
SEC. 6.0 Uniforms
6.1 The appropriate trail informal uniform for an ETP member includes:
6.1.1 Blue jeans 6.1.2 Polo or T-shirt designated by the Region 6.1.3 Vest or jacket designated by the Region 6.1.4 Optional helmet, approved ball cap, or light colored straw or felt cowboy hat 6.1.5 Optional ETP saddle pad with the ETP star patch may be used. The location of the star patch is to be 1” from bottom rear of same.
6.2 The appropriate formal dress uniform for an ETP member includes:
6.2.1 Blue jeans 6.2.2 Khaki or tan dress shirt with collar, including:
6.2.2.1 CSHA patch on right sleeve 3/4” below shoulder seam 6.2.2.2 ETP star patch on the left sleeve 3/4” below shoulder seam 6.2.2.3 Name badge over left front pocket
6.2.3 ETP saddle pad with the ETP star patch, the location of the star patch is to be 1” from bottom rear of same.
ETP 6 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 7.0 Junior ETP Unit
7.1 Membership will be open to juniors from ages eight through seventeen (8 – 17) years of age for the purpose of sponsoring, cultivating and fostering an interest in horses and horsemanship in all types of horses; to give aid and support to every type of activity concerning horses. The Junior ETP will consist of two (2) subgroups:
7.1.1 Members between the ages of eight (8) and eleven (11) will be trained in overall horsemanship and care of a horse as well as beginning trail riding through various obstacles with supervision of senior ETP members.
7.1.2 Member’s age's twelve (12) through seventeen (17) will advance in trail riding and obstacle course skills and trail patrol with senior ETP guidance.
7.2 A junior member shall be a member of CSHA as a family member.
7.3 The membership fee shall be $5.00 per year. The fee shall be paid to the Region of their membership and recorded in a special ledger for the use of the Junior ETP member in the Region.
7.4 The specifics of the Junior ETP unit will be developed by the ETP committee.
7.5 The Junior ETP unit operates under the guidance of the Region ETP chairperson.
ETP 7 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ETP 8 Adopted November 2015
Gymkhana Rules
SEC. 1.0 GENERAL RULES ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 GYMKHANA COMMITTEE ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 REGION CHAIRMAN’S RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 SHOW MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 5 SEC. 5.0 STATE GYMKHANA FEE ...... 7 SEC. 6.0 JUDGES ...... 8 SEC. 7.0 ATTIRE AND TACK ...... 8 SEC. 8.0 TYPES OF DIVISIONS ...... 10 8.4 Average Time Division ...... 10 8.5 Event Average Rating Chart (2012) ...... 14 SEC. 9.0 START AND FINISH OF COURSE ...... 14 SEC. 10.0 REVERSE COURSE ...... 15 SEC. 11.0 TIMING ...... 16 11.6 Timer Malfunction ...... 17 SEC. 12. 0 PLACINGS ...... 17 12.4 Single Entry Division – Placing Charts ...... 18 SEC. 13.0 PENALTIES, DISQUALIFICATIONS AND EXPLUSIONS ...... 20 13.1 Penalties ...... 20 13.2 Disqualifications ...... 21 13.3 Expulsions ...... 23 SEC. 14.0 PROTESTS ...... 23 14.2.2 Protest Procedure at the State Championship Show ...... 24 SEC. 15.0 STATE CHAMPIONSHIP SHOW(SCS) ...... 26 15.2 SCS Ratings ...... 27 15.3 Eligibility ...... 27 15.4 Open Division Eligibility ...... 29 15.7 Awards ...... 30 15.8 Awards Distribution ...... 30 SEC. 16.0 REGION TEAM COMPETITION ...... 31 SEC. 17.0 STATE RECORDS ...... 31 SEC. 18.0 ASSISTED RIDER DIVISION ...... 32
G 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
G 2 Adopted November 2015
The rules contained in this book are written to allow each rider the same opportunity to maintain standards of dress and comportment that will reflect credit upon the California State Horsemen's Association. The foregoing should be used in interpreting and applying each rule. If there is any doubt as to a rule infraction, this doubt shall be resolved in favor of the rider.
SEC. 1.0 GENERAL RULES
1.1 Whenever the masculine is used it also includes the feminine. Whenever horse is used it also includes pony.
1.2 In any class, a junior is considered as one who had not reached his 18th birthday prior to January 1st of the current year. Exception: Open classes or split division age breaks to be determined by show management.
1.3 A junior shall not be allowed to ride a stallion.
1.4 Entries may be of any breed or height. Gymkhana ponies are to be 54" or less at the withers.
1.5 Only one combination or one team may compete in the arena at any given time (i.e. no match racing). This rule applies only to courses contained in the CSHA Gymkhana Course Specifications.
1.6 Harassment or deliberate mistreatment of a State or Region Gymkhana committee member by a competitor, a family member of a competitor, or a declared representative of a competitor may result in the suspension of the involved competitor from participation in the CSHA Gymkhana program (Region and State level) for a period not to exceed 6 months.
1.6.1 Penalty to be recommended by the majority of the State Gymkhana committee to the State Disciplinary Committee.
SEC. 2.0 GYMKHANA COMMITTEE
The State Gymkhana Committee shall administer this program.
2.1 Any decision reached at a Committee meeting shall be reported on the Gymkhana page of the CSHA web site.
2.2 All decisions made by a committee member regarding rule interpretations shall be reconfirmed by the Gymkhana Committee at its next regular meeting and the results published on the Gymkhana page of the CSHA web site.
2.3 Within fifteen (15) days of any committee meeting, the chairman shall send to each voting member of the committee a copy of the meeting’s written minutes and/or report.
G 3 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 3.0 REGION CHAIRMAN’S RESPONSIBILITIES
Any Region desiring to send competitors to the State Championship Show must adhere to the following rules.
3.1 The Region Chairman shall verify the CSHA membership status of each of the Region’s Registered riders and send a copy of the Region’s registration form, or e-mail the same information in a spreadsheet or list form to the State Chairman within fourteen (14) days from the registration date, or by September15th whichever comes first.
3.1.1 The Region Chairman shall publish monthly a list of the Region’s Registered Combinations, and send a copy of the list to the State Chairman.
3.1.2 Any rider whose form is not received by September 20thshall be declared ineligible to compete at the SCS.
3.2 All Rated Shows must be approved by the Region Chairman/committee no later than thirty (30) days prior to the show date.
3.2.1 For every Rated Show a Show Approval form must be completed.
3.2.2 Region Approved Point and/or Non Point shows may not be held on either day of a Quarterly Meeting week-end.
3.2.3 If show management cancels a show, the show cannot be reinstated for the same date.
3.2.4 To reschedule a Region Approved Point Show, unless there was a rain date on the original approval form, a new Show Approval form must be submitted and meet the same thirty (30) day requirement.
3.3 A copy of the completed Show Approval form must be forwarded to the State Rating Secretary.
3.3.1 The show approval form must be postmarked, faxed, emailed, or hand delivered to the State Rating Secretary no later than twenty (20) days prior to the show date.
3.4 For any show which obtains Region approval, or which advertises itself as a Region Approved Point Show it shall be the responsibility of the Region Chairman at least twenty-one (21) days prior to the show date or pre-entry deadline date, whichever is earlier, to supply show management with a mailing list of all current Region Registered Riders and the appropriate official time sheets.
3.5 The Region Chairman shall submit to the State Chairman, no later than August 1st; the name, mailing address, and home telephone number for each of the Region's registered riders. The list is to be mailed, e-mailed, faxed or hand delivered.
G 4 Adopted November 2015
3.6 Obtain from the State Chairman:
3.6.1 The Region Year End Results Sheet which shall include the following information for each Region Registered combination:
1) Rider’s full name including any nickname 2) Horse’s full name including any nickname 3) The number of Region Approved Point Shows in which the combination participated 4) Total points earned by the combination 5) Total number of Region Approved Point Shows held
3.7 The Region Chairman shall submit to the State Chairman, no later than September 20th, for each Region division a completed Region Year End Results Sheet. Forms must be postmarked, faxed or hand delivered.
3.8 The Region Chairman shall submit to the State Chairman, no later than April 15th,a copy of the Region’s rules and point calculation procedures for the current year. The document must include the method of calculating points for re-rated combinations.
3.9 If a Region Chairman fails to submit any information required in this chapter, the first offense may be excused based on unforeseen circumstances. After the first occurrence each additional occurrence will result in a $50.00 fine. The fine is due and payable within 15 days of notification. Failure to comply may result in the Region’s ratings being withheld. The Region’s President will be advised of each occurrence.
SEC. 4.0 SHOW MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Any club or show proclaiming adherence to CSHA rules and not adhering strictly to same shall be censured as follows:
a) If show management is other than the Region chairman, and the infraction is discovered no less than 2 days before the scheduled show date, the Region Chairman shall rescind the show’s approval and notify all of the Region’s registered riders.
b) If show management is the Region chairman, and the infraction is discovered no less than 2 days before the scheduled show date, the State Chairman shall rescind the show’s approval and notify all of the Region’s registered riders.
4.1.1 Infraction of any rule must be reported to the State Chairman within 48 hours of the show's conclusion.
4.1.2 Within 24 hours, the State chairman must notify the State Rating Secretary and the Region Chairman of the reported violation.
4.1.3 The Region Chairman then has 48 hrs to investigate the complaint and notify the State chairman of its validity.
4.1.4 If the infraction is validated, the State Chairman shall send a letter to the show manager/secretary stating the rule violation. A copy of the letter shall be sent to every member of the Gymkhana Committee.
G 5 Adopted November 2015
4.1.5 At its next Quarterly Meeting, the State Committee will review all reported infractions.
4.1.6 If the violation occurred after the timeline in rule 4.1; during or after a show, for each reviewed infraction the Committee may impose one or both of the following censures upon show management:
1) A letter of reprimand 2) A $50 fine.
4.1.7 If the verified infraction involved course setups, course equipment, and/or timers the show will not count for State Championship Show eligibility and the times will not be used for Rating purposes.
4.2 Show management must send a notification of the show to each name on the Region’s Registered Riders list. The notification must also be mailed to the State Gymkhana Chairman, State Rating Secretary, and the show’s judge.
4.3 Notification must include the show date, time, place, events, divisions, all fees, and rain date, if any. The amount of the State Gymkhana Fee and any other fees must be listed independent of the entry fee and of each other.
4.3.1 Rescheduled shows must meet the same notification requirements.
4.4 The notification must be postmarked no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the show date.
4.4.1 If the show has a pre-entry or entry deadline, this information must also be included and said notification must be postmarked no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the deadline date.
4.5 Ground rules must be printed in the show notification, on the entry blank, or posted in a conspicuous place. Such rules must be called to the attention of all contestants by the announcer.
4.5.1 Ground rules may only change CSHA rules when unavoidable due to arena size limitations, weather or safety of competitors. Ground rules should be used to state requirements in addition to, but not in conflict with CSHA rules.
4.6 For each Rated Show held show management must submit to the State Rating Secretary and the Region Chairman a legible copy of the state approved time sheet or the computer file for each Rated and Open division.
4.6.1 Handwritten time sheets - The copy must be postmarked, e-mailed, faxed, or hand delivered no later than the Monday after the show was held.
4.6.1.1 The timesheets submitted must be a copy of the actual timesheets completed at the show showing all events as well as placings and points.
4.6.1.2 If more events were held than can fit on one timesheet, all Rating Events must be on the same timesheet.
G 6 Adopted November 2015
4.6.2 Computerized timesheets –The computer printout must be postmarked, e-mailed, faxed, or hand delivered no later than the Monday after the show was held. Or the computer file must be e-mailed no later than the Monday after the show was held.
4.6.3 If a show secretary submits timesheets late, the first offense may be excused based on unforeseen circumstances. After the first occurrence each additional occurrence will result in a $50.00 fine. The fine is due and payable within 15 days of notification. Failure to comply may result in the Region’s ratings being withheld and future sanctions being revoked. The Region chairman and show secretary will be advised of each occurrence.
4.7 Show management has the authority to enforce all rule infractions that occur outside the arena.
4.8 Show management shall designate the order in which combinations shall compete.
4.8.1 The entry number and/or the rider's name shall be announced when being called into the arena.
4.9 If show management is notified by the CDFA that a horse tested positive for non-approved drugs, show management must so notify both the Region and State Gymkhana Chairmen.
SEC. 5.0 STATE GYMKHANA FEE
5.1 At every show from which the time sheets will be submitted for ratings a State Gymkhana Fee of not less than $2.00 per combination shall be charged. This fee will be charged to every combination that competes except those in a Time Only or Lead Line Division.
5.1.1 EXCEPTION: Any show from which the total profit is given to the State Gymkhana program may be exempted.
5.2 Collected fees must be forwarded to the State Rating Secretary within thirty (30) days of the show date
5.3 Failure to submit fees by the 30th day shall result in a penalty equal to the amount of the original fees due being added.
5.3.1 The State Rating Secretary shall notify the State Chairman of all outstanding fees.
5.3.2 The State Chairman shall send a letter to the Region Chairman, and the Region President advising them no further ratings will be calculated for their Region until the fees and penalty have been paid.
5.4 All fees must be received no later than five (5) days prior to the SCS.
5.4.1 If at the beginning of the SCS a Region has unpaid State Gymkhana Fees that Region’s combinations will be declared ineligible to compete in the Rated divisions.
G 7 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 6.0 JUDGES
6.1 Application to become a CSHA Gymkhana judge must be made on the official form. The official form may be obtained from the CSHA State Office. Procedures are set forth in the Judges Commission chapter.
6.2 Judges at all CSHA Region Approved Point Shows and the SCS must be currently licensed CSHA Gymkhana judges.
6.3 The Gymkhana judge may appoint one or more competent assistant judges, but the licensed judge's decision is final. Assistant judges need not be CSHA licensed Gymkhana judges.
6.4 Prior to any junior or assistant judge entering the arena approval must be obtained from show management.
6.5 When a junior judge is in the arena a CSHA Gymkhana licensed judge must be in the arena during all competitive runs.
6.6 If a licensed CSHA Gymkhana judge is also a registered Gymkhana rider they may compete in and judge the same show providing a person, who was approved and appointed by show management, is present in the arena to supervise the judge’s ride.
SEC. 7.0 ATTIRE AND TACK
This section applies only to the CSHA State Championship Show and Region Approved Point shows. A rider may be given an exemption for medical reasons providing safety is not compromised.
7.1 Attire
Personal appointments may be either English or Western, depending on the saddle and tack being used. In either case:
a) T-shirts and/or tank tops, baseball caps and visors are not allowed. b) Shirts/blouses must be of a design that is intended to be tucked in. c) All shirts/blouses must be tucked in when the rider enters the arena. d) Shirts/blouses must have button or snap closures in the front from top to bottom, a collar, and long or short sleeves. e) Female contestants may wear sleeveless blouses. f) On shirts/blouses designed with a button or snap closure at the collar only the top two buttons or snaps, including the collar button or snap, may be left open. On shirts/blouses not designed with a button or snap closure at the collar no buttons/snaps may be left open. g) Long sleeves on all garments must be secured at the wrist. h) All spurs must be secured into the boot heel, or around the boot by use of a strap or tape. i) Riding shoes are not allowed.
7.1.1 At all CSHA Gymkhanas an ASTM/SEI certified equestrian helmet is required for all riders under the age of 18 when they are competing in the arena.
7.1.1.1 Nothing that affects the proper fit may be worn under the helmet.
G 8 Adopted November 2015
7.1.2 An ASTM/SEI certified equestrian helmet is strongly recommended, but not required for riders over 18 years of age.
7.1.3 Other equestrian safety equipment is optional for all riders.
7.1.4 Western: Riders using a stock saddle must wear a shirt/blouse, western style long pants with belt loops or old style western pants without belt loops, and boots with a heel. Western hat, equestrian safety equipment, chaps, shotgun chaps, chinks, or spurs are optional. Spurs, if worn, may be of any standard type, but without sharp points. If the spurs have rowels the rowels must be exposed and must spin.
Western style pants are defined as being made of denim or twill.
7.1.4.1 In place of long pants, female riders may wear a split skirt. The split skirt must be boot top length or longer when the rider is sitting astride the horse.
7.1.5 English: Riders using English saddles must wear an English riding shirt, breeches or jodhpurs, and boots. Coats, jackets, and spurs are optional. Spurs, if worn, must be of the un-rowelled type.
7.2 Tack
The judge may prohibit the use of any equipment he may consider severe, of unusual construction or arrangement, or inhumane, abnormal or dangerous.
7.2.1 Running martingales, standing martingales, tie downs and German martingales are permitted.
7.2.2 Western: A standard western type stock seat saddle shall be used. It may have slick or swelled fork, with or without a horn, and either a high or low cantle. A rope or reata is prohibited. Use of any standard type of bit or hackamore used is the choice of the rider.
7.2.2.1 Romels must be attached to the reins.
7.2.2.2 An over and under must be attached to the saddle horn.
7.2.2.3 No part of the romel, the over and under, or the split reins shall extend further than the center of the horse’s knee joint, when the horse is standing still.
7.2.3 English: snaffles, with or without dropped nosebands, pelhams and full bridles are acceptable.
7.2.4 The following items of tack are prohibited.
7.2.4.1 Trick riding saddles, jockey saddles, and any other kind of saddle not normally employed in showing horses.
7.2.4.2 Any style of saddle which is not appropriate to the personal attire of the rider.
7.2.4.3 Draw reins
G 9 Adopted November 2015
7.3 Breakage of tack
7.3.1 While on course if tack or equipment breaks, or the horse casts a shoe the combination shall be allowed to continue so long as the course can be completed without cruelty to the horse or danger to the rider.
7.3.2 Breakage of tack or equipment shall not entitle the combination to a re-ride.
SEC. 8.0 TYPES OF DIVISIONS
8.1 A show committee may offer separate competitions for English and western equipment. If separate competitions are not offered for English and western equipment, an exhibitor may use either, but the appointments must conform to Section 7.0. Attire and Tack.
8.2 Any competition may be divided by age and/or sex of rider, height of horse, and/or classification division according to speed, providing the premium list so states.
8.2.1 Whenever practical, show management is encouraged to offer classes restricted to ponies and/or junior exhibitors.
8.3 Due to an insufficient number of entries two or more divisions may be combined. Combination of divisions is at the discretion of show management, with the approval of the judge, and may not be protested.
8.3.1 If divisions are combined, any exhibitor affected may withdraw his entry and be entitled to a full refund.
8.4 Average Time Division
8.4.1 Rating Procedures
The following procedures shall be used to establish a combination's Average Time Division Rating.
8.4.1.1 The rating events shall be Big T, Birangle, Cloverleaf Barrels – Table I, and Skill Barrels.
8.4.1.2 During the regular season, January 1st through September 15th, an individual rating record will be kept on all combinations that compete in a Rated Show. Exception – a rating record will not be kept for combinations that enter a Time Only, schooling or Lead Line division.
8.4.1.3 Combinations shall be rated based upon the three fastest times entered in each rating event.
8.4.1.4 The Base Time will be entered each time a rating event is ran.
8.4.1.5 The Average Base Time for each rating event will be calculated using the prescribed number of times.
G 10 Adopted November 2015
8.4.1.6 Each Average Base Time will be rated using the Average Event Rating Chart.
8.4.1.7 Each Event Rating is a value.
8.4.1.8 The Event Rating values will be added together and the total averaged.
8.4.1.9 The division will be determined by using the Average Division Rating Chart.
8.4.1.10 Only combinations that have an Average Base Time in all of the rating events shall be rated.
8.4.2 Only times from a Rated Show will be used.
8.4.2.1 All rating events MUST be offered at all Rated Shows.
8.4.2.2 Only times from runs made in a competitive division will be used. Runs made in a Time Only and/or schooling division will not be used.
8.4.2.3 “Off Course" times will not be used. The time from any run that is disqualified for any other reason will be used.
8.4.2.3.1 If a run is declared as “Off Course” the timekeeper must enter an OC in the Placing box on the timesheet.
8.4.2.4 If a run is declared "Off Course" the combination may not re-run the event for rating purposes, placings or points.
8.4.2.5 For rating times, a combination may not compete in more than one division at a show.
8.4.2.6 An event cannot be rated if it has less than the prescribed number of base times.
8.4.3 Whenever a rating indicates a combination should be moved to a faster division the combination will be moved.
8.4.4 An NRC should compete in the Open division until they have been officially rated.
8.4.5 A Rated Combination may compete in the Open division. However, if this election is made no points/credits for the rated division will be given.
8.4.6 A Rated Combination may not elect to ride in a division other than Open, or their official state rated division.
8.4.7 After each rating, the Rating Secretary will forward an updated Rating List to the Region Chairman. A member may, at any time, request a copy of the current list.
8.4.8 After the SCS each eligible combination shall receive a Year End Rating (YER). This rating shall be based on their times from the entire season, including the SCS.
G 11 Adopted November 2015
8.4.8.1 A combination will begin the next season in their Year End Rating (YER) division.
8.4.8.1.1 In the new season, after a combination has three (3) qualified times in each of the Rating events; they will receive a Current Year Rating (CYR).
8.4.8.1.2 Combinations will compete in their YER division until they receive a CYR.
8.4.8.1.3 If the CYR average is lower than the YER, the combination will be moved to the faster division. (Example – YER was division 5, CYR is division 4; combination begins the season in division 5 when the CYR is issued the combination is moved to division 4).
8.4.8.1.4 If the CYR average is higher than the YER, the combination MUST compete in the YER division unless a subsequent rating moves them into a faster division. (Example – YER was division 3, CYR is division 6; combination begins the season in division 3 when the CYR is issued the combination continues to compete in division 3).
8.4.8.1.5 The only time a combination will be moved to a slower division is when the YER places them in a slower division.
8.4.8.2 The YER shall be valid through August 31st of the following year.
8.4.8.3 On September 1, every combination that has not received a current year’s rating shall be dropped from the Rating List.
8.4.8.3.1 After September 1st, and on or before September 15th if a combination that was dropped from the Rating List receives a CYR the combination will not be placed in a division that is lower than their YER.
8.4.9 Only ratings done by the State Rating Secretary or by individuals appointed by the State Rating Secretary will be considered official.
8.4.9.1 All ratings will be reviewed and approved by the State Rating Secretary prior to being declared official.
8.4.9.2 The Rating Secretary will post the Rating Change List, Current Rating List and Individual Rating Records to the CSHA web site no later than the Thursday prior to the Region’s next approved show.
EXCEPTION – If the time sheets are not received by Monday, then the Thursday deadline shall be waived.
8.4.9.3 If the Rating Secretary does not adhere to this schedule the Gymkhana Committee may request a replacement.
8.4.10 If a rider believes a rating error was made it shall be the responsibility of the rider to contact the Rating Secretary.
G 12 Adopted November 2015
8.4.11 Glossary
Actual Time- Time ran, including penalties
Base Time - Time ran, not including penalties
Non Rated Combination (NRC) - A combination that is not listed on the official Rating List.
Playday-
1) Show does not adhere to all CSHA Gymkhana rules 2) Show does not meet all of the CSHA Rated Show requirements. 3) Show can NOT be used to meet the SCS eligibility requirement. 4) Times will NOT be used for rating purposes.
Rated Show – For a Region Approved Point or Non-Point Show to be designated as a Rated Show it MUST meet all of the following criteria:
1) Courses MUST be set to CSHA specifications. 2) Times MUST be kept in accordance with CSHA rules. 3) All Rating Events MUST be offered. 4) Approved Point Show must have a CSHA licensed Gymkhana judge. 5) State Committee approved time sheets MUST be used. 6) If more events will be held than can fit on one time sheet, all Rating Events must be on the same time sheet
Rated Combination ( RC ) - A combination that is listed on the official State Rating List.
Non Point Show (NPS)
1) The show, including the judge, must be approved by a Region Gymkhana Chairman. 2) Show does not adhere to all CSHA Gymkhana rules, but meets all of the CSHA requirements for a Rated Show. 3) Show cannot be designated as a Region Point Show. 4) Times will be used for rating purposes. 5) Combinations will not be awarded Region credits/points toward Region year-end awards. 6) Show can NOT be used to meet the SCS eligibility requirement.
Region Approved Point Show(RAPS)
1) Show adheres to all CSHA Gymkhana rules 2) Show meets the CSHA requirements for a Rated Show 3) Show has been approved by a Region Gymkhana Chairman. 4) Combinations may be awarded Region points/credits toward Region year-end awards. 5) Show will be used to meet the SCS eligibility requirement. 6) Show must have a currently licensed CSHA Gymkhana Judge
G 13 Adopted November 2015
8.5 Event Average Rating Chart (2012)
Event 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Big T 16.999 17.799 18.799 20.599 22.999 27.599 Birangle 14.999 15.799 16.799 17.999 19.999 24.999 Cloverleaf I 18.999 19.799 20.799 21.999 23.999 28.999 Skill Barrels 16.999 17.799 18.799 20.599 22.999 26.999
All average base times recorded which are equal to or lower than those shown for 1 will be given a rating value of 1.
All average base times recorded which are higher than those shown for 6 will be given a rating value of 7.
AVERAGE DIVISION RATING CHART
AVERAGE DIVISION
1.000 - 1.499 1 1.500 - 2.499 2 2.500 - 3.499 3
3.500 - 4.499 4 4.500 - 5.499 5
5.500 - 6.499 6 6.500 - 7.000 7
SEC. 9.0 START AND FINISH OF COURSE
9.1 Riders are responsible for adhering to all CSHA Gymkhana rules from the moment they enter the arena until they have completely exited the arena.
9.2 In all events that are executed by a single combination, only the "on course" combination shall be in the arena. All other combinations shall remain outside the arena until the "on course" combination has been excused by the judge.
9.3 After a combination has been announced as “On Course” and the previous combination has cleared the arena, the rider shall have one minute to begin the course.
9.3.1 If there has been a delay, the judge will signify when the timers are ready, the course is clear, and will call for the combination to start.
9.4 A combination may be assisted into the arena, by leading or herding, until the horse has fully entered the arena. The assistant must then exit the arena. After the combination is in the arena no assistance of any kind shall be permitted.
9.4.1 This rule shall NOT apply to riders who have not reached their 13th birthday. For these riders, the assistant shall be allowed to enter the arena on foot, and remain in
G 14 Adopted November 2015
the arena until the combination has completed the course and exited the arena. However, after the combination is in the arena the rider must adhere to rule 9.5. The assistant may not enter the course.
9.4.2 This rule shall not apply to riders with certified disabilities requiring assistance into the arena. In those cases only, the rider must negotiate the course unaccompanied by an assistant, but may receive auditory instructions from an assistant.
9.4.3 For these riders the assistant(s) shall be allowed to enter the arena (mounted or on foot) and remain in the arena until the combination has completed the course and exited the arena. The assistant(s) may not enter the course. No more than two (2) mounted assistants are allowed.
9.5 Upon entering the arena, the rider must have his horse under control. After entering the arena, the rider must momentarily break the horse’s forward motion either by coming to a four footed stop, backing, circling, or turning the horse 180 degrees away from the start/finish line.
9.5.1 In Reverse Course events, there shall be an imaginary line from the start/finish line markers to the side fence. Breaking of forward motion must be done after the horse crosses this imaginary line.
9.6 The horse must come to a halt after finishing the course and before leaving the arena, but may turn or circle before coming to a halt.
9.7 Before leaving the arena the rider must acknowledge the judge and wait for the judge's signal that indicates a good ride or disqualification.
9.8 All gates to the arena shall be kept closed during the running of every event. No gate or gates shall be opened until the combination has completed the course and been excused by the judge.
9.9 If after crossing the start/finish line to enter the course and prior to completing the course, the combination knocks down or moves either start/finish line marker the combination must remain on course as if the start/finish line marker were still in their original place.
SEC. 10.0 REVERSE COURSE
10.1 In Quadrangle and Figure 8 Stake, riders may begin the course from either end of the arena. Rides that are started from the end of the arena opposite from the entrance gate shall be known as "Reverse Course."
10.1.1 Upon entering the arena, any rider who desires to "Reverse Course" must raise their hand and be acknowledged by the judge.
10.1.2 The combination shall enter the gate, proceed along the fence past the imaginary start/finish line, break forward motion and then begin the course.
10.1.3 While that combination is on course, the gate person shall determine if the next rider is intending to reverse course.
G 15 Adopted November 2015
10.1.3.1 After the combination "On Course" has been excused by the judge, if the next combination is going to reverse course, the combination may enter the arena and proceed toward their starting position.
10.1.3.2 The rider may not start the course until the previous combination has exited the arena and the gate has been closed.
10.1.3.3 After verifying the gate has been closed, the rider must begin the course within the time limit specified in rule 9.3.
10.2 When entering or exiting the arena the combination must proceed along the fence line outside of the course.
10.3 In a Reverse Course event, if an obstacle is knocked down by the horse/rider combination or weather conditions prior to the combination crossing the start/finish line to begin the course the combination must wait for the course to be set. It is permissible for the combination to exit the arena and re-enter after the course has been set.
SEC. 11.0 TIMING
11.1 Time shall start when any part of the horse crosses the start line and shall end when any part of the horse crosses the finish line upon completion of the course, or when disqualified by the judge.
11.1.1 A combination shall be considered "On Course" once any part of the horse crosses the start line and until every part of the horse crosses the finish line after completing the course.
11.2 The position of the timers shall always be at the start/finish line.
11.3 Time shall be taken by the use of an electronic timer, or three manual stopwatches all of which are graduated to at least 1/100th of a second.
11.3.1 The official time shall be taken from either the electronic timer or from two of the three manual watches, if two have identical times. If all three manual watches vary the middle watch shall be official.
11.3.2 An electronic timer is preferable, and where one is available is to be used at the SCS.
11.4 Show management may elect to use a backup timer. In the event of a failure of the main electronic timer the time shall be the backup time.
11.5 All times shall be recorded, including times from disqualified rides. Times from disqualified rides shall be made available, but not announced.
11.5.1 For disqualified rides that are “Off Course” the timekeeper must enter an “OC” in the placing box on the time sheet.
11.5.2 For rides that are disqualified for any other reason the timekeeper must enter a “DQ” in the placing box on the time sheet.
G 16 Adopted November 2015
11.6 Timer Malfunction
If there is a timer malfunction, and a backup time is not available, the combination shall be given a re- ride.
11.6.1 If the first run was clean (no downed obstacles) and the second run is not, the rider shall be given the option of a third and final run.
11.6.2 If the first run was clean: the penalty, if any, and the time shall be from the final run.
11.6.3 If the first run was not clean: the penalty shall be from the run with the most downed obstacles.
Example: If the first run was not clean, and the second and/or third run is clean the penalty from the first ride shall be added to the final run's time.
11.6.4 In all cases, the time shall be from the final run made.
11.6.5 If the first run was ruled “Off Course” there shall be no additional runs. Only if the first run was disqualified for an infraction other than “Off Course”, will the second and/or third run be for time only.
11.6.6 If the first run qualified and the second run was disqualified due to "off course" the combination shall be given a third ride.
11.6.7 If the second ride is disqualified for any other reason there shall be no third ride.
SEC. 12. 0 PLACINGS
12.1 Show placings are based on the "Actual Time", not the Base Time.
12.2 In the case of a tie for an event placement all combinations shall be awarded the same placing and points. The subsequent number of placings shall not be awarded
Example: Three combinations tie for first place. All three receive first place points. No second or third place points are awarded. The next combination receives fourth place points.
12.2.1 Distribution of the event awards shall be at the discretion of show management.
12.3 Breaking a Show High Point Tie
In the event of a tie for a show’s high point award the tie shall be broken using the following procedure:
12.3.1 When all combinations involved competed in all of the events:
12.3.1.1 If any combination involved in the tie was disqualified, in one or more events, the award shall be given to the combination that had no disqualifications.
G 17 Adopted November 2015
12.3.1.2 If there were no disqualifications, the tie shall be broken by combining the actual time ran in each event. The combination with the lowest overall time shall be declared the high point winner.
12.3.1.3 If all of the combinations involved were disqualified, in one or more events, the tie shall be broken by combining the time from those events in which none of the involved combinations were disqualified.
Example: Sue and Jim tied for 1st place. Both were disqualified in one event. Sue disqualified in Quadrangle and Jim disqualified in Birangle. Only the times from the shows remaining events would be added for total time. Quadrangle and Birangle would be omitted from both competitors total time.
12.3.2 When a combination involved did not compete in all of the events:
12.3.2.1 The combination that did not compete in all of the events shall relinquish the award for the tied position and accept the award for the next lower placing.
12.4 Single Entry Division – Placing Charts
The following time charts shall be used to determine the event placing of all single combination divisions.
Overall placing for a single combination division shall be based on a percentage of the total points possible (number of events times first place points):
80% High Point 70% Reserve High Point 60% 3rd 50% 4th less than 50% 5th
G 18 Adopted November 2015
HOW TO READ AND USE THE SINGLE ENTRY PLACING CHARTS
Actual times that are equal to or faster (lower) than those listed under 1st place will be awarded 1st place.
Actual times slower (higher) than a time listed for a placing, and equal to or faster (lower) than the actual time listed for the next placing will be awarded the lower placing.
Actual times equal to or slower (higher) than those listed under 3rd place will be awarded 4th place.
These placing times have no direct or indirect relation to the times used for ratings.
Example: Division 1Big T
A run of 18.999 would be awarded 3rd place because the time is between the 2nd and 3rd place breaks.
Division 1 Division 2
Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Big T 17.599 18.599 19.599 Big T 18.599 19.599 20.599 Birangle 15.299 15.999 16.999 Birangle 15.799 16.999 17.999 Cloverleaf (1) 19.299 19.599 20.599 Cloverleaf (1) 19.999 20.999 21.999 Cloverleaf (2) 19.999 20.599 21.599 Cloverleaf (2) 20.599 21.599 22.599 Figure 8 Stake 11.999 12.299 13.299 Figure 8 Stake 12.399 12.799 13.399 Hurry Scurry 9.999 10.599 11.999 Hurry Scurry 10.599 11.599 12.599 Keyhole 9.999 10.599 11.599 Keyhole 10.599 10.999 11.999 Pole Bending (1) 11.499 11.999 12.999 Pole Bending (1) 12.499 13.499 14.499 Pole Bending (2) 23.999 24.999 25.999 Pole Bending (2) 24.999 25.999 26.999 Quadrangle 21.999 22.999 23.999 Quadrangle 22.999 23.999 24.999 Single Stake 9.599 9.999 10.599 Single Stake 9.999 10.599 10.999 Skill Barrels 17.599 18.599 19.599 Skill Barrels 17.999 18.999 19.999 Speed Barrels (1) 10.299 10.599 11.599 Speed Barrels (1) 10.599 10.999 11.999 Speed Barrels (2) 22.999 23.999 25.999 Speed Barrels (2) 23.999 24.999 26.999
Division 3 Division 4
Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Big T 18.999 19.999 20.999 Big T 19.999 20.999 21.999 Birangle 16.599 17.599 18.599 Birangle 17.599 18.599 19.599 Cloverleaf (1) 20.999 21.999 22.999 Cloverleaf (1) 21.999 22.999 23.999 Cloverleaf (2) 21.599 22.599 23.599 Cloverleaf (2) 22.599 23.599 24.599 Figure 8 Stake 12.599 13.599 14.599 Figure 8 Stake 12.999 13.999 14.999 Hurry Scurry 10.999 11.999 12.999 Hurry Scurry 11.599 12.599 13.599 Keyhole 10.999 11.999 12.999 Keyhole 11.999 12.999 13.999 Pole Bending (1) 13.999 14.999 15.999 Pole Bending (1) 14.999 15.999 16.999 Pole Bending (2) 25.999 26.999 27.999 Pole Bending (2) 27.999 28.999 29.999 Quadrangle 23.999 24.999 25.999 Quadrangle 24.999 25.999 26.999 Single Stake 10.599 10.999 11.999 Single Stake 10.999 11.599 11.999 Skill Barrels 18.599 19.999 20.999 Skill Barrels 19.999 20.999 21.999 Speed Barrels (1) 11.599 11.999 12.999 Speed Barrels (1) 12.599 13.599 14.599 Speed Barrels (2) 24.999 25.999 27.999 Speed Barrels (2) 25.999 26.999 28.999
G 19 Adopted November 2015
Division 5 Division 6 Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Big T 20.999 21.999 22.999 Big T 22.999 24.999 26.999 Birangle 18.999 19.999 20.999 Birangle 19.999 21.999 23.999 Cloverleaf (1) 24.999 25.999 26.999 Cloverleaf (1) 25.999 27.999 29.999 Cloverleaf (2) 25.999 26.999 27.999 Cloverleaf (2) 26.999 28.999 30.999 Figure 8 Stake 13.999 14.999 15.999 Figure 8 Stake 16.999 18.999 20.999 Hurry Scurry 12.599 13.599 14.599 Hurry Scurry 15.999 17.999 19.999 Keyhole 12.999 13.999 14.999 Keyhole 13.999 15.999 17.999 Pole Bending (1) 15.999 16.999 17.999 Pole Bending (1) 16.999 18.999 20.999 Pole Bending (2) 29.999 30.999 31.999 Pole Bending (2) 30.999 32.999 34.999 Quadrangle 25.999 26.999 27.999 Quadrangle 27.999 29.999 31.999 Single Stake 11.599 12.599 13.599 Single Stake 12.999 14.999 15.999 Skill Barrels 21.999 22.999 23.999 Skill Barrels 22.999 24.999 26.999 Speed Barrels (1) 13.999 14.999 15.999 Speed Barrels (1) 14.999 16.999 18.999 Speed Barrels (2) 26.999 27.999 29.999 Speed Barrels (2) 28.999 29.999 31.999
Division 7
Event 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Big T 27.999 29.999 32.999 Birangle 24.999 28.999 31.999
Cloverleaf (1) 27.999 29.999 33.999 Cloverleaf (2) 29.999 31.999 35.999 Figure 8 Stake 20.999 22.999 24.999
Hurry Scurry 22.999 26.999 30.999
Keyhole 19.999 23.999 27.999 Pole Bending (1) 20.999 22.999 26.999 Pole Bending (2) 40.999 44.999 48.999
Quadrangle 33.999 37.999 41.999
Single Stake 18.999 20.999 22.999 Skill Barrels 28.999 32.999 36.999 Speed Barrels (1) 18.999 22.999 26.999
Speed Barrels (2) 34.999 38.999 42.999
SEC. 13.0 PENALTIES, DISQUALIFICATIONS AND EXPLUSIONS
13.1 Penalties
13.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the class specifications, a two second penalty shall be assessed for each obstacle knocked down. The combination must remain "On Course" as if the obstacle were still standing.
13.1.1.1 Any obstacle that is knocked down and then rights itself will be considered a downed obstacle.
13.1.2 Entering the arena with improper attire, tack, or with long sleeves of any garment that are not secured at the wrist shall result in a ten (10) second penalty.
G 20 Adopted November 2015
13.1.3 Electing to execute Hurry Scurry with the jumps down is an automatic twenty-second (20) penalty.
13.2 Disqualifications
Any of the following infractions shall disqualify a combination.
13.2.1 Failure of the rider to break the horse’s forward motion. (see rule9.4.5)
13.2.2 Failure of the rider to begin the course within the time limit specified in rule9.3.3
13.2.3 Failure of the rider to enter the arena mounted.
13.2.4 Prior to leaving the arena, failure of the rider to acknowledge the judge and wait for the judge’s signal indicating good ride or disqualification.
13.2.5 Loss of course. This shall include:
1) negotiating obstacles in other than the specified order 2) negotiating obstacles in the wrong order or direction 3) correcting the improper passing of an obstacle by backing or changing the direction of movement 4) backing which continues past the previous obstacle
13.2.6 Fall of rider while on course.
13.2.7 After entering the arena, kicking, striking, or beating the horse in any manner whatsoever forward of the cinch. Touching or patting the horse to calm, praise or encourage the horse shall not be considered striking or beating the horse.
13.2.8 Horse being unruly or out of control.
13.2.9 Any kind of cruelty to the horse whether or not specifically mentioned in this rule.
13.2.10 Excessive use of spurs, crop, bat, romel and/or over and under.
13.2.11 Dismounting while in the arena without obtaining permission from the judge prior to dismounting.
13.2.12 If a horse or rider falls while not on course it shall be considered a granted request for permission to dismount.
G 21 Adopted November 2015
13.2.13 Use of spurs that:
1) are not secured into or around the boot 2) have rowels that will not spin 3) have rowels that have been covered 4) have sharp pointed rowels
13.2.14 Use of any piece of equipment that is not attached to the saddle horn in an "over and under" motion.
13.2.15 If any part of the rider and/or the horse crosses or comes in contact with the start/finish line after crossing the start/finish line to enter the course and before completing the course.
13.2.16 Failure of the rider to end the course as specified in rule 9.6.
13.2.17 If the combination does not start and finish the course by crossing the start/finish line between the two markers.
13.2.18 In a Reverse Course event, failure of the combination to walk outside of the course when entering or exiting the arena.
13.2.19 In Hurry Scurry, if the horse goes around a jump or jumps on the outside of the jump.
13.2.20 At Region Approved Point Shows and the State Championship Show, the third refusal of any obstacle shall result in a disqualification. The combination must leave the arena.
13.2.21 FAILURE OF THE RIDER TO SIGNAL THE JUDGE:
13.2.21.1 Of the rider’s intent to Reverse Course.
13.2.21.2 Which Hurry Scurry course the combination will run. Exception: when there are two judges, each judging separate courses and positioned behind the pole.
13.2.21.3 The judge will acknowledge the signal. If the rider starts the course prior to receiving the judge’s acknowledgement the ride will be disqualified.
13.2.22 If a rider (under 18) enters the arena without an ASTM/SEI certified equestrian helmet:
13.2.22.1 First offense of the show - before they start the course, the combination shall be excused from the arena, allowed to put the helmet on, and then return to compete.
13.2.22.2 Second violation in the same show - they will be disqualified from the event.
13.2.22.3 Third violation in the same show - they will be expelled from the show.
G 22 Adopted November 2015
13.3 Expulsions
13.3.1 Unsoundness shall not penalize a combination unless it is determined by either show management or the judge to be sufficiently severe as to be hazardous to the contestant, or considered an act of cruelty to the horse. In either case, show management shall bar the combination from further participation.
13.3.2 The rider shall be barred from further participation in the show, by show management and/or the judge, with no money refunded and shall NOT be awarded any points/credits for the show under the following circumstances:
13.3.2.1 Deliberate failure of the rider to immediately leave the arena when so instructed by the judge.
13.3.2.2 When any act committed, or remark made during the show is considered :
13.3.2.2.1 offensive and/or made with the intent to influence or cast aspersions on the judging, or;
13.3.2.2.2 harassment of the judge(s) and/or show management, or;
13.3.2.2.3 un-sportsmanlike.
13.3.3 Show management shall have primary responsibility for infractions occurring outside of the arena. The judge(s) shall have primary responsibility for infractions inside the arena. Neither primary area of responsibility shall be exclusive.
13.3.4 Use of drugs administered to performance horses is regulated by the State of California Department of Food and Agriculture (CDFA). If a horse tests positive the combination shall lose all points earned at that show. If the offense is repeated the combination shall be barred from further participation in any CSHA Approved Show.
SEC. 14.0 PROTESTS
14.1 Until they have filed an official protest with and paid the current protest fee to the show secretary, a person may not contest, or question the setting of a Gymkhana course. Nor may they enter the arena to inspect the setting of a Gymkhana course.
14.2 All protests or complaints relating to a CSHA licensed Gymkhana judge shall be addressed to and handled by the Judges Commission. Procedures are set forth in the Judges Commission chapter.
14.2.1 EXCEPTION–State Championship Show (SCS)
G 23 Adopted November 2015
14.2.2 Protest Procedure at the State Championship Show(SCS)
14.2.2.1 Prior to the first gymkhana event, the Gymkhana Chairman will appoint the members of the SCS Special Protest Committee (SPC).
14.2.2.2 The SPC is formed only for the purpose of hearing protest(s) arising out of the current years’ SCS.
14.2.2.3 Immediately following the current SCS the SPC shall be disbanded and shall have no further duties, responsibilities or authority.
14.2.2.4 The SPC will consist of five [(5) members; three (3) currently licensed CSHA Gymkhana judges, and two (2) State Gymkhana Committee members.
14.2.2.5 Alternate SPC members will include two (2) currently licensed CSHA Gymkhana judges, and two (2) alternate committee members.
14.2.2.6 Judges appointed to the SPC will be selected from those who are on the show grounds, whether participating and/or judging the SCS, and who will be available for the duration of the SCS.
14.2.2.7 The Gymkhana Chairman is not required to be a member of the SPC.
14.2.2.8 If a member of the SPC is the subject of the protest, they may not hear the protest. An SPC alternate must take their place.
14.2.2.9 A protest may only be filed by an SCS competitor and/or a parent or guardian of an SCS competitor who is a minor.
14.2.2.10 The protest must be submitted in writing to the Gymkhana State Chairman within 1 hour after the conclusion of the event from which the protest arose.
14.2.2.11 A fee of $100.00 cash must accompany the protest.
14.2.2.12 The written protest must state the violation of a specific rule (by rule number) in the current CSHA Gymkhana rulebook or it will not be accepted. Complaints (not stating a violation of a specific rule) will not be accepted.
14.2.2.13 When a protest is received, the Gymkhana chairman will immediately notify each member of the SPC.
14.2.2.14 The Committee will meet, on the grounds, within two (2) hours after the conclusion of the final event of the day. The SPC will meet in a closed and private session. All five members must be in attendance.
14.2.2.15 The Gymkhana chairman will present the protest to the SPC.
G 24 Adopted November 2015
14.2.2.16 The SPC will assure the protest’s validity as to being filed within the specified time frame, citing a specific CSHA Gymkhana Rulebook violation (by rule number) and with the required protest fee.
14.2.2.17 The SPC will conduct a hearing on the protest with all parties directly involved having an opportunity to be heard on the matter. All pertinent evidence will be allowed and reviewed.
14.2.2.18 The SPC shall meet until they have reached a fair and equitable decision based upon the literal interpretation of the rule(s) as cited in the protest.
14.2.2.19 The SPC’s decision will be communicated to the involved parties in a timely manner. The decision of the majority of the SPC shall be final and binding upon all parties including contestants and CSHA.
14.2.2.20 If the protest is upheld, the fee shall be returned. If the protest is overruled, the fee shall be forfeited to the State Gymkhana Program.
14.2.2.21 If the properly filed protest involves a licensed CSHA Gymkhana judge and results in a negative decision the SPC will forward, in a sealed envelope marked confidential, a written report of its findings to the Chair of the CSHA Judges Commission.
14.3 All other protests must be filed in writing to the office of the show secretary within 48 hours after the conclusion of the event. A fee of $50.00 cash must accompany the protest. The office of the show secretary shall immediately notify the Gymkhana Chairman of the protest.
14.3.1 The Gymkhana Chairman shall form a committee to hear the protest. At the State level this committee shall consist of the voting members of the State Gymkhana Committee.
14.3.2 The committee shall meet in person to conduct a hearing on the protest.
14.3.3 If the protest is upheld, the fee shall be returned. If the protest is overruled, the fee shall be forfeited to show management.
14.3.4 The decision of the committee shall be final and binding upon all parties, including contestants and CSHA.
14.3.5 If the protest is at the Region level and it cannot be resolved at that level, the Region chairman shall refer the protest to the State Gymkhana Committee for resolution.
14.3.6 Any protest against a Region Chairman must be sent to the State Gymkhana Chairman for presentation to the State Gymkhana Committee for resolution.
14.3.7 In the event the State committee cannot reach a decision in determining guilt or proper action to be taken, the Judges Commission will be placed in the position of arbitrator.
G 25 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 15.0 STATE CHAMPIONSHIP SHOW(SCS)
At the SCS all State individual and Region Team Championships, and State Record Holders shall be determined. This show shall be held during the week that contains the second full weekend in October.
15.1 Competition
15.1.1 Categories shall be:
Category 1 - Performance Category 2 - Equitation
15.1.1.1 A category will only be offered if the category was offered in two or more Region programs and offered at a minimum of five shows in each of those Regions.
15.1.1.2 The Performance divisions shall be run in the Average Time Divisions. Equitation shall be run in age divisions:
12 & under pony 12 & under horse 13 - 17 18 - 39 40 & over
15.1.2 The following events shall be offered for the Performance category:
Whichever Pole Bending table is to be used at the SCS is the table that should be run throughout the season.
Every Year Even Numbered Years Big T Figure 8 Stake Birangle Pole Bending (table 2) Cloverleaf Barrels (table 1) Hurry Scurry Odd Numbered Years Single Stake Pole Bending (table 1) Skill Barrels Quadrangle Speed Barrels (table 1)
15.1.3 Weather and arena conditions permitting, prior to the closing ceremony day, a Cloverleaf Barrels (table 2) Jackpot State Record Holder class will be held. Refunds will be mailed if the event is canceled.
G 26 Adopted November 2015
15.2 SCS Ratings
15.2.1 During the SCS ratings shall be done. All events, except Hurry Scurry and Single Stake, shall be included.
15.2.2 Prior to the SCS the method for determining the SCS Rating matrix shall be set. The matrix shall not be made public prior to the completion of the SCS ratings.
15.2.3 Every combination, in the Rated divisions, shall be rated using a rating matrix developed specifically for the SCS.
15.2.3.1 If the SCS rating indicates, a combination belongs in a faster division the combination shall be moved to that division.
15.2.4 At the conclusion of each event the times ran shall be posted.
15.2.5 After the SCS ratings have been completed placings and points will be posted.
15.3 Eligibility
15.3.1 The rider must be a CSHA member (see CSHA Bylaws for definition of member).
15.3.1.1 There is no limit as to the number of times an individual may qualify for and/or win a CSHA Championship.
15.3.2 A rider may compete in both the Rated and Open division.
15.3.3 In addition, to compete in a Rated division a combination must also meet the following criteria. These criteria are the state’s minimum requirements. Regions are allowed to have more stringent requirements. A combination must first meet all of their Region’s requirements.
15.3.3.1 Be registered in a Region Gymkhana program.
15.3.3.1.1 A Region Registered Combination is defined as a combination that has filled out a Region’s Gymkhana program registration form and paid any and all registration fees set by the Region. The Region registration form must inform the rider of the CSHA membership requirement.
15.3.3.1.2 At the time of registration if the participant is not a current CSHA member an application for either CSHA direct or club membership MUST be completed and appropriate dues paid.
15.3.3.1.3 A participant may register at any time prior to September 1st. The Region registration form and the CSHA or CSHA club membership forms must be available at all Region Approved Point Shows.
G 27 Adopted November 2015
15.3.3.1.4 If a rider's Region does not have a Gymkhana program, the rider shall contact the State Gymkhana Chairman for information regarding registration in another Region's program. The State Chairman must contact the President of each involved Region to obtain approval of the request.
15.3.3.1.5 A rider can only register and qualify in one Region Gymkhana program. A club member may register in the Gymkhana program sponsored by the Region in which his club is based regardless of where the member actually lives. For SCS purposes only, the rider will be considered a member of the Region in whose program the rider was registered.
15.3.3.1.6 Out of state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedure.
15.3.3.2 After December31st and on or before September 15th of the following year, the combination must compete in all rating events in a minimum of five (5) of their Region’s Approved Point Shows. Shows ridden prior to Region Registration may NOT be used to meet the five (5) show requirement.
15.3.3.2.1 After a combination has competed in their first event, if the horse or rider becomes injured or too ill to continue the rider may petition the Region Chairman for a one-time waiver of rule 15.3.3.2. Prior to the horse leaving the grounds either the show judge or management must verify the condition of the horse. Except for an injury that occurs during the show, the condition of the rider must be confirmed by a physician’s written verification.
15.3.3.3 In the event a horse dies, or sustains an injury that prevents it from competing for the remainder of the season, and the rider registers a new combination, the shows ridden on the original horse will be counted to meet the five (5)-show requirement. The inability of the original horse to continue in competition must be certified, in writing, by a veterinarian.
15.3.4 The combination must finish in the top ten (10) of their division and be included on the Current Year Rating List published after September 1st.
15.3.5 The top ten (10) combinations in each State division shall be determined based on the Region point totals as of September 15th.
15.3.5.1 If a Region splits a State division, for Region awards, the process by which the combined top ten (10) will be determined must be included in the Region’s written rules.
15.3.5.2 Following completion of the Region registration form and payment of all required fees and dues, a combination will accumulate points in their Region program. Points shall not be retroactive to previously attended shows.
G 28 Adopted November 2015
15.3.6 Because this competition is based upon qualified horse and rider combinations, substitution of a horse or rider is not allowed.
15.3.6.1 If a horse that is part of a qualified combination has to be withdrawn from competition, and the rider is not part of another qualified combination the rider may enter another horse, but the new combination must ride in the Open division.
15.4 Open Division Eligibility
Eligibility for the Open division(s) shall be:
15.4.1 A combination cannot compete in both a Rated division and an Open division.
15.4.2 To enter an Open Division the rider, not the horse, must be part of a current Region Registered combination
15.4.2.1 A Region Registered combination that did not qualify to compete in a rated division.
15.4.2.2 A Region Registered combination that did qualify to compete in a rated division may elect to compete in an Open division.
15.4.2.3 The rider must have competed in all of the rating events in a minimum of five (5) of their Region’s Approved Point Shows.
15.4.2.4 If a horse that is part of a Region Registered Combination has to be withdrawn from competition, the rider may ride a replacement horse in an Open division.
15.5 Event Points (2006)
Pl 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Pts 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Event awards will be given to 1st - 9th only
15.6 Judging
15.6.1 All judges must hold a current CSHA Gymkhana judge's card.
15.6.2 All classes must be judged under current CSHA rules.
15.6.3 In Gymkhana Equitation only:
15.6.3.1 No judge may judge a member of his/her immediate family.
15.6.3.2 No judge who is also a trainer or has been a trainer within the preceding one year period may judge a current student or a rider who was their student in the preceding six month period.
G 29 Adopted November 2015
15.7 Awards
15.7.1 Overall Division awards will be made first through fifth place. Class awards shall be made first through ninth place.
15.7.2 Overall category, excluding the Open division(s), awards shall be:
Champion - belt buckle Reserve Champion - belt buckle
15.7.3 Open division awards for first through fifth place, and all other third through fifth place awards shall be selected by the State Committee at their second Quarterly Meeting. The State Chairman will send written notification of the selections to each Region Chairman.
15.7.4 Recipients of the overall first and second place awards in each division in each category shall be declared and known as the reigning CSHA Champion and Reserve Champion respectively.
15.7.5 For information on the scholarships offered by this Program and/or the criteria for award, please contact the State Gymkhana Chair. For redemption information refer to the Scholarship Procedures section at the beginning of this book.
15.8 Awards Distribution
15.8.1 The unofficial results shall be announced during the SCS Closing Ceremony.
15.8.2 The primary show awards (buckles, neck sashes, and Open Division awards) will not be distributed but will be available for presentation and photographic purposes.
15.8.3 After the SCS, a complete audit of the times, ratings, placings and points will be done. Within ten (10) days of the completion of the show, the SCS records will be sent electronically to the Region Chairmen who had competitors at the show. Those chairmen will have seven (7) days to verify the results.
15.8.4 After the results have been checked for accuracy, the official results will be released.
15.8.4.1 The Region Chairmen will be notified when the results have been declared official.
15.8.5 The State Chairman shall retain possession of all primary awards until the results have been declared official.
15.8.5.1 At the Annual Convention, all primary awards will be presented to the Region Chairmen.
15.8.6 The official results will be posted on the SOC web page.
G 30 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 16.0 REGION TEAM COMPETITION
16.1 The Region team competition shall be held in conjunction with the SCS.
16.2 A Region's “team” will consist of all of the Region's combinations in each Rated division.
16.3 The highest average score per combination shall determine the Region’s placing.
16.3.1 The total points earned by all of the Region’s combinations, in each Rated division, will be transferred to the Region's team score.
16.3.2 Each Region’s total score shall be averaged using the number of combinations entered from the Region.
16.3.3 Region team points shall only be taken from the Rated divisions in which combinations from two or more Regions were entered
16.4 If both categories are offered the points from both categories will be combined to determine the overall Region Team Champion.
16.5 There shall be an award for the overall Region Team Champion.
16.5.1 The award will be presented to the winning Region's Gymkhana Chairman or representative during the awards ceremony at the State Championship Show.
16.5.1.1 The State Chairman will retain possession of the award until the SCS results have been declared official.
16.5.2 The Region points shall be audited in accordance with the Awards Distribution rules in this chapter.
16.5.3 At the Annual convention, the award will be presented to the winning Region's Gymkhana Chairman or representative, and the Region’s name added to the perpetual list.
SEC. 17.0 STATE RECORDS
17.1 State Records can only be set at the SCS. For a list of the current record holders refer to the State Awards and Recognition section at the front of this book.
17.1.1 Due to changes in course designs and specifications over the years, in 1990 the record holders were re-established. In 1992, due to measurement changes, new records were established for Birangle and Cloverleaf I. In 1994, the first record for Big T was established. In 1996, the first record for Speed Barrels II was established.
17.2 Only times taken by the use of an electronic timer shall qualify for establishing a State Record.
17.3 Records may be set in the Rated and/or Open division(s).
G 31 Adopted November 2015
17.3.1 In the Open division(s) only times run by a combination that meets the SCS eligibility participation rule shall be eligible.
17.4 It shall be the duty of the Gymkhana Chairman to:
17.4.1 Immediately after the SCS, obtain a copy of the SCS time sheets and update the State Record Holders’ list.
17.4.2 Submit an article to The New Horseman containing any new record holder information.
17.4.3 Submit a list of the State Record Holders to the secretary of the SCS. The list shall include the State Record Holder's name, horse's name, record time and year the record was set. Only the events run at the SCS shall be listed.
17.5 The State Chairman may appoint an assistant. The assistant must be approved by the Gymkhana Committee.
SEC. 18.0 ASSISTED RIDER DIVISION
This division is created to offer a learning experience for riders of any age who may need assistance on the course. This is NOT a competitive division. In addition to teaching the riders the course patterns, the object is to teach riders proper show ring decorum, appearance, responsibilities, and rules. This is intended to be a “NO STRESS” experience for the rider and show management. Regions may choose to offer the division or not depending on their needs.
The following rules shall apply at the:
18.1 General Rules
18.1.1 The Division is open to all riders of any age who need assistance completing a course.
18.1.2 A rider cannot compete in both a rated division and the assisted rider division.
18.1.3 The entry is based on the rider, not horse and rider combination.
18.1.4 At any time, the rider may change mounts.
18.1.5 The rider must adhere to CSHA Gymkhana attire rules.
18.1.5.1 Helmets are required (see rules 7.1.1 and 7.1.1.1 for details).
18.1.6 Riders will participate in at least the four rated events.
18.1.6.1 Hurry Scurry will not be an Assisted Rider event.
G 32 Adopted November 2015
18.1.7 All courses will have the number of obstacles as prescribed in the CSHA Gymkhana Course Specification rules.
18.1.7.1 For each event, the course measurements will be shortened but not measured.
18.1.8 The horse must be on a lead line at all times with the handler holding the lead.
18.1.9 The horse is to be lead at the walk with the handler maintaining control of the mount.
18.1.10 The horse must remain to the right of the handler so the horse trips the timer, not the handler.
18.1.11 Additional handlers may walk beside the horse and assist the rider in whatever way necessary.
18.1.12 After entering the arena and before starting the course the handler must break the horse’s forward motion.
18.1.13 After completing the course the handler must bring the horse to a complete stop.
18.1.14 Before leaving the arena the rider must acknowledge the judge.
18.1.15 Riders will not be disqualified for “off course”.
18.1.16 If times are recorded, all placings will all be noted as 1st.
18.2 State Championship Show
18.2.1 This division may be offered at the SCS depending on need and someone other than the chair to run the division. Inclusion of these rules does not mandate the division be included every year unless sufficient help is volunteered. A carded judge will not be required to judge the division.
18.2.2 Whenever the male gender is used it shall also apply to the female gender.
18.2.3 Whenever horse is used it shall also apply to ponies and mules.
18.2.4 The entry fee shall cover the cost of awards only, all entrants to receive the same award. This is a promotional division; it is not intended to assist in recouping show fees.
18.2.5 Awards listed in section 15.7 and 15.8 shall not be considered a part of this division.
18.2.6 This division shall not be eligible as part of the Region Team Competition, no points are awarded as there are no placings.
18.2.7 Division shall be scheduled to run at a time not to interfere with competition of the other rated divisions in the SCS. A start time shall be listed on the entry form.
G 33 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
G 34 Adopted November 2015
GYMKHANA COURSES
SEC. 1.0 GENERAL RULES ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 RATING EVENTS ...... 3 2.1 Big T ...... 3 2.2 Birangle ...... 4 2.3 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 1) ...... 4 2.4 Skill Barrels ...... 5 SEC. 3.0 NON RATING EVENTS ...... 5 3.1 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 2) ...... 5 3.2 Figure 8 Stake ...... 6 3.3 Hurry Scurry ...... 6 3.4 Pole Bending ...... 8 3.4.1 Pole Bending (table 1) ...... 8 3.4.2 Pole Bending (table 2) ...... 8 3.5 Quadrangle ...... 8 3.5 Quadrangle ...... 9 3.6 Single Stake ...... 9 3.7 Speed Barrels (table 1) ...... 10 SEC. 4.0 ADDITIONAL EVENTS ...... 10 4.1 Keyhole ...... 10 4.2 Scramble Barrels ...... 11 4.3 Speed Barrels (table 2) ...... 12 SEC. 5.0 COURSE SPECIFICATIONS ...... 13 SEC. 6.0 COURSE TRIANGULATION ...... 14 6.1 Equipment ...... 14 6.2 Timing Line Set up ...... 14 6.3 Finding Center ...... 15 6.4 Course Set Ups ...... 19 6.4.1 Big T ...... 19 6.4.2 Birangle ...... 20 6.4.3 Cloverleaf ...... 21 6.4.3.1 Cloverleaf (table 1) barrels 1 and 2 ...... 21 6.4.3.2 Cloverleaf (table 2) barrels 1 and 2 ...... 22 6.4.3.3 Cloverleaf (tables 1 and 2) barrel 3 ...... 23 6.4.4 Figure 8 Stake ...... 24 6.4.5 Hurry Scurry ...... 25 6.4.6 Pole Bending (table 1) ...... 26 6.4.7 Pole Bending (table 2) ...... 27 6.4.8 Quadrangle ...... 28 6.4.9 Single Stake ...... 29 6.4.10 Skill Barrels ...... 30 6.4.11 Speed Barrels (tables 1 & 2) ...... 31 SEC. 7.0 GYMKHANA EQUITATION ...... 32 7.1 Point System ...... 32 7.2 Attire and tack ...... 32 7.3 Seat and Hands ...... 33
GC 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GC 2 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 1.0 GENERAL RULES
1.1 Until they have filed an official protest with and paid the current protest fee to the show secretary, a person may not contest, or question the setting of a Gymkhana course. Nor may they enter the arena to inspect the setting of a Gymkhana course.
1.2 The term "weave" means to pass the obstacles on alternate sides.
1.3 In all courses the rider has the option of starting on the right or left side of the first obstacle.
1.4 Show management is not limited to the events listed in this chapter, however, if others are offered the general rules must be observed, except where inapplicable.
SEC. 2.0 RATING EVENTS
The events listed in this section are used in calculating CSHA Average Time Division Ratings. All four (4) events from this section must be offered in order for a show to be eligible as a Rated Show (see Gymkhana Rules, section 8.4 Average time Division rules, for specific requirements).
At the State Championship Show these courses are offered every year.
2.1 Big T
The rider crosses the start/finish line passing Pole 1 and then weaves poles 2 and 3. After passing pole 3 the rider continues toward the inside of barrel 1, executes a turn around barrel 1, and then continues in a straight line to barrel 2. The rider executes the same turn around barrel 2 and then proceeds to the opposite side of pole 3. The rider weaves back through the poles until he crosses the start/finish line.
BIG T BIG T (Left turns) (Right turns)
GC 3 Adopted November 2015
2.2 Birangle
This course requires two turns in the same direction around the two poles. The rider crosses the start/finish line towards the inside of pole 1, executes a turn around pole 1, passes in a straight line towards pole 2, executes the same turns around pole 2, and then rides back across the start/finish line.
BIRANGLE BIRANGLE (Left turns) (Right turns)
2.3 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 1)
The rider crosses the start/finish line and proceeds to the inside of barrel 1, executes a turn around barrel 1, proceeds to the alternate side of barrel 2, executes a turn around barrel 2, proceeds to barrel 3, executes a turn in the same direction around barrel 3, and then proceeds in a straight line back across the start/finish line.
CLOVERLEAF (left turn first) CLOVERLEAF (right turn first)
GC 4 Adopted November 2015
2.4 Skill Barrels
The course requires two right turns and two left turns. Both turns around barrel 1 shall be in the same direction and the turns around barrels 2 and 3 will be in the opposite direction.
The rider crosses the start/finish line towards barrel 1, executes a turn around barrel 1, continues to the alternate side of barrel 2, and executes a turn around barrel 2. The rider then proceeds to weave past barrel 1 to the alternate side of barrel 3. The rider executes a turn around barrel 3 and then continues past the back of barrel 1. The rider then executes a turn at barrel 1 and continues back across the start/finish line.
SKILL BARRELS (Left turn first) SKILL BARRELS (Right turn first)
SEC. 3.0 NON RATING EVENTS
The events listed in this section are not used for calculating CSHA Average Time Division Ratings. These events are recommended as additional events for Rated Shows. These events are offered at the State Championship Show.
3.1 Cloverleaf Barrels (table 2)
At the State Championship Show this course is offered every year as the jackpot event.
See Cloverleaf Barrels (table 1) rule 2.3 for course execution instructions.
GC 5 Adopted November 2015
3.2 Figure 8 Stake
At the State Championship Show this course is offered in the even numbered years.
The course requires one right and one left turn. The turn around pole 2 must be executed in the opposite direction of the turn around pole 1. The rider can start the course from either side of the start/finish markers, and need not be inside the course (see Rulebook Section 10.0 Reverse Course).
The rider crosses the start/finish line towards pole 1, executes a turn around pole 1, continues back across the start/finish line, executes an opposite turn around pole 2, and then proceeds back across the start/finish line.
FIGURE 8 STAKE FIGURE 8 STAKE (Left turn first) (Right turn first)
3.3 Hurry Scurry
At the State Championship Show this course is offered every year.
Show management may elect to offer both Course #1 and #2. If the arena is wide enough, the courses may be set up next to each other. If show management elects not to offer both courses it is their option as to which course is offered.
3.3.1 Course # 1 shall have one jump on the right side, and two jumps on the left side.
3.3.2 Course # 2 shall have one jump on the left side, and two jumps on the right side.
3.3.3 Riders may be given the option to execute the course with the “jumps down.”
3.3.3.1 Executing the course with the “jumps down” will result in an automatic 20 second penalty.
3.3.3.2 At the SCS only Division 7 combinations will be allowed to execute the course with “jumps down.”
GC 6 Adopted November 2015
3.3.4 The rider has the option of beginning the course on either the one jump side, or the two jump side.
3.3.4.1 The rider proceeds in a straight line over the jump(s), around the pole, over the remaining jump(s) and back across the start/finish line.
3.3.5 This event shall be judged from the end of the arena, not the side of the course. The judge(s) shall be positioned behind the pole(s).
3.3.5.1 The jump must be judged as if there were full upright standards, and the entire horse must go over the jump (all four of the horse’s feet must go over the jump).
3.3.5.2 If the horse goes around a jump, or jumps on the outside of the jump the ride shall be disqualified.
3.3.6 The jump standards (up-rights) shall be made of wood or plastic. The standard must have a cup to hold the cross piece. The cross piece shall be white, ten feet in length and four inches in diameter. The cross piece must be plastic. When the cross piece is in place on the standard the measurement from the ground to the top of the cross piece shall be 18 inches.
HURRY SCURRY HURRY SCURRY (Single jump taken first) (Double jump taken first)
GC 7 Adopted November 2015
3.4 Pole Bending
3.4.1 Pole Bending (table 1)
At the State Championship Show this course is offered in the odd numbered years.
The rider crosses the start/finish line by passing pole 1, weaving the remaining poles to pole 6, executes a turn around pole 6 and then weaves back through the poles until crossing the start/finish line.
POLE BENDING POLE BENDING Table 1 Table 1 (Right turn) (Left turn)
3.4.2 Pole Bending (table 2)
At the State Championship Show this course is offered in the even numbered years.
The rider crosses the start/finish line by passing pole 1 and proceeds in a straight line towards pole 6. The rider then executes a turn around pole 6, weaves the poles back to pole 1, executes a turn around pole 1, with all parts of the horse remaining on the course side of the start/finish line, then weaves back through the poles to pole 6, executes a turn around pole 6 and then proceeds in a straight line back across the start/finish line.
POLE BENDING POLE BENDING Table 2 Table 2 (Left turn first) (Right turn first)
GC 8 Adopted November 2015
3.5 Quadrangle
At the State Championship Show this course is offered in the odd numbered years.
This course requires two left turns and two right turns. The turns around the first set of poles (poles 1 and 2) are executed in the same direction. The turns around the second set of poles (poles 3 and 4) are in the opposite direction. The rider can start the course from either side of the start/finish markers, and need not be inside the course (see Rulebook Section 10.0 Reverse Course).
The rider crosses the start/finish line towards the inside of pole 1, executes a turn around pole 1, ride in a straight line to pole 2, executes the same turn around pole 2, rides back across the start/finish line towards the inside of pole 3, executes an opposite turn around pole 3, rides in a straight line to pole 4, executes the same turn around pole 4 and then proceeds back across the start/finish line.
QUADRANGLE QUADRANGLE (Right turns first) (Left turns first)
3.6 Single Stake
At the State Championship Show this course is offered every year.
The course requires a single turn around a single pole. The rider crosses the start/finish line and proceeds in a straight line towards the pole. The rider executes a turn around the pole and continues in a straight line back across the start/finish line.
SINGLE STAKE SINGLE STAKE (Left turn) (Right turn)
GC 9 Adopted November 2015
3.7 Speed Barrels (table 1)
At the State Championship Show this course is offered every year.
The rider crosses the start/finish line, passes barrel 1, weaves the remaining barrels until he reaches barrel 3. The rider executes a turn around barrel 3 and then weaves back through the barrels until he crosses the start/finish line.
SPEED BARRELS SPEED BARRELS Table 1 Table 1 (Left turn) (Right turn)
SEC. 4.0 ADDITIONAL EVENTS
The events listed in this section are not used for calculating CSHA Average Time Division Ratings. These events are NOT offered at the State Championship Show. These events can be used as additional events for Rated Shows.
These courses are NOT offered at the State Championship Show.
4.1 Keyhole
The rider crosses the start/finish line, proceeds in a straight line through the keyhole entrance into the circle, executes a 180 degree turn and then proceeds out of the keyhole and back across the start/finish line.
From the center of the start/finish line to the center of the keyhole circle shall be 100 feet. The keyhole circle shall be 20 feet in diameter. The entrance lane shall be 4 feet wide and ten feet long. The lines shall be drawn on the ground with either flour, or any other white marking powder.
GC 10 Adopted November 2015
Additional disqualifications:
1. Horse steps on or over marked line 2. Horse turns around in the entrance rather than the circle
After each ride, any disturbed area shall be raked within one rake width inside and outside of the line. The judge shall be stationed near the keyhole to determine by viewing the hoof prints if the ride qualified.
KEYHOLE
4.2 Scramble Barrels
The rider crosses the start/finish line and proceeds past barrel 1, executes a turn around barrel 1 and proceeds to the barrel directly across, executes an opposite turn around this barrel, proceeds to the barrel behind their first barrel, executes the same turn as done on the first barrel, executes a turn around this barrel, proceeds to the barrel directly across and executes an opposite turn around this barrel, proceeds to the back barrel and executes a turn in the same direction, and then proceeds in a straight line back across the start/finish line.
SCRAMBLE BARRELS SCRAMBLE BARRELS (Left turn first) (Right turn first)
The course consists of five barrels. The start/finish line markers shall be 90 feet apart. The distance from the start/finish line to barrel 1 and 2 shall be 30 feet, from barrels 1 and 2 to barrels 3 and 4 shall be 30 feet. The distance from barrels 3 and 4 to barrel 5 shall be 105 feet. Barrels 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall be parallel to the start/finish line markers.
GC 11 Adopted November 2015
4.3 Speed Barrels (table 2)
The rider crosses the start/finish line, proceeds in a straight line to barrel 3, executes a turn around barrel 3, then weaves the remaining barrels back to barrel 1, executes a turn around barrel 1, with all parts of the horse remaining on the course side of the start/finish line, weaves back through the barrels, executes a turn around barrel 3 and then proceeds in a straight line until he crosses the start/finish line.
For course measurements see Speed Barrels (table 1)
SPEED BARRELS SPEED BARRELS
Table 2 Table 2
(Left turns) (Right turns)
GC 12 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 5.0 COURSE SPECIFICATIONS
5.1 All courses MUST be measured using the Triangulation method.
5.2 Measurements are made at the center of the pole base or barrel.
5.3 All measurements from the start/finish line are made perpendicularly from the center point of the line.
5.4 For all courses, except Cloverleaf and Scramble Barrels, the start/finish markers shall be placed thirty feet (30) apart.
5.4.1 The start/finish marker measurements for Cloverleaf and Scramble Barrels are in those course descriptions.
5.5 In all courses there must be a minimum of fifty (50) feet from the end fence to the start/finish line.
5.6 In all courses except Cloverleaf Barrels, Scramble Barrels, and the Hurry Scurry double course there must be a minimum of thirty-five (35) feet from the side fence to the nearest start/finish line marker.
5.6.1 In the Hurry Scurry double course set up there must be a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the side fence to the nearest start/finish line marker, and there must be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet between the two inside start/finish line markers.
5.7 There must be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet from the following course obstacles to the side fence:
Big T both barrels Birangle both poles Cloverleaf Barrels (tables 1 and 2) barrels 1 and 2 Quadrangle all poles Scramble Barrels barrels 1-4 Skill Barrels barrels 2 and 3
5.8 Between the end fence, that is parallel to and opposite of the start/finish line, and any obstacle there must be a minimum of twenty (20) feet.
5.9 The start/finish line must be indicated by poles, pylons, or other visible markers. Flags shall not be used.
5.9.1 When electronic timers are used, if poles are used as the start/finish markers, the poles must be placed on the course side of the timing beam.
5.9.2 The start/finish line marker placement shall be indicated by a small dot of white powder. The start/finish line markers shall be placed on the outer edge of the dot and shall not cover any portion of the dot.
5.10 In all events where poles or batons are used, they shall be 1 3/8 inches to 1 5/8 inches in diameter and of round plastic. Poles shall be at least six (6) feet in height, but no more than seven (7) feet in height with the bottom inserted in a plastic or rubber base. Containers filled with concrete are NOT allowed.
5.11 In all events where barrels are used as part of the course, the barrels shall be the so-called fifty (50) gallon size with both ends closed and made of plastic. The barrels must have at least two contrasting colors.
GC 13 Adopted November 2015
5.11.1 Metal barrels are prohibited.
5.11.2 The top and bottom circumference of all barrels must be within seven (7) inches of the middle circumference. Circumference measurement shall not include the lip.
SEC. 6.0 COURSE TRIANGULATION
Triangulation insures every event is centered and measured accurately.
Step 1 - Set the Timing Line Step 2 - Center the course Step 3 - Triangulate obstacle placement
6.1 Equipment
The following equipment is needed:
2 - 300 ft open reel fiberglass tape measures 1 – container of white flour or other marking powder
All of the following instructions utilize two (2) 300 ft. tape measures. Triangulation can be accomplished with one (1) 300 ft. tape measure. However, more steps and time are required.
6.2 Timing Line Set up
People required = 3
1. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at the fence underneath the timer 2. Person 3 holds the tape at the opposite fence underneath the timer 3. Person 1 places a mark at the center point of the arena (a) 4. Person 1 measures 15 ft on both sides of center (a) 5. Person 1 places a mark at these points (b). This is the thirty (30) foot gate. 6. Person 1 measures 37 ft 6 in. on both sides of center (a). 7. Person 1 places a mark at these points (c). This is the seventy-five (75) foot gate.
GC 14 Adopted November 2015
6.3 Finding Center
This is done to insure the course is not skewed to one side. The easiest way to find center is to use two tape measures although one tape measure can be used.
6.3.1 100 Foot Center
d + b = 100 ft
a + b =100 ft 1 in a +b+c =200 ft 2 in
0 ft 200 ft 2 in
People required = 3
1. Timing line is 30 ft wide 2. Find center of timing line 15 ft. and mark it (d) 3. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at point (a) 4. Person 3 holds the reel end of the tape at point (c) 200 ft 2 in 5. Person 1 extends the tape to point (b) and finds the 100 ft mark 6. Person 2 then moves to the center point of the timing line (d)
For Poles (1): 1. Person 3 marks the poles placement at 0, 20, 40, 60, 80 and 100
For Skill Barrels: 1. Person 3 gives the end of the tape to person #2 2. Person 2 finds 244 ft 4 in on the tape and holds it with the beginning end of the tape 3. Person 3 moves to the first side barrel with the tape at 137 ft 6 in and places a mark. 4. Person 2 then moves across the arena to the other side barrel location. 5. As person 3 passes person 1 they place a mark at that location 6. When person 3 reaches the location for barrel 3 a mark is placed.
GC 15 Adopted November 2015
6.3.2 126 Foot Center
126 FT
0 ft 253 ft 10 in
People required = 3
1. Find center of timing line 15 ft. and mark it 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at point (a) 3. Person 3 holds the end of the tape at point (b) 253 ft 10 in 4. Person 1 extends the tape #1 126 ft towards (b) 5. Person 2 moves to the center of the timing line 6. Person 3 marks the poles at 21 ft, 42 ft, 63 ft, 84 ft, 105 ft and 126 ft
GC 16 Adopted November 2015
6.3.3 145 Foot 6 Inch Center
145 ft 6 in
a + b = 146 ft 3 in a + b +c = 292 ft 6 in
0 ft 292 ft 6 in
People required = 3
1. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at point (a) 0 ft 2. Person 3 holds the reel end of the tape point (c) at 30 ft 3. Person 1 finds the center of the timing line - 15 ft and marks it 4. Person 1 extends the tape 145 ft 6 in. to point (b) 5. Person 3 extends the tape to 292 ft 6 in 5 Person 2 moves to the timing line center mark 6. Person 3 moves to pole 1 position 183 ft and places a temporary mark 7. Person 3 moves to pole 2 position and places a temporary mark 8. Person 3 measures 150 ft 3 in from each Pole temporary mark back to center (d)
GC 17 Adopted November 2015
6.3.4 150 Foot Center
150 ft
a + b = 150 ft 9 in a + b + c = 301 ft 6 in
0 ft 301 ft 6 in
People required = 3
1. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at point (a) 0 ft 2. Person 3 holds the reel end of the tape point (c) at 30 ft 3. Person 1 finds the center of the timing line (d) - 15 ft and marks it 4. Person 3 extends the tape at (c) to 301 ft 6 in 5. Person 1 extends the tape to (b) 150 ft and marks it
For Big T: 1 Person 2 moves to the timing line center mark (d) 2. Person 3 marks the pole placements 30ft, 60 ft, and 90 ft 3. Person 3 finds 187 ft 6 in on the tape and moves to barrel 1 position and places a temporary mark 4. Person 3 moves to barrel 2 position and places a temporary mark 5. Person 3 measures 154' 8" from each barrel temporary mark back to timing line center(d)
For Hurry Scurry: 1. Person 2 moves to the timing line center mark (d) 2. Person 3 marks the jump positions at 50 ft, 75 ft, and 100 ft
For Speed Barrels: 1 Person 2 moves to the timing line center mark 2. Person 3 marks the barrel placements 30 ft, 90 ft and 150 ft
GC 18 Adopted November 2015
6.4 Course Set Ups
6.4.1 Big T
b
c
a
Equipment required People required = 3 2 cones 3 poles 2 barrels
1. Find the center (15 ft ) of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a). 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 150 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b). 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 places a mark at 30 ft., 60 ft., and 90 ft. 7. Person 1 then extends the tape to one side (c) and places a temporary mark at 187 ft. 6 in. 8. Person 1 then extends the tape to the other side (c) and places a temporary marker at 187 ft. 6 in. 9. Person 3 releases the tape 10. Person 1 measures from (a) to (c) on each side crossing the tape cross over the temporary mark 11. The obstacle marker is placed at 154 ft 8 in. 12. Place a pole on the 30 ft., 60 ft., and 90 ft. marks 13. Place a barrel on each of the 154 ft 8 in. marks
GC 19 Adopted November 2015
6.4.2 Birangle
b
c
a
Equipment required People required = 3 2 cones 2 poles
1. Find the center (15 ft ) of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b), 145 ft. 6 in. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b). 5. Center the course. 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 extends the tape to one side (c) and places a temporary mark at 183 ft. 7. Person 1 then extends the tape to the other side (c) and places a temporary mark at 183 ft 8. Person 3 releases the tape 9. Person 1 measures from (a) to (c) on each side. Making sure the tape crosses over the temporary mark. 10. The obstacle marker is placed at each of the 150 ft 3 in. marks 11. Place a pole at each of the 150 ft. 3 in. markers
GC 20 Adopted November 2015
6.4.3 Cloverleaf
6.4.3.1 Cloverleaf barrels table 1
c d
96'
60 ft
75 ft
a b
(a) to (b) = 75 ft (a) to (b) to (c) = 135 ft (a) to (b) to (c) to (d) = 231 ft
People required = 4 Equipment required 2 cones 3 barrels
1. Measure timing line. The start/finish line markers shall be 75 feet apart. 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape 75 ft from point (a) to point (b), 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Person 1 extends the tape 60 ft to point (c). 6. Person 4 holds the tape at point (c) 7. Person 1 then extends the tape 96 ft. back to person 2 point (a). 8. A mark is placed at (c) 9. To measure the second barrel point (d): Person 2 moves to point (b) Person 3 moves to point (a) Person 4 moves to point (d) 10. A mark is placed at point (d) 11. Barrel #3 is measured
Verifying measurements
(a) to (b) = 75 ft (a) to (b) to (c) = 135 ft (a) to (b) to (c) to (d) = 210 ft (a) to (b) to (c) to (d) to (a) = 270 ft
GC 21 Adopted November 2015
6.4.3.2 Cloverleaf barrels table 2
d c
108' 2"
60 ft
90 ft
a b
(a) to (b) = 90 ft. (a) to (b ) to (c) = 150 ft. (a) to (b ) to (c) to (d) = 258 ft. 2in
Equipment required People required = 4 2 cones
2 poles
1. Measure the timing line. The start/finish line markers shall be 90 feet apart. 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at point (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape 90 ft from point (a) to point (b) 4. Person 3 holds the tape at point (b) 5. Person 1 extends the tape 60 ft. to point (c) 6. Person 4 holds the tape at point (c) 7. Person 1 then extends the tape back to person 2 at point (a) 8. A mark is placed at each point 9. To measure the second barrel point (d): Person 2 moves to point (b) Person 3 moves to point (a) Person 4 moves to point (d) 10. A mark is placed at point (d) 11. Barrel #3 is measured
Verifying measurements
(a) to (b) = 90 ft (a) to (b) to (c) = 150 ft (a) to (b) to (c) to (d) = 240 ft (a) to (b) to (c) to (d) to (a) = 300 ft
GC 22 Adopted November 2015
6.4.3.3 Cloverleaf (tables 1 and 2) barrel 3
105
0 210
People required = 3
1. Person 2 holds the beginning end (0') of the tape on the mark for barrel #1 2. Person 1 reels out the tape to 210 ft. 3. Person 3 holds the tape at the 210 ft. on the mark for barrel #2 4. Person 1 finds the 105 ft. indicator. 5. While holding the tape at 105 ft Person #1 walks toward the end of the arena 6. When the tape is tight from both barrel #1 and #2, Person #1 places a mark 7. Place a barrel on each of the marks
GC 23 Adopted November 2015
6.4.4 Figure 8 Stake c
64 ft 3 1/4 in
a b 0 ft 128 ft 6 1/2 in
d
People required = 3 Equipment required 2 cones 2 poles
1. Person 2 holds the tape on one start/finish line marker 2. Person 1 reels out the tape to 128 ft 6 1/2 in. 3. Person 3 holds the tape at this mark on the other start/finish line marker 4. Person 1 finds the 64 ft 3 1/4 in 5. While holding the tape at 64 ft 3 1/4 in. Person 1 walks toward one end of the arena 6. When the tape is tight from both marker #1 and #2, place a mark for pole #1 7. Person 1 then walks towards the other end of the arena 8. When the tape is tight from both marker #1 and #2, place a mark for pole #2 9. Place a pole on each of the marks
GC 24 Adopted November 2015
6.4.5 Hurry Scurry
People required = 3* Equipment required *for measuring more recommended 4 cones for setting up obstacles 2 poles 6 jump standards 6 cross pieces * * recommend minimum 2 additional
1. Find the center of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 150 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 then places a mark at 50 ft., 75 ft., 100 ft., and 150 ft. 7. Place a pole at the 150 ft mark 8. Center a jump standard on each of the 50 ft., 75 ft., and 100 ft. marks 9. Person 1 verifies the center of each jump standard is in line with the pole 10. The outside jump standards are placed 11. The cross pieces (pipe) are placed 12. Each jump is viewed from the side to verify the two standards are aligned
GC 25 Adopted November 2015
6.4.6 Pole Bending (table 1)
b
a
Equipment required People required = 3 2 cones 6 poles
1. Find the center of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 100 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 then places a mark at 0,20 ft., 40 ft., 60 ft., 80 ft., and 100 ft. 7. Place a pole on each mark 8. Pole #1 is set approximately 4-6 inches inside the timing line so it will not interfere with the timer's electronic beam
GC 26 Adopted November 2015
6.4.7 Pole Bending (table 2)
b
a
People required = 3 Equipment required 2 cones 6 poles
1. Find the center of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 126 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 then places a mark at 21ft., 42 ft., 63 ft., 84 ft., 105 ft., and 126 ft. 7. Place a pole on each mark
GC 27 Adopted November 2015
6.4.8 Quadrangle
c f 53 ft
37 ft 6 in
a b g 37 ft 6 in
d e
People required = 3 Equipment required 2 cones 4 poles
1. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at fence underneath the timer 2. Person 1 walks the tape to the opposite side of the arena 3. Person 3 holds the tape at the fence underneath the timer 4. Place a mark at the center point of the arena (a) 5. Place a mark 15 ft on both sides of center (a) 6. Place a mark 37 ft 6 in on both sides of center (a), this will be points (b) and (g) 7. Person 2 moves to point (a) 8. Person 3 moves to point (b) 9. Person 1 walks the tape from (a) to (b) and verifies the measurement is 37 ft 6 in 10. Person 1 extends the tape to 128 ft. and gives this end of the tape to Person 2 11. Person 2 holds both ends of the tape together 12. Person 1finds the 75 ft mark 13. Person 1 walks towards point (c) 14. When the tape is tight Person 1 places a mark at (c) for pole #1 15. Person 1 then walks towards the other end of the arena to point (d) 16. When the tape is tight Person 1 places a mark for pole #2 17. Persons 1 and 2 move to the opposite side of the arena to points (e) and (g) 18. When the tape is tight, Person 1 places a mark for pole #3 19. Person 1 then walks towards the other end of the arena to point (f) 20. When the tape is tight, Person 1 places a mark for pole #4 21. A pole is placed at each mark
GC 28 Adopted November 2015
6.4.9 Single Stake
b
a
People required = 3 Equipment required 2 cones 1 pole
1. Find the center (15 ft.) of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 150 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 places a mark at 150 ft. 7. Place a pole on the mark
GC 29 Adopted November 2015
6.4.10 Skill Barrels
b
d
c
a
People required = 4 Equipment required
2 cones
3 barrels
1. Find the center (15 ft) of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of tape at (a). 3. Person 1 extends the tape 100 ft. This is point (b). 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b). 5. After the course has been centered, Center the course 6. Person 1 places a mark at (b) 7. Person 1 extends the tape to 137 ft 6 in to point (c) 8. Person 4 holds the tape at point (c) 9. Person 1 returned to point (a) 10. Person 1 extends the tape to 244 ft. 4 in. and gives this end of the tape to Person 2 11. Person 2 holds both ends of the tape together 12. Person 1 returns to point (c) 13. When the tape is tight Person 1 places a mark at (c) 14. Persons 1 & 2 then walk towards the opposite side of the arena to point (d) 15. When the tape is tight Person 1 places a mark at (d) 16. A barrel is placed at (b), (c), and (d) 17. Person 1 verifies the barrels are aligned.
GC 30 Adopted November 2015
6.4.11 Speed Barrels (tables 1 & 2)
b
a
People required = 3 Equipment required 2 cones 3 barrels
1. Find the center (15 ft.) of the timing line. This is point (a). 2. Person 2 holds the beginning end of the tape at (a) 3. Person 1 extends the tape from (a) to (b) 150 ft. 4. Person 3 holds the tape at (b) 5. Center the course 6. After the course has been centered, Person 1 then places a mark at 30 ft., 90 ft., and 150 ft. 7. Place a barrel on the each mark 8. Person 1 verifies the barrels are aligned.
GC 31 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 7.0 GYMKHANA EQUITATION
While Gymkhana Equitation is not to be judged as either Western Equitation or English Equitation, the seat and horse movements more closely resemble English.
The class shall be held in two parts. The first part shall be done individually over the Cloverleaf barrel course. The second part shall be rail work and shall be done with only the eligible competitors. Only those riders scoring the highest on the barrel course shall be eligible to compete in the rail work. The maximum number eligible for the rail work class shall be twice the number of awards to be presented, i.e. awards 1st - 9th place equals 18 riders.
In all phases of this class riders shall be judged on seat, hands, general horsemanship, and control of the horse. Such matters as entrance into the arena; positioning and collection, leads on course; smoothness and balance on course; stopping and settling the horse before leaving the arena shall be considered.
7.1 Point System
The work over the barrel course shall count 60 points and the rail work shall count 40 points.
7.1.1 Ten (10) points shall be deducted for loss of hat, or for any obstacle knocked down or touched with the hand.
7.1.2 In the Cloverleaf portion the time of each entry shall be announced and recorded, however, time shall not count unless it exceeds the maximum allowed. The maximum time allowed for the course shall be: Table I 21:00 seconds, Table II 22:00 seconds. For every 1/10th of a second or fraction thereof over the maximum time specified, one point shall be deducted.
7.2 Attire and tack
7.2.1 Riders are required to wear a hat and tie appropriate to their style of dress and tack. Adult competitors may wear an equestrian safety helmet, of any style in place of a western hat. Junior riders are required to wear an ASTM/SEI approved equestrian helmet while competing in the arena.
7.2.1 The same horse and tack shall be used by the rider throughout all phases of the competition.
7.2.2 The following items are permitted:
a) Mechanical hackamore b) Roping reins are allowed.
7.2.3 The following items are NOT permitted:
a) A martingale of any type b) A tie down c) Over and under d) Riding bat or whip e) Riding crop
GC 32 Adopted November 2015
7.3 Seat and Hands
7.3.1 Seat and Body Position
Basic Position: The rider's weight shall be distributed over the horse's point of balance. The rider shall appear at ease and in control. The rider shall be in a forward seat position with most of their weight in the stirrups. The rider's weight distribution should be balanced in the stirrups, directly under the rider, near the cinch.
The rider's crotch area should be in the center of the saddle. Balance shall be in the middle of the saddle, with the upper body vertical, yet supple. Shoulders shall be back, and the chin shall be level, with the eyes looking straight ahead. In all phases, the rider's body position shall be in accordance with the horse's gait.
Walk - Basic position is maintained, with the upper body and hands quiet, and the lower body moving in rhythm with the horse. The horse shall be maintained in an open, brisk walk.
Jog/trot - Upper body inclined slightly forward to move over the horse's point of balance; hands move forward, but maintain the straight line. A two point stance or posting is permitted.
Lope/Canter - Upper body inclined more forward, weight shall remain in the saddle, with upper body and hands quiet, and the lower body in rhythm with the horse's motion. If the Extended Lope/Hand Gallop is requested, the rider shall rise from the saddle and move over the point of balance of the horse.
Barrel Course - Body position shall be such that the rider stays up and over the horse as they approach a turn or approach the finish line after completing the turn around the final barrel. When the horse reaches its turning point the rider will move their weight back into the saddle. After completing a turn the rider's weight must be moved forward. The rider's body should never lean towards a barrel.
7.3.2 Hand Position
Rail class: Both hands shall be on the reins at all times. Hands should be over and in front of the withers, hands slightly apart and making a straight line from the horse's mouth to the rider's elbow. Hands shall remain low and quiet. Method of holding the reins is optional; however, the thumb must be on top and pointed toward the horse's head. If split reins are used, the ends of the reins may fall on either side; however, all reins must be picked up at the same time. Reins shall not be loose.
Barrel course: The rider may ride two handed or use the one hand switch method. The rider may not switch methods during the course. In either case, during a turn the rider's elbows should be kept close to the body with the inside hand being brought back towards the hip area.
If the two handed style is used, at no time may either hand leave the reins.
One Hand Switch style - a single loop rein must be used. The rider must begin the course with both hands on the rein. As the horse reaches the rating point of the first barrel, to maintain proper balance and weight distribution, the rider will place his/her outside hand on the saddle horn. The inside hand shall move down the rein to pick up the bit. As the horse completes the turn the rider shall pull his/her weight out of the saddle. After completing the turn, the rider's hand which was on the saddle horn must return to the rein. The method is repeated for the remaining barrels. On the approach to the finish line, one hand may be on the saddle horn only if it is used to keep the rider's weight off of the horse's back.
GC 33 Adopted November 2015
7.4 Cloverleaf Pattern
The rider shall enter the arena at the walk. Stop the horse and acknowledge the judge. The rider shall then gather and position the horse and start the course. The horse must begin the course on the correct lead for the first barrel. After completing the turn at the first barrel and before reaching the second barrel, the horse must switch leads. The combination should maintain a straight smooth pattern throughout the course, be on the correct lead when approaching and turning each obstacle. In a turn the horse's nose should be tipped in the direction of the turn. After completion of the course the rider shall bring the horse to a complete stop, acknowledge the judge, and leave the arena at the walk.
7.5 Rail work
Combinations enter the arena at the walk and proceed around the arena in the direction indicated by the judge or ring steward. When instructed by the judge, the rider shall change the horse to the appropriate gait. The riders shall be judged at the walk, jog/trot, and lope/canter in both directions and backing. Reversing direction shall be done by turning towards the inside of the arena.
GC 34 Adopted November 2015
HORSEMASTERSHIP
SEC. 1.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Compulsory Phases of Competition ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 Judging ...... 6 SEC. 4.0 Region Program ...... 8 SEC. 5.0 State Championship Show ...... 10 SEC. 6.0 State Championship Show Awards ...... 10 SEC. 7.0 Scholarships ...... 12 SEC. 8.0 Protests ...... 12 SEC. 9.0 State Champions List ...... 13
H 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
H 2 Adopted November 2015
The Horsemastership program tests the contestants’ knowledge of proper horsemanship, horse anatomy and basic horse health and safety.
The competition involves three tests: riding, written, and grooming and handling. Participants begin at the Region level of competition through which they may qualify to compete for State Horsemastership Champion and Reserve Champion titles.
There are five categories offered: Combined (Western and English I); English I (Jumping and flat work); English II (flat work only); Gymkhana, and Western. There will be two category divisions, Junior and Adult.
The champions will be known as Combined Junior, Combined Adult; English I Junior, English I Adult; English II Junior, English II Adult; Gymkhana Junior, Gymkhana Adult; Western Junior, and Western Adult.
Every Region should offer this program.
SEC. 1.0 General Rules
Whenever the masculine is used, it includes the feminine. Whenever horse is used, it includes all equines.
1.1 Any CSHA member in good standing may participate in the Horsemastership program.
1.2 Contestants must compete in the Region in which they are members.
1.2.1 Out of state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedure.”
1.3 Junior contestants are defined as those under 18 years of age as of January 1 of the current competition year. Adults are 18 and over.
1.4 All contestants may be charged a fee.
1.5 A different horse may be used for each phase of competition.
1.6 Ownership of a horse is not required.
1.7 Junior contestants will not be allowed to handle or ride stallions in this competition. Adult Horsemastership contestants may handle or ride stallions. Show management, judges and/or other authorized personnel reserve the right to excuse a stallion(s) behaving in an unsafe or inappropriate manner.
1.8 A contestant may compete in only one division each year and must declare this division at the time of registration.
1.8.1 A contestant may compete in the same division each year until he becomes State Champion.
H 3 Adopted November 2015
1.9 During Region and State Competitions, only authorized personnel and the contestants will be allowed in the examination areas. Observers will be allowed for riding and grooming sections, but may not provide any coaching or direction.
1.9.1 Coaching is prohibited. No immediate family member, coach or trainer may assist a relative/pupil during testing/judging.
1.9.2 No immediate family member, coach or trainer may be involved in judging or scoring any aspect of testing in which a relative/pupil is competing/participating.
1.10 Contestants may not discuss any portion of the competition with contestants who have not completed a particular test.
1.11 In case of a tie in overall points, the contestant with the highest written score in the affected division will be declared the champion.
1.12 Except for the written examination, failure of a contestant to appear at the designated time(s) of competition may result in disqualification.
1.12.1 A contestant arriving late for the written test will be admitted and allowed to take the test provided no other contestant has completed the test and left the examination area.
1.13 Any contestant who acts in a manner deemed improper, unethical, dishonest, inhumane, unsportsmanlike, intemperate or prejudicial to the best interest of the Horsemastership program will be disqualified by the Horsemastership committee and will be ineligible to compete in the Horsemastership Region and/or State competition for the current year. This includes violations of the drugging laws.
1.13.1 Such conduct by a family member, coach or trainer of a contestant may result in disqualification of that contestant from the Region and/or State Horsemastership competition.
1.14 Proposed changes to riding patterns and grooming/handling judges' sheets may be presented to the State Horsemastership Committee no later than the second Quarterly meeting. Committee-adopted changes become effective January 1 of the following year.
1.15 The State Horsemastership Committee is responsible for the budget, funding and activities of the State program. Region Horsemastership committees are responsible for funding and planning the Region competitions.
SEC. 2.0 Compulsory Phases of Competition
2.1 Grooming & Handling 100 points
2.1.1 The physical tying, untying, blanketing, un-blanketing, saddling, unsaddling, bridling, unbridling, leading and grooming the animal will be judged. Proper grooming attire is attire customarily worn in competitive riding events. Hats are
H 4 Adopted November 2015 optional. Clean, protective clothing such as a smock or apron may be worn over the attire.
2.1.2 English contestants will use English tack; Western contestants will use Western tack. Combined contestants will have the option of Western or English tack. The equipment used for these divisions will be in accordance with West Coast Horse Show (WCHS) rules.
2.1.3 Gymkhana contestants will use equipment in accordance with CSHA Gymkhana tack rules. (See CSHA Rule Book Section titled Gymkhana Rules, Attire and Tack.)
2.2 Horsemanship (ability of the rider to count) 600 points
2.2.1 The English and Western competitions will consist of two riding events. 2.2.2 The Gymkhana competition will consist of three riding events. 2.2.3 The Combined competition will consist of 4 riding events. 2.2.4 Competitors will compete by division, riding the following patterns:
English I Seat and Hands on the Rail – English 300 points Equitation Over Fences (max. height at Region 2’9”, State 3’) 300 points
English II Seat and Hands on the Rail – English – 300 points Equitation Flat - English 300 points
Western Seat and Hands on the Rail – Western 300 points Equitation Stock Seat 300 points
Combined Seat and Hands on the Rail – English 150 points Seat and Hands on the Rail – Western 150 points Equitation Stock Seat 150 points Equitation Over Fences 150 points (max. height at Region 2’9”, State 3’)
H 5 Adopted November 2015
Gymkhana Cloverleaf Barrels Table 1 150 points (max. time allowed 26.000 seconds) Pole Bending Table 1 150 points (max. time allowed 18.000 seconds) Seat and Hands on the Rail 300 points
A penalty of one point will be assessed for every second or fraction thereof over the maximum allowed time for Cloverleaf Barrels and Pole Bending.
2.3 Written Test 350 points
2.3.1 Test questions shall be based on information found in the reference manual reviewed and chosen by the Horsemastership Committee and the current CSHA Rulebook, Horsemastership Section.
2.3.2 Blue or black ink pen shall be used on all non-Scantron generated written tests. #2 lead pencil shall be used for all Scantron based tests.
2.3.3 The CSHA Horsemen’s Handbook will be the reference manual used for Horsemastership. The Horsemen’s Handbook will be reviewed every three years and revised as needed. The current State Horsemastership chair shall select a committee to conduct this review and revision. The existing rules regarding handbook selection shall remain in effect until the current revisions to the Handbook are accepted.
2.3.3.1 The State Chairperson shall publish the title of the reference manual on the CSHA website Horsemastership page no later than January 15 and shall notify Region chairpersons of the books to be used at the First Quarterly Meeting.
2.3.3.2 The reference manual choice is to be reviewed every three years and, if needed, be replaced by a more current reference manual.
2.3.4 Test Sections Parts of the Horse and Skeleton of the Horse may carry up to 34 points each. Test points will be equitably distributed among test questions constructed from each section of the current reference.
SEC. 3.0 Judging
3.1 All judges will conduct themselves in accordance with the rules set forth in the appropriate section of the WCHS rulebook or the CSHA Gymkhana rulebook, with the following exception: For the Horsemastership riding events at both Region and State level, regardless of discipline, all riders under the age of 18 will be required to wear ASTM/SEI certified equestrian helmets while mounted on a horse at the event. In the case of an event, such as Show of Champions where multiple events are taking place, this rule will apply while riding in the area of competition used by Horsemastership. Judges will not deduct points for any dress rules affected by the wearing of helmets.
H 6 Adopted November 2015 3.2 At the Region testing, English, Western and Combined should be, but are not required to be judged, by a CSHA licensed judge and Gymkhana by a CSHA licensed Gymkhana judge.
3.2.1 At the State Championship Show licensed judges are required. For Gymkhana barrels and poles, the judge must be CSHA licensed Gymkhana judge. For Combined, English and Western divisions, the judge must be licensed in Equitation for that division. Said license must be from CSHA or another nationally recognized equestrian association.
3.3 Contestants will compete and will be judged individually.
3.4 At the discretion of the judge, a clerk/scribe may be used to assist the judge.
3.5 Competitors will receive scores only for those portions of the riding pattern for which they are on course.
3.6 Combined, English and Western
3.6.1 Combined, English and Western will be judged in accordance with WCHS equitation rules. See rule 3.1 for the required use of riding helmets by all riders under the age of 18.
3.6.2 In Equitation over Fences, three refusals at one fence will be considered a zero score for that fence. This will not be grounds for elimination.
3.6.3 In the event of a fall in any phase of the riding pattern, a zero score will be given for that specific riding section. Riders may remount and continue the pattern. This will not be grounds for elimination.
3.7 Gymkhana
3.7.1 Gymkhana competition shall be conducted in a manner to conform to Gymkhana Hands and Seat rules, to be found in the Horseman’s Handbook. These rules are to be posted on the CSHA website, Horsemastership Section, until the Horseman’s Handbook revisions are complete.
3.7.2 The Gymkhana judge will not be a timer. If possible, electronic timers should be used.
3.7.3 In the event of a fall in either Barrels or Poles, a zero score will be given for that specific event. In the event of a fall in Gymkhana Equitation, a zero score will be given to that specific riding section. Riders may remount and continue the pattern. This will not be grounds for elimination.
3.7.4 The following will apply to Gymkhana Hands and Seat.
a) An Over and Under will not be allowed b) Contestants must enter the arena unassisted.
H 7 Adopted November 2015 3.7.5 Penalties for Barrels or Poles patterns: To be considered penalties by the judge, but not to be considered in computing the maximum permissible time allowed.
Ten (10) points will be taken off riding score for each the following:
a) Knocking down any obstacle, whether or not the downed obstacle interferes with completion of the prescribed course. b) Touching any obstacle with the rider’s hands. c) Improper or missing tack d) Improper or missing clothing. e) Unnecessary roughness with legs, spurs, romal or other aids. f) Poor manners of horse (mouth open, head tossing or refusal to do event). g) Use of excessive hand movement.
3.7.6 The breakage of equipment during a riding pattern will result in the rider receiving a zero score for that entire pattern.
3.7.7 In addition to assisting the judge, the duties of the Gymkhana clerk may include checking the correctness of the course and checking the appointments and tack of the contestants.
3.7.8 Grooming and Handling Judging
3.7.8.1 Judges will be guided by the methods and procedures outlined in the CSHA Horsemastership Grooming and Handling guidelines published on the CSHA website. Whenever possible, Grooming and Handling judges should be selected from former Horsemastership contestants.
SEC. 4.0 Region Program
4.1 Each Region should have a Horsemastership chairman, appointed by the Region President. If a chair is not available, and the Region has prospective participants, the State chairman or a member of the committee will be available to consult with or assist a Region President in organizing the Region competition.
4.1.1 In the event that a Region President fails to schedule the competition or to appoint proper and necessary personnel to conduct and supervise the examination, the State Horsemastership committee may, during the month of July, arrange for and conduct the competition in the Region.
4.2 The Region Horsemastership chairman is responsible for promoting the program in the Region, setting the time and date for the Region riding and grooming/handling competition, hiring qualified judges, and returning all required information to the State Chairman as directed. A list of Region Champions must be sent to the State Chairman no later than August 15 of the current year.
4.3 The Region Horsemastership Chairman is responsible for the proper conduct of contestants and committee during all phases of the Region competition.
4.4 Each participating Region will be charged a $25.00 intent fee, to be sent to the State Chairman prior to August 1.
H 8 Adopted November 2015
4.5 Each Region contestant must complete a State Committee approved application. This application must indicate the division in which the contestant will compete. The application must be mailed or sent electronically to the State Chairman to be received no later than June 30.
4.5.1 The registration sheet must contain the contestant’s complete name, mailing address, e-mail address and telephone number with area code. For junior contestants the form must also include their date of birth.
4.6 The Region Chairman will order the requisite number of written tests from the State chairman. The State chairman will establish the deadline for ordering Region tests.
4.7 The Region written test will be held statewide on the same date and shall begin within the same time frame. The test date shall be the last Wednesday of July, starting between 5:00 p.m. and 7:30 p.m.
4.8 The results of each test will be checked by three people (see rule 1.8). Improved methods of grading, including the use of computers, scanners, etc. are encouraged and may be approved by committee.
4.9 Written test papers will be sent to the Region Horsemastership chairman prior to the July testing date. They are to remain sealed until all contestants are assembled.
4.10 Only Region champions will be eligible to compete in the State Championship Show and only in the division in which they participated in the Region.
4.11 Should a Region champion be unable to compete at the State Championship Show, the reserve champion may then take his place.
4.12 A Region champion who chooses not to attend the State Championship Show will notify the Region Horsemastership Chairman of his decision not to compete.
4.12.1 Failure to do so will result in disqualification from participation in the CSHA Horsemastership program for a period of two (2) years.
4.12.2 It is the Region chairman’s responsibility to monitor this disqualification and record it at the Region level. This record will be passed on to the new chairman.
4.13 The Region Chairman will notify the Region Reserve Champion of his eligibility to compete at the State Championship Show and will duly notify the State Chairperson.
4.14 A Region Reserve Champion may take the State written examination. The State Chairman will be informed two weeks in advance of the State Championship Show. The test results will not be eligible for awards.
H 9 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 5.0 State Championship Show
5.1 The place and time of the State Championship Show will be set by the State Horsemastership Committee with approval of the Board of Directors or Council of Members.
5.2 The State Chairman will be responsible for the following tasks for the State Championship Show: • Preparation of the written test • Distribution of instructions for conducting the competition to the Region chairmen in a timely manner to allow for adequate preparation. • Hiring all judges and clerks/scribes for the state competition • Ordering all awards
5.3 The State Chairman will appoint a committee to correct the state written examinations. Each test will be corrected by three people. If a Scantron correction is used for the written test, these results shall be considered accurate and are exempt from the 3 person correction requirement.
5.3.1 After the written examination has been completed, the test papers will remain in the custody of the State Horsemastership chairman and/or vice chairman until all competition results are finalized and test papers are returned to contestants.
5.4 No portion of the Horsemastership scoring will be released until after awards have been announced. At that time each competitor’s scores will be displayed in a conspicuous place and all examination papers will be returned to the competitors.
5.5 All final scores must be verified by an independent party prior to announcement of results.
5.6 In order to be declared a State Champion or State Reserve Champion, a contestant in the State Horsemastership Championship Show must achieve a total score of 600 points or more. In addition, a contestant must compete in every phase of testing and riding patterns.
5.6.1 Contestants who do not receive 600 points are eligible to compete in future years in the same division until they become Champion in that division.
SEC. 6.0 State Championship Show Awards
6.1 A State Champion or Reserve Champion is a contestant who scored at least 600 points in the Horsemastership State Championship Show.
6.1.1 All other awards will be presented to the contestant who has the highest score in the division regardless of score.
H 10 Adopted November 2015
6.2 State Awards
a) Champion: silver buckle and scholarship issued by the Charitable Trust subject to their rules (based on financial availability) b) Reserve Champion award c) Silver medal to all Region finalists attending the State Championship Show d) Highest written score obtained by a Junior e) Highest riding score obtained by a Junior f) Highest written score obtained by an Adult g) Highest riding score obtained by an Adult
6.2.1 The State Champion Horsemastership buckle will be oval in shape, silver plated, 4” long by 3 1/4” high. The CSHA color medallion logo will be placed in the center on the right side. The year numeral will be individual cut and placed in the center. There will be three ribbons containing the following inscriptions:
Top ribbon: Horsemastership Middle ribbon: CSHA (center left side) Bottom ribbon: State Champion
6.3 The champion and reserve champion in each division will receive a certificate of achievement. This certificate will include the year, division, contestant’s name, State chairman’s signature and State President’s signature.
6.3.1 State participation certificates may be presented at the State Chairman’s discretion.
6.4 Perpetual Awards
6.4.1 The committee will maintain accurate and current appraisals of all perpetual trophies and awards.
In 2009, it was determined that the Lapreal Stewart and Denzil Gallaher Trophies were aging and sending them home with winners for a year could be detrimental to their long term care. The trophies will remain in the custody of the State Chairperson. The trophies will be brought to and displayed at the State Championship Show and other events as requested. Winners of these trophies will be given a substitute traveling trophy to be returned to the State Chairperson as outlined below.
6.4.1.1 The recipient of each award will sign an agreement to return the trophy to the Horsemastership chairman by August 31 of the following year.
6.4.2 Lapreal I Stewart Perpetual Trophy
The Lapreal I. Stewart Perpetual trophy will be presented to the Adult contestant with the highest overall score. (A plaque will be presented to the previous year’s winner.)
H 11 Adopted November 2015 6.4.3 Denzil Gallaher Memorial Trophy
The Denzil Gallaher Memorial trophy will be presented to the junior contestant with the highest overall score. (A plaque will be presented to the previous year’s winner).
6.4.4 Cheryl Hyde-Fonseca Memorial Award
The Cheryl Hide-Fonseca award will be presented at the CSHA annual Convention to the contestant who receives either a perfect written test score or achieves State Horsemastership championships in all categories in either the junior or adult division.
6.4.5 Increased Region Participation Trophy
This trophy will be presented at the CSHA annual Convention. The Region with the most increased percentage participation in the Horsemastership program at the State Championship Show will be the recipient. The trophy must be displayed at Region functions.
The trophy, if accepted by the Region, must be returned to the State Horsemastership Chair in the same condition as received, no later than the last Quarterly meeting of the following year.
If damaged, the Region will be responsible for the repair. Normal maintenance of all perpetual trophies and awards is the responsibility of the State Horsemastership Committee.
SEC. 7.0 Scholarships
For information on the scholarships offered by this Program and/or the criteria for award, please contact the State Horsemastership Chair. For redemption information refer to the Scholarship Procedures section at the beginning of this book.
SEC. 8.0 Protests
8.1 Protests at State Championship Show
8.1.1 The Horsemastership appeals committee will be the same as the committee conducting the competition. No person who is related to or is an instructor, coach or trainer of any contestant may serve on the committee.
8.1.2 All protests regarding conduct, grading or scoring must be submitted in writing accompanied by a $25.00 protest fee to the State Horsemastership Chairman via certified mail and postmarked within 48 hours of announcement of the awards.
8.1.3 A hearing will be conducted as soon as possible resulting in a final decision at that hearing. The contestant(s) involved may be present. If the decision validates the protest, the $25.00 fee will be returned.
H 12 Adopted November 2015
8.2 Protests at a Region Competition
8.2.1 In the event of a protest at the Region level, the Region Chairman will advise the State Chairman of the protest and date of the hearing. The Region Chairman will appoint a committee to rule on the protest.
8.2.2 In the event of an infraction by a Region committee member or a Region committee, the irregularity must be reported to the President of the respective Region, the State Horsemastership chairman and the State President.
SEC. 9.0 State Champions List
At the 2002 Annual Convention gender designation was removed from all divisions. In 2003 the championship listings were amended to reflect the change. For a list of recipients refer to the State Awards and Recognition section of this book.
H 13 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
H 14 Adopted November 2015
JUDGES COMMISSION
SEC. 1.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Commission Members and Term ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 License Requirements ...... 5 SEC. 4.0 Hearings ...... 11 SEC. 5.0 Pilot Program Judges ...... 13 SEC. 6.0 List of CSHA Judges ...... 14 SEC. 7.0 Other Approved Judges ...... 14
JC 1 Adopted November2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
JC 2 Adopted November2015
At the 1978 Convention the Judges Commission was established as a Standing committee. The purpose of the committee is to review judges’ license applications, test applicants and resolve complaints and protests filed against CSHA licensed judges.
SEC. 1.0 General Rules
1.1 CSHA does not issue or recognize CSHA guest judges’ cards.
1.2 All CSHA licensed English and/or Western and Parade judges, while judging, must be in possession of a current CSHA rulebook and a current West Coast Horse Show (WCHS) rulebook.
1.3 All CSHA licensed Gymkhana judges, while judging, must be in possession of a current CSHA Gymkhana rulebook.
1.4 All CSHA licensed Trail Trials and Drill Team judges, while working at an event, must be in possession of the current CSHA Trail Trials and Drill Team program rules as applicable.
1.5 While working in their official capacity as a CSHA judge or judge applicant, a judge or judge applicant will not publicly act, incite or permit another judge or applicant to act in a manner deemed libelous, slanderous, improper, unethical, dishonest, unsportsmanlike, intemperate, immoral, inhumane or prejudicial to the best interest of CSHA.
1.6 A judge may be approached by an applicant in one of two capacities; i.e. to learn or to specifically fulfill the judge’s license requirements related to junior judging. All judges should make themselves available to an individual wishing to learn.
1.6.1 A judge may not refuse an applicant’s specific request to junior judge (to fulfill licensing requirements). However, the judge may choose the specific event to work with the applicant.
1.6.2 The judge will return the completed confidential reference sheet to the Judge’s Commission chairman within 14 days of receipt. Failure to do so will be reported to the Commission by the chairman for their review and possible disciplinary action.
1.7 Individuals living outside of California may apply for a CSHA judge’s license. Qualifications will be the same as for California residents.
1.8 Judges will dress in a manner consistent with the type and quality of the event to be judged. Tank tops, T-shirts, cut-offs, sandals, and less than clean attire is considered inappropriate.
JC 3 Adopted November2015 1.9 At the discretion of the Judges Commission, all new judges may be asked to meet with the Commission during their first two (2) years, which is considered a probationary period, for a review.
1.9.1 At the discretion of the Judges Commission, all new judges may be asked to meet with the Commission during their first two (2) years, which is considered a probationary period, if there are any letters of concern to the Judges Commission.
1.9.1.1 Depending upon the seriousness of the concerns, the Judges Commission may choose to write a letter of reprimand or extend the probationary period for up to six months.
1.10 In the event a judge is unable to fulfill a contracted judging obligation, the judge must:
a) Contact the appropriate CSHA Program Chair, the CSHA Judge’s Commission Chair, and; b) Contact event/show management, and; c) Make a diligent, timely and reasonable effort to find a replacement judge, to include, but not be limited to:
i. Calling all other appropriate CSHA judges; ii. Coordinating with the CSHA Program Chair.
1.11 At no time, while competitors are in the arena, may a Judge or show management have one or more pets in the arena.
SEC. 2.0 Commission Members and Term
2.1 The State President will appoint the chair of the Commission to a two year term and will appoint half to the Commission by license division one judge each from Gymkhana, Parade, Trail Trials, Drill Team and English in the odd numbered years for a two year term and subsequent Presidents will appoint half of the commission one judge each from Gymkhana, Parade, Trail Trials, Drill Team and Western in the even numbered years to a two year term.
2.2 The Commission is composed of eleven (11) CSHA licensed judges. Membership will consist of judges from each of the following divisions: Parade two (2), Gymkhana two (2), English one (1), Western one (1), Trail Trials two (2) and Drill Team two (2) judges. In addition, the Commission will have a chairman who may be from any division.
2.2.1 If the Commission licenses judges for a pilot program, the President will appoint one judge who has been licensed in the pilot discipline to the Commission.
2.2.2 The appointment will be for a one year term and there is no limit to the number of terms the judge may serve until such time as the pilot program becomes permanent or is abandoned.
2.2.3 If the pilot program is abandoned, the judge’s Commission term will immediately expire.
JC 4 Adopted November2015 2.2.4 If the pilot program becomes permanent, the discipline will automatically be entitled to two representatives on the Commission and Section 2.2 above will automatically be adjusted to reflect this addition at the next reprinting of the rulebook.
2.3 In the event expertise is required from one of the non-represented divisions, the chairman may temporarily appoint a judge from a non-represented division to the commission to assist with a specific complaint, protest or other matter. The appointment will be terminated upon completion of the issue at hand.
2.4 There shall be no limit to the number of two year terms a member may serve.
SEC. 3.0 License Requirements
3.1 New
3.1.1 Upon receiving a completed application, the Judge’s Commission Chair will mail to the applicant an updated or current process along with all the paper work necessary to complete all the requirements for the division applied for.
3.1.2 All applicants must:
3.1.2.1 Complete and submit an official CSHA judge’s license application. The application is available from the State office, Judges Commission chairman or the website. When requesting an application, applicants must state the division for which they wish to apply.
3.1.2.2 A separate application must be filed for each division. Divisions for application are Drill Team, English, Gymkhana, Parade, Trail Trials and Western.
3.1.2.3 Be at least eighteen (18) years of age.
3.1.2.4 Be a Senior, Life, or Family member in good standing.
3.1.2.5 Take and pass both a written and an oral examination. The passing score for the written examination required is a score of 85 or higher.
3.1.2.6 Submit a $50.00 non-refundable filing fee with each application.
3.1.3 Applicants will be required to junior judge under a currently licensed CSHA judge in the division for which the applicant has requested an application. The instructions that accompany the application will indicate the exact requirements.
3.1.3.1 An applicant holding a current license from a state or nationally recognized association in the same discipline as the one for which he/she is applying to CSHA may apply for a waiver of the junior judging requirements. The decision to waive any portion of the junior judging requirements is at the sole discretion of the Judges Commission.
JC 5 Adopted November2015 3.1.3.2 A CSHA judge currently licensed in Western and in good standing may apply for a waiver of the junior judging requirements for an English license. Said waiver to be granted at the discretion of the Judges Commission based on their review of the application, waiver request, judge’s file and resume submitted.
3.1.4 The applicant will be requested to provide personal references. No person who is a relative of the applicant may serve as a reference or referral. Instructions and exact requirements are included with the application.
3.1.4.1 Judges Commission members may not serve as a personal reference for an applicant.
3.1.4.2 Commission members may serve as Senior judge and provide a reference in that capacity.
3.1.5 The commission will review each application and all references. After the application has been approved, the applicant will be scheduled for the written and oral examinations.
3.1.6 The Judges Commission, in addition to any other valid grounds or reason, may refuse to issue a card, deny a renewal or revoke a judge’s card for any judge/applicant who meets one or more of the following criteria:
3.1.6.1 Has been convicted of a crime punishable by imprisonment in State or Federal prison, or who has been convicted of a crime involving moral turpitude.
3.1.6.2 Has made material misrepresentation or false statement to the Judges Commission in his or her application for a judge’s card or otherwise, or who fails to answer any material question on the judge’s application or in the judge’s process.
3.1.6.3 Is suspended from or has been denied judging privileges for cause, in USEF, AQHA, NRCHA, NRHA, APHA, ApHC, or any other recognized breed registry.
3.1.6.4 Has committed any acts in connection with the horse industry which were fraudulent or in violation of a trust or duty.
3.1.6.5 After accepting a judging commitment, has not made all reasonable effort to judge such show or has not timely communicated to show management any inability to complete such commitment.
3.1.6.6 Does not, at all times, conduct himself/herself in an exemplary and professional manner, such as not showing courtesy and respect towards show management, exhibitors and spectators and not wearing appropriate attire while judging a CSHA approved or sponsored show.
3.1.7 Trail Trial Senior Judge
JC 6 Adopted November2015 3.1.7.1 The Senior Judge will question the Junior Judge on rules and ask for opinions concerning the course, obstacles, locations of obstacles, safety concerns of obstacles, i.e., the critical thinking skills of the Junior Judge.
3.1.7.2 The Junior Judge will not be used as an obstacle judge.
3.1.7.3 The Junior Judge will conduct the obstacle judges' meeting on the day of the event.
3.1.7.4 The Junior Judge will pre-ride the course and obstacles with the Senior Judge with each obstacle judge present the day before or the day of the event prior to the first competing rider.
3.1.7.5 While being monitored by the Senior Judge, the Junior Judge will be an active participant in Senior Judge responsibilities during the event
3.2 Renewals
3.2.1 The CSHA judge’s license fee will be $20.00 per division (effective 2011).
3.2.2 All licenses must be renewed annually. The renewal fee payment must be postmarked no later than November 30th.
3.2.3 The State office will mail/email a license renewal notice. However, neither the failure of the State office to mail the form nor the failure of the judge to receive it shall be accepted as an excuse for failure to comply with rule 3.2.2.
3.2.4 License cards issued to new judges shall expire on December 31stof the year in which the card was issued.
3.2.4.1 Renewal license fees shall pay for a term of one year commencing on January 1st and ending on December 31st.
3.3 Mandatory Symposium Attendance
3.3.1 It will be mandatory for every CSHA judge to attend a CSHA sponsored symposium every two years. Exception - English/Western judges are required to attend a symposium that is held every three years .
3.3.1.1 A symposium for Drill Team judges will be held every year at the September Quarterly.
3.3.1.2 A symposium for English and Western judges will be held every three years at the January Quarterly. (beginning in 2014)
3.3.1.3 A symposium for Gymkhana judges will be held every year at the January Quarterly.
3.3.1.4 A symposium for Parade Judges will be held every odd year at the January Quarterly. (beginning in 2015)
JC 7 Adopted November2015 3.3.1.5 A symposium for Trail Trials judges will be held every even year at the January Quarterly (beginning in 2016).
3.3.2 At its discretion, the Judges Commission may approve a site other than the Quarterly Meeting site for a mandatory symposium to provide an enhanced learning experience for attendees. All judges in the affected discipline will be notified a minimum of 45 days in advance of the location change.
3.3.2.1 A symposium site that is within a 20 mile radius of the site of the Quarterly Meeting will be considered to be “at the Quarterly meeting” and not require any special approvals or advance notice to attendees other than the standard notice of the event.
3.3.3 If, due to an emergency, a judge cannot attend the appropriate symposium, the judge must notify the chairman of the Judges Commission prior to the start of the symposium, and write a letter of explanation to the Judges Commission within one (1) week following the symposium date. The Commission will meet to determine if the explanation is “emergency in nature.”
3.3.3.1 An "emergency" is defined as a sudden, unexpected occurrence or a set of circumstances that has taken place within one (1) month prior to the start of the symposium.
3.3.3.2 If the Commission determines that the explanation is not "emergency in nature", Sec. 3.0 License Requirements, sub section 3.4, rule 3.4.1 will be applied.
3.3.4 Attendance at Non CSHA Symposium
3.3.4.1 In lieu of a CSHA judge’s symposium, a judge may submit evidence of attendance at a non CSHA symposium/seminar/clinic in their licensed CSHA division(s).
3.3.4.2 If a judge feels that a symposium/seminar/clinic not specifically in their division would be of benefit, the judge may submit a written request along with a synopsis of the symposium/seminar/clinic to the Judges Commission for consideration.
3.3.4.3 In both cases, a written request for approval must be received and reviewed by the Judges Commission prior to the event in order for it to count in lieu of the CSHA sponsored symposium.
3.3.5 Remote Attendance at a Mandatory Symposium
3.3.5.1 Any request to attend a symposium via “remote attendance” must be submitted to the Judges’ Commission Chair prior to the start of the symposium.
3.3.5.2 The Judges Commission will review the request and determine whether or not the planned curriculum will lend itself to remote attendance and advise the judge of its decision.
JC 8 Adopted November2015 3.3.5.3 If approval is granted, it is the responsibility of the judge making the request to pay all costs and make any arrangements necessary to effect the remote attendance.
3.3.5.4 A judge utilizing remote attendance will be sent a copy of all hand outs and literature in advance and will be required to pay any symposium fee that has been applied to the event.
3.3.5.5 Remote attendance may not be utilized to meet the consecutive attendance requirement.
3.4 Automatic Suspensions and Revocations
3.4.1 Failure to maintain membership status as noted in 3.1.2.4 or to comply with rules in 3.2 Renewals or 3.3 Mandatory Symposium Attendance will result in an automatic six month suspension and a fine of $100.00 which is to be paid to the State Office so as to be received no later than 60 days from the first day of the suspension.
3.4.1.1 If the suspension was for non-payment of membership dues, the suspension will be effective on the first day the CSHA membership is no longer in good standing as noted in the Bylaws.
3.4.1.2 If the suspension was for non-payment of renewal fees, the suspension will be effective January 1.
3.4.1.2.1 Any judge so suspended will be automatically reinstated July 1st, provided the judge’s license renewal fee was postmarked no later than December 31st of the prior year and the fine has been paid within the allotted time frame.
3.4.1.3 If the suspension was for non-compliance with symposium attendance rules, the suspension will begin on the first day the judge is in violation of Rule 3.3 Mandatory Symposium Attendance; i.e. the day after the CSHA sponsored symposium at which attendance was required.
3.4.1.3.1 Any judge so suspended will be automatically reinstated 6 months from the effective date provided the fine has been paid within the allotted time frame.
3.4.2 Appeals
3.4.2.1 Any judge may appeal the suspension and/or the fine by writing to the Head Judge of the Judges Commission and requesting to present his/her case before the Commission at the next Commission meeting.
3.4.2.2 If a review is requested, the suspension will be in effect until such time as the review is conducted by the Commission. Payment of the $100.00 fine will be held in abeyance until completion of the review.
JC 9 Adopted November2015 3.4.2.3 After reviewing the appeal, The Commission, at its discretion, may uphold the original suspension and fine, waive the suspension and/or the fee, or reduce the suspension and/or the fine.
3.4.2.4 If the fine is upheld in any amount, the fine must be paid to the State Office so as to arrive no later than 60 days from the date of the appeals hearing.
3.4.3 Revocation
3.4.3.1 If a judge fails to pay the prescribed fine within the time limits allowed and/or fails to refrain from performing judging duties in the role of a CSHA licensed judge, the judge’s license in that discipline will be automatically revoked.
3.4.3.2 Any time a license has been suspended two times in any sixty (60) month period for failure to comply with rules in part 3.2 Renewals or 3.3 Mandatory Symposium Attendance, the judge’s license in that discipline will be automatically revoked.
3.4.3.3 If a license is revoked for either of the reasons noted above, the individual will not be eligible to reapply for a license in that discipline or apply for a new license in any other discipline for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of revocation.
3.5 Any action taken to suspend, revoke or levy a fine with regard to symposium attendance or payment of a license renewal fee will affect only that specific license held by the individual judge and not any others that he or she may hold.
3.6 Any action taken to suspend, revoke or levy a fine with regard to failure of a judge to renew CSHA membership will affect all CSHA licenses held by that judge.
3.7 Lifetime Judge’s License
3.7.1 The Commission may award an honorary lifetime license status to a judge in any individual discipline, after the retirement of the judge from that particular discipline, for the purpose of honoring that judge’s attainment of the highest levels of integrity, knowledge of that discipline, contributions toward promoting that discipline within CSHA and the equine world and length of service to CSHA in this capacity.
3.7.2 Any person(s) wishing to nominate a judge shall submit a letter to the Judges Commission Chair which should detail the reason they feel the judge should be so honored.
3.7.2.1 Each person involved in the nomination must print and sign their name to the letter.
3.7.3 If the nomination is from a Region or CSHA club, it must be signed by the Region or club President and a copy of the minutes from the meeting where the nomination was approved must be attached to the letter.
JC 10 Adopted November2015 3.7.4 The Judges Commission chair will invite written recommendations from the State President, First Vice President, Area Vice Presidents and the Region President for the Region in which the nominee resides, as well as the State Chair for the program related to that judging discipline.
3.7.5 The nomination and all recommendations will be reviewed by the Judges Commission and a decision made as to whether or not an award is appropriate within 90 days of original receipt. Any award will be based on the Commission’s review of the nomination(s) and recommendation(s), as well as any personal observations presented by Commission members during the review.
3.7.6 A decision by the Commission to not make an award must not be construed in any way to be a “vote of no confidence” for that individual judge.
3.7.7 A Judge who has been awarded an honorary lifetime license will:
3.7.7.1 Be presented an appropriate plaque commemorating the award by the Judges Commission.
3.7.7.2 Be listed in the CSHA Judges Roster in a separate grouping titled “Honorary Lifetime Judge” noting the discipline and stipulating that this is not an active license.
3.7.7.3 Not be required to pay any yearly renewal fee for the honorary license.
3.7.7.4 Not be restricted from maintaining other active CSHA licenses in other divisions.
3.7.7.5 Not be considered an active judge in that discipline and has no authority to serve in that discipline as a CSHA licensed judge.
3.7.7.6 Should a judge elect to re-apply for and be granted an active license in that discipline with CSHA, the honorary license will be placed “on hold” and re-activated automatically if the judge again retires from that discipline.
SEC. 4.0 Hearings
4.1 The Judges Commission will not review any complaint, protest or correspondence of any type submitted to them about a judge for that judge’s actions in any capacity other than as a CSHA Judge. If any such correspondence, complaint or protest is received, the Chair will immediately return said documentation and any fee provided to the person with a written explanation. A copy of the Chair’s explanation is to be sent to the State President for information only and read into the Judge’s Commission minutes at their next meeting in closed session for record keeping purposes and is to be kept confidential by the President and the Commission members.
4.1.1 All complaints and protests will be retained in a judge’s file for a period of five (5) years from the date of the review/hearing and will be considered in future hearings within the specified time frame.
4.1.2 The decision of the Judges Commission may be appealed to the Board of Directors. JC 11 Adopted November2015
4.1.2.1 The appeal shall be accepted upon receipt of a written request accompanied by pertinent information.
4.1.2.2 The Board will consider the appeal and if deemed appropriate will proceed according to Roberts Rules of Order.
4.1.3 If a complaint or protest is upheld, the fee shall be returned. If it is overruled, the fee shall be forfeited.
4.1.4 Following the review, the Commission will correspond with the parties involved to advise them of the committee’s decision and any action taken.
4.2 Letters of Concern
4.2.1 A letter of concern regarding a CSHA licensed judge will be reviewed by the Judges Commission. Based on the review the Commission may:
4.2.1.1 Verbally counsel the judge 4.2.1.2 Require the judge to work with another licensed judge and/or attend a seminar, symposium or clinic.
4.2.2 The letter will be maintained in the judge’s file for a period of three (3) years. During that time, the letter may be reviewed if an additional complaint or protest is filed against the judge.
4.3 Complaints
4.3.1 A complaint must be filed in writing, be signed by the complainant, be addressed to the chairman of the Judges Commission and accompanied by a fifty dollar ($50.00) fee. No copies will be mailed to any other party by either the complaining party or the Judges Commission chairman.
4.3.1.1 Exception: A copy will be sent, by the Judges Commission chairman, to the judge against whom the complaint was filed.
4.3.2 The chairman will correspond with the parties involved and the complaint will be presented to the Judges Commission at the next Quarterly meeting.
4.3.3 If the Judges Commission deems it to be a valid complaint, all parties will be notified and heard at the next scheduled meeting.
4.3.4 The Judge’s Commission may elect to verbally council; work with the judge; ask the judge to work with another judge of the same discipline who shall send a written report back to the Commission; request the judge attend training clinics and/or seminars; issue a written reprimand or issue a formal suspension of judging privileges. The suspension of judging privileges to last no longer than six months.
4.4 Protests
JC 12 Adopted November2015 4.4.1 A protest must be filed in writing, be signed by the protester(s) and accompanied by a one hundred dollar ($100.00) fee. If the protest involves a minor, it must be signed by the minor’s parent or legal guardian.
4.4.2 The protest must address specific violations of the CSHA rulebook and/or the WCHS rulebook.
4.4.3 The original protest must be mailed to the chairman of the Judges Commission via certified mail with a copy to the State President with no other copies to be distributed to any other parties.
4.4.3.1 If the matter involves a Gymkhana or horse show, the Judges Commission chairman will mail a copy to the judge involved and the appropriate show secretary. No other copies are to be distributed by any party involved.
4.4.3.2 The protest must be postmarked, certified mail, no later than forty eight (48) hours after the rule violation occurs.
4.4.4 All protests must be resolved no later than the second Quarterly meeting following the receipt of the protest.
4.4.5 All parties involved will be advised in writing a minimum of two weeks prior as to the date, time and location of the hearing. All parties will have the right to speak before the Commission and have witnesses heard by the Commission.
4.4.5.1 If a witness cannot appear at the hearing in person, a notarized affidavit will be accepted.
4.4.5.2 These procedures may be changed to fit the circumstances, but must be agreeable to all parties concerned.
4.4.6 The Commission will take action against a Judge guilty of a rule violation. Said action may include, but will not be limited to a verbal and/or written reprimand. Said judge to work with another judge, attend clinics and/or seminars etc., Send a letter or censure, a formal suspension of judging privileges, or revocation of judging license.
4.4.6.1 In addition to or in place of the aforementioned actions the Commission may impose a reasonable fine not to exceed $200.00 per protest.
SEC. 5.0 Pilot Program Judges
5.1 If a pilot program is established within CSHA that requires judges, the Judges Commission will work with the creators of the program to develop an appropriate procedure to provide a qualified pool of licensed judges for that program as soon as possible and prior to the program’s first official competition year.
5.2 All licenses issued for the pilot program will be considered provisional during the pilot stage of the program.
JC 13 Adopted November2015 5.3 All judges issued the provisional license will be subject to all rules as published in the CSHA Rule Book under Judges Commission and to the published rules of the pilot program affecting judges.
5.4 The Judges Commission will sponsor and/or approve at least one symposium as part of the licensing procedure for the first group of judges. Attendance will be mandatory in order to receive a provisional license. After this initial symposium and licensing, applicants will be required to follow the standard application process.
5.5 All provisional licenses will convert to standard licenses when the pilot program is accepted as a formal CSHA program.
5.5.1 All provisional licenses will be immediately null and void if the pilot program is abandoned by CSHA.
5.6 The Judges Commission will sponsor a symposium within six months of the pilot program’s acceptance as a formal CSHA program with attendance mandatory for all judges licensed for that program.
5.6.1 Symposium attendance frequency for those judges will be determined by resolution at the next state convention.
SEC. 6.0 List of CSHA Judges
A current list of CSHA licensed judges may be obtained from the State office or the website:
CSHA P.O. Box 1228 Clovis, CA93613 (559) 325-1055 Fax (559) 325-1056 www.californiastatehorsemen.com
SEC. 7.0 Other Approved Judges
7.1 The CSHA Judges Commission presently recognizes judges licensed by the following associations with the exceptions noted. This list is published here as a courtesy. All additions and deletions are at the sole discretion of the Judges Commission and do not require a resolution. Please see the specific program rules for additional exceptions.
JC 14 Adopted November2015
7.2 English-Western Judging
AHA Arabian Horse Association NSBA National Snaffle Bit Association
AMHA American Morgan Horse Association PHBA Palomino Horse Association of America
APHA American Paint Horse Association POA Pony of the Americans Club
APHCA Appaloosa Horse Club PtHA Pinto Horse Association of America
AQHA American Quarter Horse Association USEF United States Equestrian Federation
NRCHA* National Reined Cow Horse Association WPCSA Welsh Pony & Cob Society of America, Inc
NRHA* National Reining Horse Association
*Recognized for reining classes or reining only shows
7.3 Drill Team
Blue Shadows Mounted Drill Team (BSMDT) Level 3 senior carded.
JC 15 Adopted November2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
JC 16 Adopted November2015 PARADE
SEC. 1.0 Parade High Point program ...... 3 1.1 Program registration 3 1.3 High point parade classes 3 SEC. 2.0 Classifications and Rules ...... 4 2.1 Mounted Groups 4 2.2 Charro/Charra Mounted Group 6 2.3 Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group and Authentic Novelty Mounted Group 6 2.4 Family Mounted Group 7 2.5 Color Guard 7 2.6 Set of Four 8 2.7 Matched Pairs 9 2.8 English Matched Pairs 9 2.9 Spanish Matched Pairs 9 2.10 Silver Mounted 10 2.11 Parade Horse and Parade Pony 10 2.12 Fancy Parade Horse 11 2.13 Plain Western 12 2.14 Working Western 12 2.15 Fancy Dressed Western 13 2.16 Arabian Native Costume 13 2.17 Charro/Charra Costume 14 2.18 Indian Costume (Native American) 15 2.19 Spanish Costume 15 2.20 Sidesaddle (1840-1900) 16 2.21 Novelty or Fiesta Costume and Authentic Novelty Costume 17 2.22 Future Horseman 18 2.23 Junior Equestrian 18 2.24 Vehicle Class 19 2.25 Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle Group 20 2.26 Vaquero 21 2.27 Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle 22 2.28 Mule Class (pilot class for 2015-2017) 23 SEC. 3.0 Points and Qualifications ...... 24 SEC. 4.0 Contestant Rules ...... 27 SEC. 5.0 Additional Junior Information/Rules ...... 28 SEC. 6.0 Judge’s Guidelines ...... 29 SEC. 7.0 Parade High Point Bulletin...... 30 SEC. 8.0 Individual Violations and Penalties ...... 31 SEC. 9.0 Complaints and Protests against Judges ...... 32 SEC. 10.0 Recommended Procedure for Parade Contestants ...... 32 SEC. 11.0 State Championship Parade (SCP) ...... 32 SEC. 12.0 Rules of Ethics for State Championship Parade ...... 33 SEC. 13.0 Special and Perpetual Awards ...... 34 SEC. 14.0 Championship Parade Financial Audit ...... 38 SEC. 15.0 Parader’s Grant ...... 39
P 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
P 2 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 1.0 Parade High Point program
1.1 Program registration
1.1.1 Program fees are: Single rider or vehicle $ 20.00 Matched pair $ 20.00 Color guard or group $ 35.00 High point award fee $ 20.00 per rider
Contestants have the option of submitting one fee for one high point award or multiple fees for multiple awards. All fees are payable at time of registration and are non-refundable with no exception. Current CSHA membership is required to register and must be maintained. Contestants must always be members in good standing of CSHA.
1.1.2 Points will be credited from an application’s postmark date.
1.2 To qualify for year-end high point awards, participants must register in the Parade Program (see 1.1 above) and pay the appropriate current award fee per class entered and have ridden in and placed in 5 parade events, 2 of which may be grand entries.
1.2.1 Participants in a group class; e.g. Matched Pair, Color Guard, etc., may submit more than one award fee in order to secure awards for individual members.
1.2.2 All award fees must accompany the original application and will not be accepted at a later date.
1.2.3 All award fees are non-refundable with no exceptions.
1.3 High point parade classes
Arabian Costume Matched Pairs Authentic Novelty Costume Miniature Horse/ Miniature Mule Vehicle Authentic Novelty Mounted Group Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle Group Charro/Charra Costume Mounted Group Charro/Charra Mounted Group Mule (pilot class 2015-2017) Color Guard Novelty or Fiesta Costume Drill Team Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group Early California Spanish Costume Parade Horse Family Mounted Group Plain Western Fancy Dressed Western Pony Drawn Vehicle Fancy Parade Horse Sets of Four Future Horseman – Costume Sheriff’s Posse Future Horseman – Western Sidesaddle Costume Horse Drawn Vehicle Silver Mounted Indian Costume (Native American) Vaquero Junior Equestrian Working Western
P 3 Adopted November 2015
1.3.1 Contestants may register in the Authentic Novelty class or Authentic Novelty Mounted Group class if portraying an actual individual(s) in history.
1.3.2 The following High Point classes will be offered as follows without any further breakdown. Junior and senior classes may not be combined.
1.3.2.1 Junior competition only: Junior Equestrian, Future Horseman-Costume, Future Horseman-Western.
1.3.2.2 Open competition only: Sheriff’s Posse
1.3.2.3 All other classes as published can be offered as junior and senior
1.4 It is the responsibility of the high point participant to register in the appropriate class and age group. See other rules regarding combination of ages within group classes.
1.5 Western includes Plain Western, Working Western, Fancy Dressed, Parade Horse or Pony, Fancy Parade, Western Matched Pairs. Costume classes include Authentic Novelty, Authentic Novelty Mounted Group, Arabian, Charro/Charra, Charro/Charra Mounted Group, Indian, Lady’s Sidesaddle, Spanish and Novelty or Fiesta.
1.6 The term “horse” as used in the following sections refers to a horse, mule, pony, miniature horse or miniature mule. Any equine may be used provided it is appropriate to the rider and/or to the specific rules of the class selected.
SEC. 2.0 Classifications and Rules
2.1 Mounted Groups
2.1.1 Sheriff’s Posse
2.1.2 Dress Uniform Groups
Specific rules govern the judging of these groups. At the discretion of the Parade committee, this class may be divided as follows: • Groups with maneuvers (drill teams) • Groups without maneuvers • Working group • Silver Mounted group • Charro group (see Charro/Charra Mounted group and Charro/Charra costume
2.1.3 Qualifications
2.1.3.1 A Mounted group must carry any combination of four (4) flags (American State, organizational, other) riding abreast. The American flag must be carried to the right. American flagpoles are to have eagle tops, while the other poles must have matching spears or pikes. Spears will be positioned in a like manner. Flag carriers do not constitute a separate color guard. Groups carrying other organizational flags and several
P 4 Adopted November 2015 American flags more than four (4) total flags will group all American flags together. American flags will precede all other flags. U.S. Office of Protocol in Washington, D.C. sets the standards for all flag display, even in parades.
2.1.3.2 At no time and under no circumstances will the American flag or any combinations of American flags be asked to back up during inspection, pre-judging or while on the parade route.
2.1.3.3 The inclusion of flags will be judged under uniformity of tack and equipment. Flags are to be unfurled during all phases of judging, unless otherwise instructed by the judge.
2.1.3.4 Size of Group: 10 points will be given for a group consisting of nine (9) riders. Two points each will be subtracted for less than nine riders and one point each added for more than nine riders, up to nineteen (19) riders.
2.1.3.5 Mounted groups and Sheriff’s Posse will be severely penalized when group captain (or Sheriff) precedes the colors.
2.1.3.6 Up to two (2) juniors may ride in a senior Mounted Group and up to two (2) seniors may ride in a junior Mounted Group without penalty. Any inappropriately aged riders over this number will be penalized. Number of points to be assessed will be at the judge’s discretion.
2.1.3.7 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 20 (attractive & distinctive, matching) Uniformity of mounts 20 (matching as to color & size) (good conformation, physical conditions and manners) Uniformity of tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 5 Alignment and spacing 10 Maneuvers 5 Size of group 10 Total: 100
P 5 Adopted November 2015
2.2 Charro/Charra Mounted Group
2.2.1 See Charro/Charra Costume class for tack and costume requirements.
2.2.2 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 40 (attractive & distinctive, clean and in good repair) Uniformity of mounts 20 (matching as to color & size) (good conformation, physical conditions and manners) Uniformity and authenticity of tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 10 Total: 100
2.3 Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group and Authentic Novelty Mounted Group
2.3.1 Novelty costumes to be unique, distinctive and original (may carry out the theme of the parade). Not to be judged for authenticity.
2.3.2 Authentic Novelty costumes must be authentic or replica thereof. Complete costume is to match era and age of what the rider is depicting.
2.3.3 Novelty and Authentic Novelty may be split at the championship parade at the discretion of the championship parade committee. If the riders are to be judged together, all will be judged according to these rules.
2.3.4 Contestants must designate Novelty or Authentic Novelty when registering in the Parade program.
2.3.5 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 30 (authenticity to count in Authentic class) Mount(s) 20 (conformation, physical condition and manners) Equipment 20 (authentic and in working condition in Authentic class) Horsemanship 20 Total: 100
P 6 Adopted November 2015
2.4 Family Mounted Group
2.4.1 Flags required when entering the Mounted Group class. Flags are not required when entering the Family Mounted Group class.
2.4.2 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 20 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) (matching preferable) Uniformity of Mount(s) 15 (matching as to color) (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Mounts suitable to riders 15 Uniformity of tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 10 Alignment and spacing 10 Total: 100
2.5 Color Guard
2.5.1 A color guard consists of four (maximum five) riders riding abreast carrying any combination of at least four flags (American, State, organizational, other) provided the American flag is carried to the right. American flagpoles are to have eagle tops while the other poles must have matching spears or pikes. Spears will be carried in a like manner. U.S. Office of Protocol in Washington, D.C. sets the standards for all flag display, even in parades.
2.5.1.1 A military or quasi-military color guard will have one (1) mounted, armed, guard on each side of the line of colors and these two will be judged as part of the color guard.
2.5.1.2 A military color guard may carry two (2) or more flags of other nations in color guard formation. The American flagpole will have an eagle on top while other flagpoles must have matching spears or pikes.
2.5.1.3 One junior may ride in a senior color guard. One senior may ride in a junior color guard. Color guard competition will include an open division of two juniors and two seniors.
2.5.1.4 Color guards will be severely penalized when captain precedes the colors.
2.5.1.5 Flags are to be unfurled during all phases of judging unless otherwise instructed by the judge.
2.5.1.6 At no time and under no circumstances will the American flag or any combination of American flags be asked to back up during inspection, pre-judging or while on the parade route.
P 7 Adopted November 2015
2.5.2 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 20 (attractive & distinctive, matching) Uniformity of Mount(s) 20 (matching as to color & size) (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Uniformity of tack and equipment 20 Alignment and spacing 15 Maneuvers 5 Horsemanship and equitation 10 Total: 100
2.6 Set of Four
2.6.1 Flags required when entering the color guard class. Flags not required in the Set of Four.
2.6.2 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 20 (attractive & distinctive, matching) Uniformity of Mount(s) 20 (matching as to color & size) (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Uniformity of tack and equipment 20 Alignment and spacing 15 Horsemanship 15 Total: 100
P 8 Adopted November 2015
2.7 Matched Pairs
2.7.1 Matched Pairs are not limited to Western, English or Spanish Matched Pairs. Matched Pairs costumes and tack may depict any class presently detailed in these parade rules.
2.7.2 Pairs must ride together, not individually.
2.7.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costumes 30 (attractive & distinctive, matching, clean and pressed) Mount(s) 20 (matching as to conformation, color & size) (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Uniformity of tack and equipment 20
Horsemanship and equitation as a pair 20 Total: 100
2.8 English Matched Pairs
2.8.1 English Matched Pairs will be judged the same as class 2.7, with English dress, tack and equipment.
2.9 Spanish Matched Pairs
2.9.1 Tack and equipment: Colorful Mexican serapes. Matching silver mounted Spanish bridles, Spanish bits and Spanish (not running) martingales. Matching quirts and saddle blankets. Ladies to have fans. Lady riding sidesaddle counts over western silver or Charro. Man riding Early California Spanish saddle counts over western silver or Charro. Silver Spanish spurs are preferable to Charro spurs.
2.9.2 Costumes
2.9.2.1 Spanish Man’s costume Spanish Don costume to be distinctive and colorful with heavy embroidery, braid and jewels. Sash and the pant leg inserts will be color of lady’s dress. The hat is to be a Spanish flat crown and flat brim. Spanish Don boots.
2.9.2.2 Spanish Lady’s costume Early California Spanish dress to have a fitted bodice and long ruffled skirt. The bodice neckline will be three (3) inches below the throat. Long sleeves with lace mitts are preferable to cap sleeves and long gloves. The lady will wear mantilla with Spanish comb and flower in her hair. Appropriate undergarments for early California Spanish dress. Fan and quirt to be carried. Early California Spanish type shoes with a Cuban heel.
P 9 Adopted November 2015
2.9.2.3 Optional Spanish Lady’s costume Spanish riding habit consisting of a bolero jacket, blouse with a butterfly bow tie and divided skirt and a Spanish flat crowned and flat brimmed hat. Appropriate undergarments and Spanish type shoes with a Cuban heel. Gloves worn and quirt carried.
2.9.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Early California Spanish costume 30 (authenticity to count) (attractive, distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (matching to conformation, color & size) (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.10 Silver Mounted
2.10.1 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 20 (suitable fancy attire in harmony with silver equipment) (attractive, distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) (suitable to show silver equipment and tack) Tack and equipment 40 (sterling silver to count over others. Amount, cleanliness, Quality & uniformity of the appearance of the sterling to count over other metals.) Horsemanship and equitation 10 Total: 100
2.11 Parade Horse and Parade Pony
2.11.1 High stepping and showy animals of any breed, the Parade Horse will be shown at an animated walk and at a parade gait. The parade gait will be shown in front of the reviewing stand in a fifty foot (50’) area and the remainder of the parade to be shown at a parade walk.
2.11.2 The animated walk will be a graceful four (4) beat, straight, brisk movement, but not a jog-trot, and slow enough to differentiate between the animated walk and the parade gait.
2.11.3 The parade gait will be a true straight, high-prancing movement, square, collected and balanced, with hock well under, the maximum speed five (5) mph. (It is
P 10 Adopted November 2015 recommended that a 50 ft. stretch be marked off and a horse covering it in less than seven (7) seconds be faulted.)
2.11.4 Tack and equipment: Suitable to compliment a horse performing parade gaits. Tack may have appointments of sterling silver, German silver, stainless steel, monel or plastic.
2.11.5 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 15 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 15 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 15 Parade Gait (shown in line of march) 25 Parade Walk (shown in pre-judging) 5 Horsemanship and equitation 15 Total: 100
2.12 Fancy Parade Horse
2.12.1 Tack and equipment: Tack may have appointments of sterling silver, German silver, stainless steel, monel or plastic.
2.12.2 Costume: attractive, distinctive, clean and pressed
2.12.3 Mount: High stepping and spirited parade type.
2.12.4 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Attire 20 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 30 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 20 (suitable equipment to complement a horse performing parade gaits) Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
P 11 Adopted November 2015
2.13 Plain Western
2.13.1 Costume: Western hat, tie, pants with belt loops, belt, shirt, boots. Spurs, gloves, chaps are optional. Female riders may substitute split skirt for pants. The split skirt must have belt loops and be boot top length or longer when the rider is sitting astride the horse.
2.13.2 Tack and equipment: Western saddle, bridle, and saddle blanket or pad. Silver, chrome or stainless steel will not count.
2.13.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (suitable working type, good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.14 Working Western
2.14.1 Costume: Western hat, tie, pants with belt loops, belt, shirt, boots, spurs, gloves, chaps, piggin string. Female riders may substitute split skirts for pants. The split skirt must have belt loops and be boot top length or longer when the rider is sitting astride the horse.
2.14.2 Silver equipment will not count. Standard working equipment will count over chrome or stainless steel. Equipment: Rope or riata, tie rope and/or hobbles, slicker, canteen, working tool kit and revolver (type optional) of any caliber fitted into holster and gun belt, shells mounted on gun belt are to match caliber of sidearm, and breast collar to match western saddle. Working tool kit to consist of horseshoe(s) and nails of size to fit mount, fencing tool (i.e. Fencemaster), fence staples, extra wire and hoof pick. All other tool kit equipment to be optional. Additional consideration will be given for a rifle suitable to the year of contestant’s depiction carried in a suitable scabbard.
2.14.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 20 Mount 25 (good conformation, physical condition and manners; size of mount suitable to rider; capable of handling a calf or steer in a working situation.) Tack and equipment 25 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
P 12 Adopted November 2015
2.15 Fancy Dressed Western
2.15.1 Costume: Western hat, tie gloves, shirt, pants with belt loops, belt, and boots flattering to the western gentlemen or lady. The heavy use of embroidery, sequins, rhinestones, fringes and other decorative trim is permitted. Pants may be either bell bottom or stove pipe. Stove pipe pants must be fitted into California high top boots. Female riders may substitute split skirts for pants. The split skirt must have belt loops and be boot top length or longer when the rider is sitting astride the horse.
2.15.2 Tack and equipment: Fancy western saddle of any color with silver to count in moderation (horn cap, nameplate, buckles and conchos to count over standard fancy tooled western saddle). Breast collar, bridle and reins to match in style and color. Western type bit. Fancy, leather-covered canteen, riata and/or tie rope are required. The reins must be split or romal type. Hobbles are optional. Western spurs required. Matching saddlebags are optional.
2.15.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (suitable working type of any breed, with good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.16 Arabian Native Costume
2.16.1 Costume: Riders will be attired in an Arabian costume with flowing cape or cloak, pantaloons, headdress, scarf or sash.
2.16.2 Mount: Arabian horses will be shown with fringe, tapestry or tassels, depicting colorful regalia. They will be shown with bridle, hackamore (nor mechanical), or suitable headstall which will enable the rider to have full control of the horse.
2.16.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (authenticity not to count) (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (Arabian characteristics, good conformation, physical condition and manners) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
P 13 Adopted November 2015
2.17 Charro/Charra Costume
The Charro is a person who holds the same status as a great horseman or well-to-do rancher. There are three basic costumes that a Charro may wear.
2.17.1 Working: CharroPachuqueno shirt, 1¼” standing collar with butterfly bow tie; tight fitting pants with small flare over instep and heel; plain felt, hair or straw sombrero, low Bota boots; Mexican silver spurs; Mexican double gun belt and side arms; quirt; tight fitting chaps.
2.17.2 Show ring: CharroPachuqueno shirt, 1¼” standing collar with butterfly bow tie; a bolero jacket; tight fitting pants with small flare over instep and heel; pants to be embroidered and with silver buttons down the length of the pants from the hip to the knee and interlaced with silver cords; felt or hair sombrero, low Bota boots; Mexican silver spurs; Mexican double gun belt and side arms; quirt.
2.17.3 Ball or Fiesta: CharroPachuqueno shirt, 1¼” standing collar with butterfly bow tie; a heavily embroidered with silver or braid bolero jacket; tight filling pants with a flare at the instep and heel heavily embroidered with silver buttons down the full length of pants and interlaced with silver cord; felt or hair sombrero; low Bota boots; Mexican silver spurs; Mexican double gun belt and side arms; quirt.
2.17.4 Tack and equipment: Charro saddle; a Charro martingale (not running) or breast collar to match saddle; Mexican bed roll; Mexican rawhide riata or rope (25 to 50 feet); bridle and bosal; Mexican silver inlay bit; machete. Saddle bags are optional.
2.17.5 Mount: Suitable working type, spirited but under complete control.
2.17.6 Charra: Felt, hair or straw sombrero; fancy white blouse with butterfly bow tie; a bolero jacket; matching full culottes type riding skirt; soft leather calf high boots with Cuban or high heel; Mexican silver spurs (with side saddle, only one spur is worn); Mexican double gun belt and side arms; quirt.
2.17.7 Tack and Equipment: Charro saddle or Charra side saddle. A martingale (not running) or breast collar to match saddle. Mexican bed roll; bridle and bosal; machete; Mexican silver inlay bit. Saddle bags are optional.
2.17.8 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (Authenticity to count) (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) (Spirited. Suitable working type) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
P 14 Adopted November 2015
2.18 Indian Costume (Native American)
2.18.1 Man – Authentic costume of any tribe or Indian nation
Ceremonial: Ceremonial dress of any nation or tribe. Deerskin to be rated over cowhide or fabric; cloth not considered fabric for many tribes. Some tribes, such as Navajo, wore cloth. Authentic beadwork will rate over all other designs. Headdress or head feathers representative of the tribe or nation portrayed.
2.18.2 Woman: To be judged same as Indian man with the exception that women will wear type dress of their tribe or nation. No headdress is allowable in any woman’s class. However, a woman may wear one, but no more than three feathers in her hair. Head feathers representative of the tribe or nation portrayed.
2.18.3 Mount: To be sturdy breed of any type. Appaloosa, Paint or Pinto to be rated over any other color or breed.
2.18.4 Tack and equipment: Bareback preferable, however, there will be no penalty for the use of a McClelland saddle and Army bit.
2.18.5 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (authenticity to count)) (in good repair) Mount 20 (Good conformation, physical condition and manners. Spirited. Horse suitable for rider) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.19 Spanish Costume
2.19.1 Spanish Man’s Costume: Spanish Don costume will be distinctive and colorful, heavily embroidered with braid and jewels. A colorful sash will be worn, Spanish flat crown hat with a flat brim. Spanish Don boots.
2.19.2 Tack and equipment: Colorful Mexican serape to complement the horse and costume of rider. Early California Spanish saddle preferred over western or Charro saddle. Spanish silver mounted bridle, Spanish bit and Spanish martingale (not running), silver Spanish spurs.
2.19.3 Spanish Lady’s costume: Early California Spanish dress will have a fitted bodice and long ruffled skirt. Bodice neckline will be three (3) inches below the throat. Long sleeves with lace mitts are preferable to cap sleeves and long gloves. Ladies will wear lace mantilla with Spanish comb and flower in her hair. Appropriate undergarments for Early California Spanish dress. Fan and quirt to be carried. Early California Spanish type shoes.
P 15 Adopted November 2015
2.19.4 Optional Lady’s costume: Distinctive and colorful Spanish riding habit with a bolero jacket, white blouse with butterfly bow tie and culottes type riding skirt. Spanish flat crown and flat brimmed hat. Appropriate undergarments and Spanish type boots. Gloves worn and a quirt will be carried.
2.19.5 Tack and Equipment: Colorful Mexican serape to complement the horse and costume of rider. Preference given to Spanish sidesaddle over western or English saddle., Spanish silver mounted bridle, Spanish bit and Spanish martingale (not running).
2.19.6 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Early California Spanish costume 30 (authenticity to count, attractive, distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners. Spirited. Horse should be suitable for a woman rider) Tack and equipment 20 Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.20 Sidesaddle (1840-1900)
2.20.1 Period Costume: An afternoon suit or dress, to fit the year of the saddle, with appropriate undergarments, stockings and shoes worn in that era.
2.20.2 Period Costume: Costume will have a full riding skirt, high-necked blouse and fitted jacket with lapels and turned-down collar. Sleeves will have fullness at top. Undergarments will be men’s type pants with a strap under boot or fuller pants going into high-laced boots. Boots will be leather or patent leather. Gloves and hat appropriate to costume.
2.20.3 Riding Habit: The riding habit will have a full riding skirt and a fitted riding jacket with a high-necked blouse. Undergarments will be men’s type pants with a center fly front. Hat will be a top hat or bowler, leather or patent leather boots, gloves.
2.20.4 Tack and equipment: Side saddle style produced between 1840-1900. Headstall, reins and bit must be the type used in the same era. Riding crop or whip. Saddle pad suitable to saddle.
P 16 Adopted November 2015
2.20.5 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider & mount to correspond with year and origin of saddle, attractive, distinctive, clean and pressed) Costume 30 Tack and equipment 20 (sidesaddle appropriate headstall, bit & reins, whip or crop) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) (suitable for lady riding sidesaddle) Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
2.21 Novelty or Fiesta Costume and Authentic Novelty Costume
2.21.1 Novelty costumes to be unique, distinctive and original (may carry out the theme of the parade). Not to be judged for authenticity.
2.21.2 Authentic Novelty costume must be authentic or replica thereof. Complete costume is to match era and age of what rider is depicting.
2.21.3 Novelty and Authentic Novelty may be split at the championship parade at the discretion of the championship parade committee. If the riders are to be judged together, all will be judged according to these rules.
2.21.4 Contestants must designate Novelty or Authentic Novelty when registering in the Parade program
2.21.5 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) Equipment 20 (authentic and in working condition in Authentic class) Horsemanship 20 Total: 100
P 17 Adopted November 2015
2.22 Future Horseman
2.22.1 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (must replicate chosen class) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners) (suitable for rider) Equipment 20 (must replicate chosen class) Horsemanship and equitation 20 (may be on lead line without a penalty)
Total: 100
2.23 Junior Equestrian
2.23.1 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, equipment and mount) Costume 30 (must replicate chosen class, i.e. western or costume class; attractive, distinctive, clean, pressed) Mount 20 (good conformation, physical condition and manners suitable to the rider) Tack and equipment 20 (must replicate chosen class) Horsemanship and equitation 20 Total: 100
P 18 Adopted November 2015
2.24 Vehicle Class
2.24.1 Costumes: All individuals driving or riding in a vehicle will be in a costume corresponding to the year and type of vehicle.
2.24.2 Vehicle must be appropriate for the horse/pony used. Contestants will be judged accordingly when one vehicle class is offered
2.24.3 Points
General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of driver, vehicle, equipment & hitch) Costume 15 Vehicle 25 (good condition, road ability and authenticity) Harness 10 (good condition and appropriateness to the vehicle and horse)/pony Hitch 20 (good conformation and physical condition. Good manners at rest and in the way of going. Appropriateness to vehicle) Whip (the driver) 15 (ability to handle horses, lines and whip. Posture) Performance (maneuvers) 5 Total: 100
P 19 Adopted November 2015
2.25 Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle Group
2.25.1 Size of group: 10 points will be given for a group consisting of four (4) or more vehicles. Two points each will be subtracted for less than four vehicles. No less than two vehicles may be judged. One point will be given for each vehicle over the base number of four.
2.25.2 Costumes: All individuals driving or riding in a vehicle will be in costume corresponding to the year, type of vehicle or group theme.
2.25.3 Vehicle must be appropriate for the miniature used.
2.25.4 Points
Size of group 10 General appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of driver, vehicle, equipment & hitch) Costume 10 Vehicle 20 (good condition, road ability and authenticity) Harness 15 (good condition and appropriateness to horse/mule) Hitch 15 (good conformation and physical condition, good manners at rest and in the way of going, appropriateness to vehicle) Whip (the driver) 10 (ability to handle the horse/mule, lines, whip. Posture) Performance (maneuvers) 10 Total: 100
P 20 Adopted November 2015 2.26 Vaquero
2.26.1 The Vaquero can be compared to an original cowboy (buckaroo style) in concept when compared to the Charro. There are two basic costumes that a Vaquero may wear.
2.26.1.1 Working Vaquero: Shirt, jeans, cowboy boots, hat and spurs, Hat may be western or sombero style. Chaps optional. Attire here would be considered “work day.”
2.26.1.2 Dress Vaquereo: Semi-dress shirt, bow tie, jeans or dress slacks, chaps, sombrero, boots and spurs (botines).
2.26.2 Tack and Equipment: Charro saddle to count over standard western saddle; martingale or breast collar appropriate to saddle choice (not running); lariat, bridle or bridle and bosal.
2.26.3 Mount: Suitable working type, spirited but under complete control.
2.26.4 Points
General Appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, mount and equipment) Costume 30 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good confirmation, manners & physical condition
– suitable working type but spirited)
Tack & Equipment 20 Horsemanship & equitation 20 Total 100
P 21 Adopted November 2015 2.27 Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle
2.27.1 Costumes: All individuals driving or riding in a vehicle will be in a costume corresponding to the year and type of vehicle.
2.27.2 Vehicle: must be appropriate for the mini/mini mule used. Contestants will be judged accordingly.
2.27.3 Points
General Appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of driver, mount, equipment and hitch) Costume 15 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Vehicle 25 (good condition, road ability, and authenticity) Harness 10 (good condition and appropriateness to the mini/mini mule) Hitch 20 (good confirmation & physical condition. Good manners at rest and in the way of going, appropriateness to vehicle) Whip (driver) 15 (ability to handles horses, lines and whip. Posture) Performance (maneuvers) 5 Total 100
P 22 Adopted November 2015 2.28 Mule Class (pilot class for 2015-2017)
This class is open only to participants riding mules. The participant must replicate an existing class within this Program; i.e. Working Western, Plain Western, Arabian Costume, Novelty, etc., and be able to identify that class to the judge, if requested. Points will be awarded based on conformity to the rules of that class. If the participant elects not to replicate one of the individual classes shown in 1.3(High Point Parade Classes),the participant will be judged under Novelty Class rules.
A participant entered in this class for High Point competition may not enter the same class that is being replicated; i.e. the participant may not represent Working Western in the Mule Class and also enter the Working Western class riding a mule.
General Appearance 10 (neatness & cleanliness of rider, mount and equipment) Costume 30 (attractive & distinctive, clean and pressed) Mount 20 (good confirmation, manners & physical condition– suitable for the class depicted) Tack & Equipment 20 (use of a crupper is optional) Horsemanship & equitation 20 Total 100
P 23 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 3.0 Points and Qualifications
3.1 The point year will run from January1st throughDecember31st.
3.2 Point and High Point structure
3.2.1 Points will be awarded to the first three (3) places. The points are as follows:
st nd rd 1 place 2 place 3 place 10 points 7 points 4 points
3.2.2 Points will be accredited to the first three place winners in their respective classes in parade and grand entry competition. A grand entry may not be offered in connection with a CSHA sanctioned parade.
3.2.3 A point system will be used for uniformity of judging. The contestant receiving the most points in each class will be declared the class winner. All classes will be judged by comparison judging with the classes called and all available contestants judged together whenever possible.
3.2.4 All prejudging will be done by close individual inspection before the first contestant starts the line of march. Points will not be credited unless the contestant has been prejudged. Five (5) points will be deducted when late for prejudging.
3.2.5 Failure to appear at a parade or grand entry after acceptance results in a loss of five (5) points. (Exception – an emergency). Paraders may not enter multiple parades and/or grand entries scheduled for same day and time.
3.2.5.1 Contestants must notify parade management and the CSHA High Point Secretary of an emergency cancellation prior to the day of the event or within 24 hours if the emergency occurs the day of the event.
3.2.5.1.1 Notifying anyone else; e.g. the judge, other members of the Parade Committee, etc., will not be considered a substitute for having notified management and the High Point Secretary.
3.2.6 While an entrant may be placed, no points will be awarded to a registered parade entrant in the situations noted below. It will be the responsibility of the judge to notify the High Point Secretary via his/her result sheets if one of these situations occurs by indicating the number of riders pre-judged if less than the minimum and indicating “no points awarded”.
3.2.6.1 No high points will be awarded to a participant when the following occurs:
3.2.6.1.1 In Mounted Group, Charro/Charra Mounted Group and Sheriff’s Posse less than 4 riders present themselves for pre-judging.
3.2.6.1.2 In Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group, Authentic Novelty Mounted Group or Family Mounted Group less than 3 riders present themselves for pre-judging.
P 24 Adopted November 2015
3.2.6.1.3 In Miniature Horse/Mule Vehicle Group less than 3 vehicles present themselves for pre-judging.
3.2.6.2 No points will be awarded to a Color Guard or Sets of Four when less than 3 riders present themselves for pre-judging.
3.2.6.3 No points will be awarded to a Matched Pair, if both registered members of the Pair are not present at pre-judging.
3.3 High point contestants designated as a marshal, marshal’s aide, featured or designated rider in a specific parade will not receive points.
3.4 Classes listed on a parade entry and classes added by parade management will count for points.
3.5 Classes may be divided into junior/senior at the discretion of the parade management. The class rules of judging will apply to all entries in a class. In junior classes, horses should be suitable for a junior to ride.
3.6 Contestants must register in their respective high point parade class if offered by parade management. If the class is not offered, parade management declines to add the class or there is insufficient time to get out notice about an added class, the contestant may utilize the designated cross over class as shown below for their class, if offered. If none of the appropriate cross over classes are offered or the contestant’s class has no cross over designated below, the contestant may enter Novelty or Fiesta Costume.
3.6.1 In all cases, the contestant will be judged by the rules applicable to the “substitute” class and awarded points based on their placing in that class. EXCEPTION: Minimum rider rules will still apply. See 3.2.6 and all subsections.
3.6.2 Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group and Authentic Novelty Mounted Group
3.6.3 Novelty or Fiesta Costume and Authentic Novelty Costume.
3.6.4 Parade Horse and Fancy Parade Horse
3.6.5 Novelty or Fiesta Costume Mounted Group, Authentic Novelty Mounted Group, Family Group, Sheriff Posse and Mounted Group.
3.6.6 Vehicle Class (horse/pony drawn), Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle Class and Miniature Horse/Miniature Mule Vehicle Group Class
3.7 When only the Junior Equestrian class is offered, Future Horseman participants may enter and receive cross over points, if no future Horseman class is offered.
3.8 Points will be awarded to any parade or grand entry judged by a licensed CSHA Parade judge. Points will not be awarded if the parade or grand entry management has restricted participation in the event to create a “selected invitation list” and refusing to accept entries from others who might be registered participants in the same CSHA Parade class. This does not refer to the right of management to restrict the total number of horse entries,
P 25 Adopted November 2015 refuse to accept entries after their published deadline, nor to refuse to accept an entry that has been deemed unacceptable due to costume, presentation or past behavior.
3.9 A contestant may request a class be added by parade management prior to the entry closing date. Addition of classes is at the discretion of parade management.
3.9.1 If parade management adds a class, the contestant requesting the addition must notify the high point secretary immediately. The high point secretary must notify those registered in the added class prior to the entry closing date for the added class to count for points.
3.10 No more than two grand entries may be offered in connection with a recognized public event on a given day.
3.11 Points will only be given to the registered riders of a matched pair. Parade judges and the high point secretary must be notified of a rider substitution.
3.12 Parade contestants riding out-of-state parades judged by a licensed CSHA parade judge will receive points in the CSHA Parade high point program.
3.13 A high point contestant must have received points (placed) in five (5) or more CSHA judged parades and/or grand entries during the point year in order to be eligible to receive year-end high point awards and to compete in the championship parade. When considering the five (5) minimum events, only two (2) of them may have been grand entries.
Exception: A parade will not count toward high point nor championship parade eligibility when rule 3.2.6 (including all sub paragraphs) is invoked.
3.13.1 If pre-judging has occurred but parade management or law enforcement officials cancel the parade for any reason, the judge will document his/her result sheet with this information and points will be awarded based on pre-judging scores. In addition, this parade will count to the 5 required parades noted above.
3.13.1.1 If a parade is cancelled by Parade Management and pre-judging has not been conducted, no consideration will be granted to permit the parade to count toward a qualifying event for high point or state parade eligibility. This rule is effective even if the parade entry stated “rain/shine”, or indicated in any fashion that no cancellation would occur, and no matter how or when Parade Management decides to notify participants.
3.13.1.2 If the parade is cancelled after participants and the judge have arrived but before the start of pre-judging, the judge may conduct pre-judging in order to comply with Item 3.13.1 and 3.12.1.1. The decision to do this is at the sole discretion of the judge and is to be based on safety factors, weather conditions, available protection from the weather, permission of Parade Management, etc. The decision of the judge is final and is not subject to complaint or protest to either the Judges Commission or Parade Committee. Any parade participant who elects not to be pre- judged will not be subject to a loss of points for “failure to show’.
P 26 Adopted November 2015
3.13.2 If the CSHA parade judge fails to show up for a parade, the parade will count toward obtaining the qualifying 5 events for championship parade participation, but no points will be awarded. The participant must ride in the parade and the local parade chairman must provide the High Point Secretary with an acknowledgment that the CSHA judge was unavailable and that this participant did ride in the parade that day. This acknowledgment must be postmarked no later than 14 days after the date of the event.
SEC. 4.0 Contestant Rules
4.1 The current West Coast Horse Show rulebook shall be referred to for any rules not stated in this section.
4.2 Individuals/mounted units may register in multiple classes in the Parade High Point program, however, a contestant may enter only one class in a specific parade.
4.3 No registered parade unit may split and ride in two different parades on the same day at the same time.
4.4 Contestants will not change classes on the day of a parade.
4.5 Judges will not change classes on the result sheets from the class stated on the parade entry blank.
4.6 Parade contestants are responsible for their own entry errors. Contestants must enter a class listed under equestrian or mounted division on the entry.
4.7 In Sheriff’s Posse, Mounted Groups, Sets of Four, Color Guards, Family Groups and Matched Pairs the following applies: changing the natural color of the body hair, mane and tail will be penalized in any entry. The number of points is at judge’s discretion.
4.8 The Novelty or Fiesta mounted Group and Authentic Novelty Mounted Group are not required to carry flags nor have a minimum of nine (9) riders when judged in the Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Group, Authentic Novelty Mounted Group and Novelty or Fiesta Costume classes.
4.8.1 Authentic Novelty mounted Groups, Novelty or Fiesta Mounted Groups and Family Groups will have points deducted for no flags and less than nine (9) riders when entered in the mounted group class.
4.9 Horsemanship is defined as the rider’s equitation and the exhibition of knowledge of the proper care and use of the horse and tack.
4.10 Parade contestants not completing the designated parade route may be disqualified. When feasible, parade judges will encourage parade management to establish a final check point. Grand entry route will be from entry to exit of arena.
4.11 Authenticity means “antique vintage” or “replica”.
4.12 All training aids, including snaffles, tie downs and bosals, will be penalized in all classes. Exception: Snaffles or hackamores may be used based on the age of the horse as noted
P 27 Adopted November 2015 in the West Coast Horse Show Rule Book. Exception: Charro/Charra/Vaquero classes, both individual and group classes. Exceptions: Horses in Silver Mounted, Parade Horse and Fancy Parade Horse may wear nosebands that are designed as an integral part of the bridle for the purpose of showcasing decorative trim.
4.13 All required tack and equipment for a specific class will be in a workable condition. Any contestant in classes requiring guns and who is not deputized may use plugged guns and blank shells.
4.14 Unsoundness of a horse can be penalized.
4.15 Hooves should not be cracked, chipped, split or worn down to make the horse lame or show discomfort. Hooves will be well maintained.
4.15.1 Hooves should be trimmed, shaped, clean, polished and well groomed.
4.15.2 Unshod hooves, iron shoes, rubber shoes or a slip on easy-boot may be used. The rider may be expected to explain the differences.
4.16 Rearing and/or running of horses on the streets may result in disqualification because of safety factors.
4.17 No person serving on the Parade committee will be prohibited from competing in the high point program or the championship parade because of said service.
4.18 All entrants are to come through the line of march “as prejudged”. If, in the line of march, the judge detects that any participant changed, deleted or added to their costume or equipment or changed mounts, he/she will not place the entrant over any other entrant in the class who was prejudged and has come through the line of march “as prejudged”. Exception: Protection required due to weather.
4.18.1 Riders or vehicles that join a group in the line of march but were not prejudged will not cause a disqualification or change in scoring. However, the size and equipment requirements for the class will be judged solely on the presentation made in prejudging.
4.18.2 The absence of riders or vehicles that were prejudged as part of a group when the unit comes through the line of march will be penalized under group size and/or equipment categories as appropriate.
4.19 Riders may wear an approved ASTM helmet without penalty. Junior riders are highly encouraged to wear such a helmet.
SEC. 5.0 Additional Junior Information/Rules
5.1 A junior is a contestant who has not reached his/her 18th birthday by December 1. A junior will use his/her age as of December 1 throughout the following year.
5.2 The age breakdown for the Future Horseman is one (1) year to eight (8) years. The Future Horseman contestants may use lead line when needed and/or be accompanied by a responsible adult.
P 28 Adopted November 2015 5.3 The age breakdown for the Junior Equestrian class will be nine (9) through seventeen (17) years.
5.4 When competing in an open class, junior and senior contestants placing first, second and third will receive points in each respective class.
5.5 Junior groups may be accompanied by adult leaders for safety purposes only.
5.6 Pony classes may be offered in all classes and will be judged by the same point’s criteria.
5.7 Future Horseman and Junior Equestrian
There will be awards for Future Horseman as follows:
• Western – includes Working Western, Fancy Dressed, Parade Horse or Pony, Fancy Parade, Matched Pairs. • Costume – includes all costume classes.
5.7.1 Although Junior Equestrian is to be judged like the Future Horseman class, there will be no division of “western” and “costume” for high point awards or for the championship parade.
5.8 A junior contestant may be accompanied by one parent or legal guardian when requesting information concerning placement in a parade.
5.9 Juniors carrying firearms or simulated firearms will be subject to disqualification.
SEC. 6.0 Judge’s Guidelines
6.1 Judging is based on the current CSHA rulebook and the West Coast Horse Show rulebook.
6.2 All classes are to be judged by comparison judging with the classes called and all available contestants judged together whenever possible. All prejudging will be done by close individual inspection before the first contestant starts the line of march. Points will not be credited unless the contestant has been prejudged. Five (5) points will be deducted when late for prejudging.
6.3 Equitation is judged by the rules of the West Coast Horse Show rulebook.
6.4 A judge will not give nor allow anyone to view his/her scoring sheets. Parade management is to be provided with placement information only. Contestants may be provided with verbal or written commentary on their own performance.
6.4.1 Exception: In conjunction with working in a “learner judge” or “junior judge” situation or at the formal request of the Judges Commission.
6.5 When a parade or grand entry is judged by more than one judge, points will be awarded the same as if it had been judged by only one judge.
6.6 A judge may ask for horsemanship procedures and/or questions of a contestant. Procedures should not be as extensive as a horse show.
P 29 Adopted November 2015 6.7 A judge’s decision must be based upon observation of the contestant during prejudging and in the line of march in the reviewing stand area on the parade route with strict interpretation of the class rules.
6.8 A judge must never permit personal preference to enter his/her decision making process except where the judge is asked to make a determination as to what is “attractive” or “distinctive”.
6.9 A judge’s decision must be final. A judge will not discuss decisions until after the parade awards have been presented.
6.10 Only parade contestants may request information concerning parade placement from a judge.
6.11 A junior contestant may be accompanied by one parent or legal guardian when requesting information concerning placement in a parade.
6.12 A judge may not judge a member of his/her immediate family. A judge may not judge a horse he/she has owned or trained within the last twelve (12) months. A judge may not judge a color guard or parade unit in which he/she is presently a member or was a member within the last six (6) months.
6.13 The word judge, with the exception of junior judging, refers to a licensed CSHA Parade judge in good standing.
6.14 The following applies only to sweepstakes awards offered at a parade other than the Championship Parade. If the judge is asked to select an equestrian sweepstakes winner and the Parade Management does not have their own criteria, the judge will make his/her decision based 50% on how well the entrant meets CSHA class rules and 50% on performance and crowd appeal. In the selection of a sweepstakes winner, a judge may consider personal preference but must always keep in mind the appropriateness of the entry and the safety of the performance.
SEC. 7.0 Parade High Point Bulletin
7.1 Parade judges will submit a list of the parade results including all equestrian entrants first through third place and a parade entry form (when available). Said list will be submitted to the Parade High Point Secretary within seven (7) days of the parade date . Violations will be submitted as a complaint to the Judge's Commission. The Complaint must be submitted (mail, fax or email) to the chairperson of the Judge's Commission within forty- eight (48) hours of the violation.
7.2 Any corrections to the high point bulletin must be made within sixty (60) days of its appearance within the bulletin.
7.2.1 A request for review of published points for correction may be submitted by the judge for the event(s) in question, a member of the State Parade Committee or any registered member of the Parade Program.
7.2.2 A request for review is to be sent in writing within 60 days of original publication date to the High Point Secretary with a copy to the State Parade Committee Chair.
P 30 Adopted November 2015 7.2.3 If the question arises from points published in the December bulletin or publication containing the year end totals, the time line to request a review for correction purposes is reduced to 15 days.
7.2.4 Any correction or decision that the points stand as published is to be highlighted in the next bulletin.
7.3 Point standing will be sent to the contestants on a monthly basis.
7.4 No later than January 10 the Parade Chair will assign an audit team of three, with one member appointed as chair, for the purpose of auditing the previous year’s points.
7.4.1 No audit team member may be a registered parader for the year under audit, have a family member who was a registered parader for the year audited or be the High Point Secretary for the year audited.
7.4.2 At least one audit team member must be a member of CSHA.
7.4.3 The audit will be completed by January 31 and a written report presented to the State Parade Chair.
7.5 A contestant may verify if a parade is CSHA judged by contacting parade management.
7.6 The previous year’s CSHA judged parades will be published in the high point bulletin within three months of the point year closing.
7.7 Riders may request classes not currently split into junior/senior to be split by the Parade committee at its next available quarterly meeting.
SEC. 8.0 Individual Violations and Penalties
8.1 Violations: A violation is any act prejudicial to the best interests of CSHA including but not limited to the following.
8.2 Any person acting in a manner contrary to the rules of CSHA, or in a manner deemed improper, unethical, dishonest, unsportsmanlike or intemperate, or prejudicial to the best interest of CSHA.
8.2.1 Any person inciting or permitting any other person to act contrary to the rules of CSHA, or in a manner deemed improper, unethical, dishonest, unsportsmanlike or intemperate, or prejudicial to the best interest of CSHA.
8.3 Any act committed or remarks made concerning a parade considered offensive and/or made with intent to influence or cast aspersions on the judging, or any harassment of a judge(s) of a parade.
8.4 The provisions of this rule will apply at any recognized parade to the following persons: a) Owner, exhibitor, agent, trainer, manager, rider, driver, parade official, or family member of the above. b) Individual member of CSHA. c) Any person who acts in a manner in violation of the rules of CSHA or deemed prejudicial to its best interest.
P 31 Adopted November 2015 8.5 Any persons listed above found to be in violation of the above rules or they may be deemed to have committed, will be subject to penalties as the Parade committee may affirm.
8.6 The Parade chairman will be notified in writing of all violations and will refer them to the Parade committee for their expeditious action.
SEC. 9.0 Complaints and Protests against Judges
9.1 All protest and/or complaints relative to a CSHA licensed Parade judge will be addressed to and handled by the Judges Commission as set forth in the Judges Commission chapter.
SEC. 10.0 Recommended Procedure for Parade Contestants
10.1 It is customary to acknowledge the judge(s) and dignitaries on the reviewing stand in the line of march.
10.2 Mounted groups carrying flags will maintain the American flag in an upright position. All other flags will be lowered forward to a 45 degree angle while passing the reviewing stand. U.S. Office of Protocol in Washington, DC sets the standards for all flag display, even in parades.
10.3 Contestants in mounted groups not carrying flags and Matched Pair contestants may salute or tip hats in unison. Always maintain contact with the horse when acknowledging the judge/reviewing stand.
10.4 Individual contestants may acknowledge the judge with a salute as they pass through the reviewing area. Always maintain contact with the horse when acknowledging the judge/reviewing stand.
10.5 Authentic Costume class contestants may salute as the custom (culture) dictates. Always maintain contact with the horse when acknowledging the judge/reviewing stand.
SEC. 11.0 State Championship Parade (SCP)
11.1 CSHA will sponsor a championship parade each year, to be held after January 31st.
11.2 There will only be one parade designated each year as the State Championship Parade, with participation by northern, southern and central participants in a single parade.
11.3 All offers from entities desiring to host the SCP for the following year must be received in the State Office no later than one week prior to the second Quarterly Meeting of the current year.
11.3.1 All offers will be presented at the April meeting to the Parade Committee for evaluation and selection. If it is deemed further investigation is required or a quorum is not present, site selection may be delayed until the July meeting.
11.3.2 If a quorum is not present at the July meeting, the Committee present will develop a consensus decision and present it to the Board of Directors for their approval.
P 32 Adopted November 2015 11.3.3 If no offers are submitted by the April meeting, the Parade Committee may extend the bidding process until July 1 with a decision to be made at the July meeting.
11.3.4 If no offers are submitted by this second deadline, the SCP will be cancelled and only High Point awards made for that point year.
11.3.5 Whenever possible, the Committee will ensure that the SCP is held in Area rotation; i.e. North, Central, South.
11.4 The duly appointed chairman for the SCP, appointed by the Parade committee chairman, will be solely responsible for all arrangements for the parade.
11.5 The winners of the SCP are separate and distinct in their awards from the high point winners in the Parade program. If the SCP chairman fails to make any arrangements or the Parade Committee determines that it is in the best interests of CSHA not to conduct the event, the SCP will be cancelled for that year. Awards for high point winners will be awarded at a suitable ceremony held in conjunction with the second Quarterly meeting following the close of the point year.
11.6 The entries for competition at the SCP must be registered in the Parade high point program and have placed in at least five (5) CSHA judged parades during the point year, two (2) of which may be grand entries.
11.7 The winners will be designated CSHA State Championship Parade Champions in their respective classes.
11.8 The SCP will be judged by a minimum of one (1) judging team of three judges or a maximum of three teams. Each team will consist of a judge from each area (north, central and south) when feasible. Two (2) judges from the same area may serve on a team when necessary. At no time will a team consist of three (3) judges from the same area. Other judging combinations in future parades can and will be approved by the Parade committee.
11.9 When the SCP is held in conjunction with another parade within a township that is also CSHA sanctioned, then parade entries must decide to ride either for SCP competition awards for that year, or for points in the local sanctioned parade for the coming year. Double points will not be awarded for a SCP.
11.10 Classes offered at the SCP will be based on those offered by the high point program during the year with the same age breakdowns.
SEC. 12.0 Rules of Ethics for State Championship Parade
12.1 Exhibitors: Contestants, contestants’ agents, trainers, managers, relatives and/or companions may not talk to the judges during prejudging or the line of march. Questions and remarks must be directed to the stewards.
12.2 The selection and organization of the SCP judges and stewards is the responsibility of the parade’s Head Judge. The SCP Head Judge will be appointed by the SCP chairman.
12.2.1 Judges: The judges will not talk with any people other than parade management, their stewards or each other, as well as those indicated in Item 11.1 above, from
P 33 Adopted November 2015 their arrival at pre-judging until they are released from their duties by the Head Judge after all deliberations are complete. Consulting about placements is not allowed among judges except when deliberating perpetual awards.
12.2.2 Stewards: The stewards are responsible for managing paperwork for the judges the day of the parade including holding result sheets between pre-judging and arrival at the review stand and submitting them to the scoring team after the parade, providing instruction to and asking questions of the contestants during pre- judging on behalf of the judges, and, if necessary, intervening for the judges to ensure that they are not in violation of 11.2.1. Whenever possible, each judge will be provided with a steward including the Head Judge but there is never to be less than one steward.
12.2.2.1 The stewards are not to discuss with anyone at any time what they see on the result sheets or hear from any of the judges with regard to performance and placings.
12.2.3 Scorers: There will be a team of 3 scorers with one designated as the Head Scorer. The team will be provided a private area in which to tally the result sheets.
12.2.3.1 The Head Scorer will collect the result sheets from the Head Steward and supervise the tallying of results. Each class sheet is to be scored by three (3) different people and signed. The Head Scorer will complete two copies of the placement sheet. Both copies will be given to the Head Judge.
12.2.3.2 The scorers will not discuss the placements with anyone until after the awards are announced and will not discuss what they saw on the results sheets with anyone at any time.
12.3 “Parade management” includes the crew needed to run pre-judging and move judges from place to place. If contestants or their families are filling these positions, all conversation with them should be limited to the Head Judge, Head Steward or Head Scorer, whenever possible, and be kept strictly to business matters.
12.4 The winners of the SCP will be determined by the highest total combined points.
12.4.1 The Head Judge will present one copy to the State Program Chair at the start of the awards presentation and mail the other to the High Point Secretary within 7 days of the date of the parade.
12.4.2 If a tie occurs on an individual judge’s class sheet, the Head Scorer will ask him/her to review the sheet and make any changes that are appropriate. The changes are to be initialed by both of them.
12.4.3 If a tie occurs based on the total points of all 3 judges, the tie will be broken based on the highest score given for mounts. If a further tie breaker is required, highest score given for costume will be used.
SEC. 13.0 Special and Perpetual Awards
P 34 Adopted November 2015 13.1 There will be an Overall High Point Award that will be awarded at the championship parade awards banquet for the participant who has accrued the highest number of points of any registered parader during the point year. When an individual does enter and compete in more than one class, that individual’s separate class points will be added to arrive at a total score for the overall high point year.
13.2 The highest and most prestigious award that any active member of the CSHA Parade program can receive will be the Bob McMackin Perpetual Trophy. The trophy will be awarded at the awards banquet at the championship parade. The award will be presented to the individual member of he program best exemplifying the qualities of sportsmanship, loyalty to the program, integrity, participation, and contribution to the betterment of the CSHA Parade high point program, whether working behind the scenes or participating on the routes.
13.2.1 During their year of service, all Parade committee and championship parade committee members shall be eligible for nomination.
13.2.2 If the committee does not have a suitable nominee, the committee does not have to select a winner.
13.2.3 Nomination ballots for the Bob McMackin award will be mailed to all registered high point paraders and Parade judges by the Parade committee on or about December 1st. Nomination ballots will be returned to a designated person prior to the January Quarterly Meeting.
13.2.3.1 The Parade committee chairman will appoint a five (5) member selection panel to consist of at least one licensed Parade judge, the Parade committee chairman and a member of the Parade Program from each Area; i.e. Northern, Central, and Southern. This panel will make the final decision from the nominees as to the recipient of the Bob McMackin Perpetual trophy prior to the championship parade awards banquet and in sufficient time to have the winner’s name engraved on the trophy.
13.2.4 The trophy consists of a silver punch bowl, tray, ladle and twelve (12) cups.
P 35 Adopted November 2015
13.3 The Hank and Alice CSHA Parade Junior High Point Perpetual Award. The award will be made to the junior with the highest number of points accumulated for that parade year. A suitable award will be presented to the winner at the next State Parade. Winning this award will not preclude the recipient from winning the overall high point award.
13.3.1 The trophy will be delivered to the winner or his/her parent(s) or guardian(s) at the championship parade awards banquet in conjunction with the presentation of the other high point awards.
13.3.2 Should there be a tie at the end of the point year; the championship parade results will decide the winner. Should there be a further tie after that parade; the State Parade committee will decide the winner.
13.4 The Paul and Lottie Miles Memorial Perpetual Award will be a junior achievement award. The award was founded and donated by Steve J. Herrera and Michael C. Stigers. This award will be presented to the junior member of the Parade Program who best exemplifies the qualities of sportsmanship, loyalty, integrity, participation and contributions to CSHA. Winning this award will not preclude the recipient from winning any other award in the Parade Program nor are there any limitations on the number of times a junior can win this award.
13.4.1 The Head Judge of the State Parade will solicit confidential nominations from all active Parade Judges, State Area Vice Presidents, State First Vice President and the State President.
13.4.1.1 Nominees must have placed in a minimum of five (5) parades during the competition year for which the State Parade is being held.
13.4.2 Selection of the winner will be made by the judges officiating at the State Parade through their review of the nominations, as well as their personal knowledge of the nominees, if any.
13.4.2.1 If there are fewer than 3 judges officiating in any year, the Head Judge will select a third person to assist in the selection process.
13.4.3 The award will be presented at the championship awards banquet by Past President Stigers or the Parade Program Chair.
13.5 The Scheurer-Standley Sweepstakes trophy will be awarded at each championship parade to the most outstanding contestant in the championship parade. The winner will be determined by those judging the parade. This award may be won in addition to any other award offered in the Parade program and there will be no limitations to the number of times an individual may win this award. Should there be a tie, the winners will share the award during the year
13.6 The "DINO" horse award was donated by Harry and Peggy Narducci in memory of her great horse. The award will go to a horse that is currently parading on the parade route or has competed and is now retired or has passed away. In any case the horse must of had a great big heart and had lots of "GO".
P 36 Adopted November 2015 13.6.1 Nominations will be solicited from Parade Program members and judges in conjunction with the Bob McMackin Award and made by the same selection committee.
13.6.2 The award will be delivered to the recipient’s rider, or the rider’s parent/guardian at the championship parade awards banquet in conjunction with the presentation of the other high point awards.
13.7 The Parade committee will have accurately and up to date appraisals of all trophies and awards, to include replacement costs of the trophies, awards and any carrying cases.
13.8 Each perpetual award is to be returned to the State Parade Committee Chair no later than February 28th of the year after awarded in the same condition as received by the recipient or his/her parent or guardian.
13.8.1 The State Parade Committee Chair will arrange to have all trophies engraved with the recipient’s name prior to the next presentation.
13.8.2 The recipient will be presented with a plaque as a permanent acknowledgement of the perpetual award at the next year’s awards event.
13.9 At the time the perpetual awards are presented, the recipient or his/her parent or guardian will sign a Perpetual Award Form accepting responsibility for the award and be provided with a copy of the current value appraisal.
13.9.1 The State Parade Committee Chair will provide the original form to the CSHA State Office, mail a copy to the recipient and retain a copy with the Committee records.
13.9.2 Should the recipient or his/her parent or guardian does not wish to accept responsibility for the perpetual award, the award will be retained and stored at the CSHA State Office.
13.9.2.1 If space is not available at the State Office, the State Parade Committee Chair will sign the Perpetual Award Form and retain custody of the award.
13.9.2.2 If the physical award is not accepted by the recipient or his/her guardian or parent, the ultimate location of the award will be read into the minutes of the next State Parade Committee and Board of Directors meetings to ensure continuing knowledge of its location.
P 37 Adopted November 2015
13.9.3 Perpetual Award Form
The______has been award to ______.
I acknowledge that I have received the above award on ______in good condition. I understand and agree that the award will be returned to the CSHA State Parade Committee Chair no later than February 28, ______in the same condition as received. I further agree that, if there is any damage to the award or its travel case, or I fail to return either the award, or the case I will be responsible for any and all repairs and/or replacement of the missing item. Replacement value is based on the current appraisal value of which I acknowledge I have been provided a copy today.
Signature of Recipient or Parent/Guardian (if recipient is under 18)
Print Signature Name Address of Signer ______City ______State _____ Zip ______Phone (_____) ______Email ______Distribution: Original form to CSHA State Office, Copy to: Signer & State Parade Committee Chair
13.10 The State chairman must submit to the resolution secretary all perpetual award winners information. Said list must be submitted prior to the end of the Board of Directors meeting at the annual Convention.
13.10.1 For a list of perpetual award winners, refer to the State Awards and Recognition section at the front of this book.
SEC. 14.0 Championship Parade Financial Audit
14.1 The appointed CP chairman will be solely responsible to keep an accurate accounting of the income and expenses of the championship parade.
14.2 The CP chairman will be required to submit all ledgers and receipts to the current Parade Committee Chair within thirty (30) days of the event but no later than the July Quarterly.
14.2.1 Any request for an extension must be sent in writing to the Parade Committee Chair prior to the deadline documenting the reason for the request and stating the date by which documents will be available. Said date is to be no later than September 1.
14.3 The current Parade chairman will be responsible to organize an audit of the CP accounting upon receipt of the information from the CP chairman.
P 38 Adopted November 2015
14.4 The audit should be performed by an uninterested outside party, however, if funds do not allow, the Parade committee chairman may appoint an individual besides himself who is deemed unbiased and impartial. This individual will be a current member in good standing of CSHA. The auditor may be the Parade finance secretary (if one is appointed); but no one else holding a position on the Parade committee may conduct the audit.
14.5 The CP chairman will be responsible to answer any questions posed by the audit or Parade committee concerning any accounting discrepancies or lack of documentation. Failure to comply can result in the filing of a formal complaint against the chairman. Should the complaint be proven, the Parade committee may recommend the individual may be deemed a member not in good standing and all privileges within the Parade program revoked.
14.6 No funds from the profits of the CP will be disbursed until after the audit completion. If, due to unavoidable circumstances the audit is delayed and cannot be completed prior to the annual convention, the final balance of the profit will be deposited in the CSHA general fund, less the amount reserved for petty cash for the succeeding parade.
SEC. 15.0 Parader’s Grant
15.1 The Parader’s Grant will be awarded yearly in an amount not to exceed $250.00 to an organization providing an on-going riding program for physically and mentally handicapped people in the State of California.
15.2 The grant may be used for any purpose related directly to the organization’s work in this field.
15.3 There is no limit to the number of times an organization can be nominated for or win the Grant nor is there a requirement for the nominee or the person nominating them to be affiliated with CSHA.
15.4 The Parade Chair will announce:
15.4.1 The grant for that year at the January Board of Directors meeting.
15.4.2 Submit an article and nomination form for publication in the official CSHA publication for at least two issues, as well as in the Parade newsletter.
15.4.3 Arrange to have the information, along with a nomination form, posted on the CSHA website from June 1 to August 15.
15.5 All nominations must be postmarked no later than August 25 and received at the designated address no later than August 30. Late nominations will be not be accepted and the person making the late nomination will immediately be notified of the “non- accepted” status.
15.6 Nominations will be reviewed by the Parade Committee at the September Quarterly meeting with a decision to be made at that time.
15.6.1 Award will be by vote of those Committee members present. A quorum is not required.
P 39 Adopted November 2015 15.6.2 If it is desired to have further investigation, the decision will be postponed to the Convention Meeting
15.6.3 If a Parade meeting is not called in September or, if further investigation has been ordered at Convention, the State Parade Chair will select 3 members of the Program, one of whom must be a CSHA Parade Judge, to review the nominations and select a winner.
15.7 A written announcement regarding the award will be placed by the State Parade Chair in the next issue of the official CSHA publication and be placed on the website.
15.7.1 All those submitting nominations will receive a notice from the State Parade Chair thanking them for their nomination and advising of the winner.
15.8 A suitable certificate or small plaque will be presented to the winning organization along with the monetary award.
15.8.1 If possible, the award will be made in person by a representative of the Parade Program at an appropriate CSHA function.
P 40 Adopted November 2015 ROYALTY
SEC. 1.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Eligibility ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 State Chairman’s Responsibilities ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 Reign ...... 6 SEC. 5.0 Awards ...... 7 SEC. 6.0 Phases of Competition ...... 7 SEC. 7.0 Littles Competition ...... 10 SEC. 8.0 Judges ...... 11 SEC. 9.0 Conduct ...... 11 SEC. 10.0 Protests ...... 12 SEC. 11.0 Royalty Titleholders ...... 12
R 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
R 2 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 1.0 General Rules
1.1 Royalty is a State Program.
1.1.1 Each Region should offer a royalty program.
1.2 Wherever the words Miss CSHA or CSHA Ambassador appear in this rulebook, it is all inclusive and includes senior, junior and Little Royals.
1.3 All reigning Royals must be Direct members of CSHA in good standing. This includes all Princesses and Squires.
1.3.1 Upon coronation each Royal will be granted a Family membership.
1.3.1.1 If, at the time of coronation, the Royal is not a Direct member the bestowed membership will be effective from the date of coronation until December 31st of the following year.
1.3.1.2 If the Royal has a current Direct membership the bestowed membership will become effective on January 1st.
1.3.2 Contestants and reigning Royals are required to have an adult chaperone, preferably a parent or guardian, to attend events with them.
1.4 Reigning Royals or their parent(s) must not sign any contract that states, if the Royalty wins an outside association’s crown/title, they may only represent said association. If such a contract is signed, the individual will automatically forfeit the CSHA title and awards.
1.5 Stallions may not be used.
SEC. 2.0 Eligibility
2.1 Youth ages 7-17, who meet the eligibility requirements, may compete for a title.
2.1.1 Senior division is open to youths age fourteen (14) through seventeen (17) as of January 1st of the current year.
2.1.2 Junior division is open to youths eleven (11) through thirteen (13) years of age as of the last January 1st of the current year.
2.1.3 Little division is open to youths age seven (7) through ten (10) years of age as of the last January 1st of the current year.
2.2 Contestants must submit the official state application and a $30.00 entry fee to the State Royalty chair by July 1 of the current year.
R 3 Adopted November 2015 2.2.1 Contestants must provide a silent auction/raffle item with a retail value of at least $50.00. In addition each contestant shall obtain a minimum of $100.00 in monetary sponsorship. The contestant who brings in the most in monetary sponsorship over $250.00 shall receive a special award.
2.2.1.1 All donations must be submitted before the State Finals competition begins.
2.2.2 Sponsors shall receive a written thank you note within 2 weeks of receipt of the donation/item from recipient on behalf of CSHA Royalty Program.
2.2.3 Sponsors who donate more than $500.00 in monetary donations will receive a plaque and a written note of appreciation from the State Royalty Chair.
2.3 Entry fees will not be refunded unless a veterinarian or doctor’s certification is provided to the State chair indicating that the horse or rider is unable to continue in the program for medical reasons.
2.4 Contestants may continue to compete, in each level, until they become Miss CSHA or CSHA Ambassador of that level, or they age out.
2.5 Out-of-state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedure.
2.6 Miss CSHA
2.6.1 Contestants must currently be single and can never have been married, nor had a marriage annulled.
2.6.2 They may not be living with a male in lieu of legal marriage either at the time of application or during the competition year.
2.6.3 Participants must not be nor ever have been pregnant.
2.7 CSHA Ambassador
2.7.1 Competition will be run with the same guidelines as the Miss CSHA contest.
SEC. 3.0 State Chairman’s Responsibilities
3.1 The State chair will:
3.1.1 Post all information on the Royalty page of the CSHA web site no later than five (5) days after any meeting where a decision was made.
R 4 Adopted November 2015 3.1.2 Appoint Region Coordinators when needed. Appointment must be approved by the Region’s President.
3.1.2.1 Region Coordinators will function as supporters of the program and its participants.
3.1.2.2 Coordinators will report directly to the State chair.
3.1.3 At the January CSHA Quarterly meeting, announce the reference book(s) to be used. No later than January 30th, post the titles of the reference book(s).
3.1.3.1 The reference book(s) chosen, as well as any other study references, will be reviewed every three (3) years. If needed those will be replaced by more current or relevant book(s).
3.1.4 Prepare State examinations.
3.1.5 Hire all judges for the State competition.
3.1.6 Determine, with the State committee, the time and place of the State Finals competition. Site must be approved by the Board of Directors or Council of Members.
3.1.6.1 Post site, date and time notification on the Royalty web page.
3.2 Appoint someone to be the head scorer. The person so appointed will remain the same throughout the testing.
3.2.1 This person will insure that all phases of the testing are properly scored, tabulated and made available to the chair as soon as possible following the final judging.
3.2.2 The head scorer is responsible for auditing the scores.
3.3 All phases of the contest must be scored by three people, chosen by the head scorer. It is not necessary to use the same three people for all phases. The head scorer will submit the names of all persons acting as scorers to the chair along with the final tabulations and test copies.
3.4 Test results and scores will not be released until after the awards have been presented.
3.4.1 Immediately following the awards presentation a final tally sheet with all the contestants’ scores and assigned contestant numbers will be posted for no less than two (2) hours.
3.4.2 Each contestant will be given all of their score sheets and tests.
3.5 The State chair must submit to the Resolution Secretary and the chair of the Charitable Trust a list of the State winners. Said list must be submitted prior to the end of the Council of Members meeting at the Annual Convention.
R 5 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 4.0 Reign
4.1 Royals will be crowned at the State Finals competition and their reign will begin at that time. Their reign will end the following year at the same time. They will be present to help the State Royalty Chair in appropriate areas and pass down their respective titles.
4.2 CSHA Royals may only hold one title during their reign.
4.3 The presence of youth at our functions is vital to building a stronger future for CSHA. The following events are now mandatory unless prior 30 day notice is given to the State Royalty chair. The only exception to this rule would be in the event of an emergency in which case the State Royalty chair must still be notified.
4.3.1 Quarterly Meetings (minimum of 2 )
4.3.2 Convention
4.3.3 Day at the Races
4.3.4 Horse Expo (Southern California usually the first weekend in February and Northern California usually the second weekend in June). They may choose to attend one or both events plus one other CSHA event outside of their Region.
4.3.5 Annual State Parade and awards dinner
4.4 Additional events may be added. Royals will receive a minimum of 30 days advance notice.
4.5 Missing more than three events during reign will result in loss of title, and/or awards/scholarships.
4.6 If a Miss CSHA or CSHA Ambassador is unable to attend an event, a member of their court may be invited in their place.
4.7 The Royalty chair will act as the chaperone or may appoint a chaperone.
4.8 The following guidelines should be used when inviting CSHA Royalty to events.
a) Notice of date, time and location to the Royalty chair a minimum of 30 days prior to the event. b) Duties the Royals will be asked to perform at said event. c) Attire requirements for the event, i.e. formal, riding, casual, etc. d) Contact person and phone number.
Note: A club, Region, other organization or person inviting CSHA Royals to their event should provide for the cost of said Royals to attend. This includes, but is not limited to admission, meal, entry fees and stall fees (where applicable).
R 6 Adopted November 2015
Suitable events for CSHA Royals to attend: a) Meetings b) Annual dinners or award ceremonies c) Horse shows and Gymkhanas d) Parades e) Trail rides f) Fairs g) Rodeos h) All other types of equine related events.
SEC. 5.0 Awards
5.1 Miss CSHA will receive a tiara, buckle and sash as well as the perpetual awards, consisting of the hat crown, concho and trophy.
5.2 CSHA Ambassador will receive a hatband, buckle and trophy jacket.
5.3 Miss CSHA. Junior Miss CSHA, Little Miss CSHA, and the first and second Princesses from all divisions will receive a sash.
5.3.1 Sashes will be white with gold embroidered letters.
5.3.1.1 In order to maintain uniform appearance, the sashes received from the approved vendor may not to be altered.
5.4 Additional awards may be made as follows:
Highest written score Highest speech score Highest riding score Highest interview score
5.5 Scholarships
For information on the scholarships offered by this Program and/or the criteria for award, please contact the State Royalty Chair. For redemption information refer to the Scholarship Procedures section at the beginning of this book.
SEC. 6.0 Phases of Competition
6.1 It is mandatory that all the contestants complete all four (4) phases of the competition or be disqualified without receiving any awards and/or title.
6.2 Contestants must compete on the dates, times and locations set by the Royalty Committee.
R 7 Adopted November 2015 6.3 Should a contestant arrive late to any phase of the contest the contestant shall be allowed to compete in that phase only if all of the judging /testing has not been completed.
6.3.1 The contestant shall be penalized ten (10) points for each phase with a maximum total of forty (40) points deducted from the total score.
6.4 Test scoring
Compulsory categories Points
Written test 200
Riding test 200 Speech (includes 50 points for appearance) 200 Interview 200 Total 800
6.5 Riding Test
The riding test will consist of a compulsory pattern that will be judged on equitation.
6.5.1 Riding patterns will be distributed at the Royalty Committee’s January Quarterly meeting and posted on the web page.
6.5.2 Participants riding English or Western will be judged in accordance with the West Coast Horse Show rulebook, all others will be judged in accordance with appropriate CSHA rulebook.
6.5.3 The senior and junior riding tests will be different.
6.5.4 The salute for male contestants will be performed at an extended lope or hand gallop. The contestant will proceed once around the arena tipping or removing the hat.
6.6 Interview and Speech
6.6.1 Interview and speech phases will be judged together at a suitable function. The interview will consist of several spontaneous questions by the panel of judges. Interviews are closed from an audience.
6.6.2 The topic for the speech will be announced at the January Quarterly meeting. The topic will be posted on the Royalty page of the CSHA web site.
6.6.3 Miss CSHA and Junior Miss CSHA contestants will wear formal dresses in a color of their choosing and in a style appropriate for their age.
R 8 Adopted November 2015
6.6.4 The dress for Junior Miss CSHA contestants shall NOT be: Strapless Backless Low cut Mini skirt Have a cut/slit on the skirt that extends above the knee
6.6.5 CSHA Ambassador and Jr. Ambassador contestants will wear formal attire consisting of a traditional tuxedo (with or without tails), a white dinner jacket, or western tuxedo with cowboy hat and boots.
6.7 Written Test
The written test will contain questions pertaining to basic knowledge of CSHA, and general horsemanship. These questions will be taken from the last published CSHA Bylaws and Rulebook. The book is posted on the CSHA web site.
6.7.1 The test will also include questions pertaining to etiquette appropriate of CSHA Royals. The State chair will post the title of the reference manual reviewed by and chosen by the Royalty committee.
6.7.2 Scoring
Points CSHA history and purpose 60 CSHA programs 30 Current Events 30 Etiquette 80 Total 200
6.7.3 In the event of a tie, the following steps (in order) will be used to determine the winner.
a) The contestant with the highest written test score.
b) If there is still a tie, then the contestant with the highest riding score.
c) If still tied, then the contestant with the highest speech score.
d) Finally, if there is still a tie, an additional test of questions not previously asked will be offered to the tied contestants.
R 9 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 7.0 Littles Competition
7.1 Written test
The contestants will be provided with a complete study packet for the test. They will not have to purchase any books to study from. The test will have age appropriate questions. Contestants may have a reader who assists them for the test, but this cannot be a family member, trainer, etc.
7.2 Speech
Speeches will be 1 to 2 minutes in length and will be a simple topic chosen by the committee. Note cards are allowed and a prompter (someone who tells them the next line) will be allowed. The emphasis is not so much on the memorization at this age, but on the delivery. Contestants will wear age appropriate formal attire during the speech phase. No make-up is to be worn by contestants.
7.3 Riding
For safety, Littles should not perform salutes at any time when they are asked to lope/canter or gallop.
7.4 Scoring
There are four required categories of competition totaling 400 points possible.
Riding 100 points or 25% Written test 100 points or 25% Interview 100 points or 25% Speech 100 points or 25%
7.5 Awards
Winners will receive a buckle, sash and tiara (girls) and hatband (for the boys). Additional awards may be presented, as funds are available.
7.6 Titles
The official titles Little Royals are:
Little Miss CSHA year 1st Little CSHA Princess year All other participants – Little CSHA Princess
Little CSHA Ambassador year 1st Little CSHA Squire year All other participants – Little CSHA Squire year
R 10 Adopted November 2015
7.7 Duties: The duties of the Little Miss and Little Ambassador will be the same as their older counterparts. They will be representatives of CSHA for the year of their reign and should attend both CSHA and non-CSHA related events.
SEC. 8.0 Judges
8.1 All judges will conduct themselves in accordance with the rules set forth in the appropriate section of the WCHS rulebook or the Gymkhana rulebook.
8.2 Licensed judges must be used. Gymkhana and Parade judges must be CSHA licensed. English and Western judges must be licensed in equitation. The equitation license must be from CSHA or another nationally recognized equestrian association.
8.3 Judges will be furnished with appropriate sheets and an orientation sheet explaining the scoring and goals of this contest as well as the basic premise on which to judge.
8.4 All personality, poise, appearance and speaking judges will meet with the chair or her representative prior to the test. The goals of CSHA, its philosophies and our concepts of the competition will be explained to the judges along with the procedures for the test.
8.5 No person who is a trainer, coach, family member or who has accepted remuneration within the last ninety (90) days from any contestant may serve as judge or head scorer at the State competition.
SEC. 9.0 Conduct
9.1 Any contestant or reigning Royalty, who acts in a manner deemed improper, unethical, dishonest illegal, unsportsmanlike, rude, hot-headed, dishonorable and/or harmful or demeaning to CSHA and the Royalty Program or is found to be in violation of the laws pertaining to the drugging or abuse of a horse may be disqualified from further competition that year and/or stripped of their title. Disqualification may be for multiple competition years at the discretion of the Royalty Committee.
9.1.1 Any act in the preceding paragraph committed by a family member and/or trainer of a contestant or reigning Royalty shall be deemed to have been committed by the contestant or reigning Royalty.
9.1.2 All complaints pertaining to the above must be submitted the State Royalty Chair in writing within 48 hours of the incident or when the incident was discovered. A fee of $25.00 must accompany the complaint. If the complaint is upheld, the fee will be returned. The decision of the State Royalty Committee will be final.
R 11 Adopted November 2015 SEC. 10.0 Protests
10.1 The Royalty protest committee will be the same committee that conducted the program.
10.1.1 No person who has children or pupils connected with or competing in the program may serve on the protest committee.
10.2 Any and all protests on conduct, grading or scoring must be submitted to the Royalty chair in writing within forty eight (48) hours after the awards presentation.
10.3 A protest fee of $25.00 must accompany the protest. If the protest is upheld, the fee will be returned.
10.4 The decision of the committee will be final.
SEC. 11.0 Royalty Titleholders
For a list of recipients refer to the State Awards and Recognition section at the front of this book.
R 12 Adopted November 2015 STATE PATROL
SEC. 1.0 - General ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 - Authority ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 - Committee ...... 3 SEC. 4.0 - Finance ...... 3 SEC. 5.0 - Membership ...... 4 SEC. 6.0 - Patrolmen’s Qualifications ...... 4 SEC. 7.0 - Term ...... 5 SEC. 8.0 - Uniforms, Badges and Insignia ...... 5 SEC. 9.0 - Reports and Forms ...... 6 SEC. 10.0 - Patrolman’s Agreement ...... 7
SP1 Adopted November 2007
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SP2 Adopted November 2007 SEC. 1.0 General
1.1 The sole purpose of the CSHA State Patrol (the Patrol), a group of pre-qualified members, is to provide event safety, crowd control, grounds surveillance, and event staff for CSHA events and other duties as assigned by the Chief and/or Deputy Chiefs. The sole purpose of the Patrol service is to protect the interests of CSHA.
1.2 The dates of the events at which the services of the Patrol will be provided, will normally be determined by the January Executive Committee meeting. The Patrolmen will be notified at that time in order to submit to the Chief their choices of assignments.
1.3 At each event where the services of the Patrol are provided, there will be a pre-event briefing conducted by the Deputy Chief in charge of the event.
1.3.1 The briefing meeting will include a determination of local emergency services such as police, fire and veterinarian service with phone numbers; a plan for emergency entry/exit routes; identification of the individual in charge of the event (i.e. show manager); a plot plan of the facility grounds and the assignment of duties and schedules for the Patrolmen working the event.
SEC. 2.0 Authority
2.1 The members of the CSHA State Patrol have no police powers or authority as defined in California Penal Code Section 830.6.
SEC. 3.0 Committee
3.1 The committee will consist of the Patrol Chief who will serve a three (3) year term.
3.2 The Patrol Chief will appoint a Northern Area Deputy Chief, a Southern Area Deputy Chief and two (2) active members at large.
SEC. 4.0 Finance
4.1 Any monies raised, earned or donated to the Patrol will be deposited with the State Office. The funds will be used exclusively by the Patrol to cover the cost of badges and any equipment that may be required by the Patrol such as radios, first aid supplies and equipment and the cost of putting on educational seminars for the training of Patrolmen, etc.
4.2 Each Patrolman will be responsible for his own expenses at an assigned event.
4.2.1 They will also be responsible for the cost of uniforms, insignia and equipment except where precluded by California State law.
SP3 Adopted November 2007 4.2.2 In the event the assigned badge is lost, damaged or stolen, the Patrolman will be responsible for the replacement cost.
SEC. 5.0 Membership
5.1 All applications for membership will be subject to an in-depth background check of qualifications and references. This will be conducted and reviewed by a committee consisting of the Patrol Chief, the two Deputy Chiefs and two members of the Patrol appointed by the Chief for this purpose.
5.1.1 A majority approval of this committee is necessary for approval of membership.
5.2 All members accepted are expected to meet certain standards deeming them qualified to perform the unique tasks to be carried out by the Patrol and to have signed the “Code of Ethics, Rules and Regulations” statement.
5.2.1 All members of the Patrol must agree to and meet the standards known as the “Code of Ethics, Rules and Regulations” of the CSHA State Patrol and will be required to sign a copy of same, indicating their understanding and willingness to conform to same.
5.3 Patrol members must be current CSHA members over eighteen (18) years of age and must show evidence of moral ethics, character, and display proficiency in proper attitudes in confrontational situations in dealing with people, conflict management, horsemanship capabilities and emergency first aid certifications.
SEC. 6.0 Patrolmen’s Qualifications
6.1 At events involving horses there is always the imminent possibility of injury to both spectators and participants, therefore, all Patrolmen will be required to demonstrate proficiency and training in emergency First Aid and CPR. All Patrolmen will maintain current cards in these areas.
6.1.1 Training seminars will be provided for the Patrolmen.
6.2 At the events there is also the imminent possibility of injury to the equine participants. Therefore, Patrolmen will be required to demonstrate proficiency and training in basic emergency first aid to horses.
6.2.1 Training seminars will be provided for this and proficiency cards will be provided for those Patrolmen successfully passing the course.
6.2.2 The seminars will be conducted by licensed veterinarians.
6.3 At least every two years, Patrolmen will also be required to attend a “Conflict Management” training program.
SP4 Adopted November 2007 6.4 CSHA State Patrol members in good standing shall be required to be re-certified as follows:
a) According to the public safety certifications standards in CPR and basic first aid. b) The areas of equine first aid and Conflict Management, every three years. c) those members who do not meet their minimum service commitment, during the first two years following certification in equine First Aid and Conflict Management, shall be required to re-certify every two years.
SEC. 7.0 Term
7.1 Patrolmen will serve a minimum of a three year term and may be re-appointed by the Chief.
7.2 Initial appointment and re-appointment to the Patrol requires, after a completed background check including four personal recommendations and proof of basic qualifications, the recommendation of a Deputy Chief to the Patrol Chief.
7.3 The first year of service will be considered as a probationary period and the Patrolman will be subject to dismissal at any time for failure to perform within the Code of Ethics, Rules and Regulations.
7.4 All Patrolmen must commit to providing a minimum of three (3) days/nights of shift service annually.
SEC. 8.0 Uniforms, Badges and Insignia
8.1 Uniforms will consist of
8.1.1 A standard white western style or uniform style shirt, long or short sleeve (optional; khaki shirt if State Patrol officer is mounted on horseback).
8.1.2 Pants are to be standard western type denim jeans, either blue or black in color.
8.1.3 Hats are to be either the CSHA State Patrol official caps or western hats in felt or straw of the style and make specifically chosen for the Patrol activities.
8.1.4 All Patrolmen will wear standard type cowboy boots while on duty. Tennis shoes are not acceptable.
8.1.5 Formal or Class A uniform shall be as follows: white western style or uniform style shirt with badges and insignias, black western type pants, black felt cowboy hat, black western bow tie, black western boots. Optional: female officers may wear black ¾ length skirt and black high heel flat shoes.
SP5 Adopted November 2007 8.2 Badges and other insignia issued to Patrol members are considered property of CSHA and may be displayed only in the act of performing duties as assigned by the Chief or Deputy Chief.
8.3 Badges and insignia are to be displayed only in a manner approved by the Patrol and worn on uniforms approved by the Chief and Deputy Chiefs.
8.4 The badge will be positioned on the left chest over the pocket, the ”Patrol” patch insignia on the upper left sleeve, the CSHA patch on the upper right sleeve and the Patrolman’s name tag over the right pocket area.
8.4.1 No other insignia, emblems or medallions may be worn without prior approval.
8.5 Any Patrolman found to be displaying the badge or insignia in an overt, inappropriate or unauthorized manner will be subject to immediate termination.
8.6 Any Patrolman failing to turn in the badge and/or insignia upon request will be pursued through litigation for the return of the badge. In signing this agreement, the Patrolman also agrees to be financially responsible for all legal costs incurred by CSHA as a result of this action.
SEC. 9.0 Reports and Forms
9.1 At all events where emergency first aid, either to the participants, spectators or horses, may be necessary, all Patrolmen will carry a supply of the standard “Release of Liability and Waiver” form.
9.1.1 In order to limit the liability to the Patrolman and/or CSHA the form must be signed by the individual or the owner/handler of the horse for whom service was provided.
9.2 Each Patrolman will be given Incident Report forms. The reports will become a part of a permanent file and will be used in the event litigation may arise from the incident and therefore must be accurate in all details.
9.2.1 All incidents, actions or accidents requiring the participation or services of a Patrolman will be reported accurately on this form.
9.2.2 Prior to the end of the event, the completed forms will be turned in to the Chief or Deputy Chief in charge of the event.
9.2.3 When multiple Patrolmen are involved, each will submit a report.
SP6 Adopted November 2007 SEC. 10.0 Patrolman’s Agreement
10.1 Each Patrolman will be required to sign a statement containing the above listed paragraphs with the following statement affixed hereto:
By affixing my signature below, I herein attest that I have read and fully understand the document and that I agree with all parts of the “Code of Ethics, Rules and Regulations” of the California State Horsemen’s Association State Patrol and upon acceptance as a member of the Patrol, will fully adhere to this agreement.
10.2 The signed document will become a part of the permanent files of the Patrol.
SP7 Adopted November 2007
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SP8 Adopted November 2007 STOCK COMPETITION
SEC. 1.0 General Rule ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Team Penning ...... 5 SEC. 3.0 Dally Team Roping ...... 9 SEC. 4.0 CSHA Non-Pro Cutting ...... 11 SEC. 5.0 Cattle Drafting ...... 11 SEC. 6.0 Cattle Sorting ...... 14 SEC. 7.0 Special Awards ...... 14
SC 1 2008
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SC 2 2008
The CSHA Stock program originated at the 1987 CSHA Convention. The program is dedicated to the amateur competitor whose interest lies in working cattle. The program has five divisions: Team Penning, Dally Team Roping, Cutting, Cattle Drafting and Cattle Sorting. Contestants qualify to compete for the State championship title through their Region high point program. Points will be computed from September 30 through September 30. A State championship show will be held on or before the first full weekend in November.
SEC. 1.0 General Rule
1.1 Membership, fees and entries
1.1.1 Any CSHA member in good standing is eligible to compete in the program. CSHA membership may be applied for at the same time as enrollment in the program.
1.1.2 An entry fee of $10.00 minimum per man will accompany each application. Application and fee will be mailed or handed to the Region chairman, who will send a copy, along with $5.00 per application, to the State chairman within two (2) weeks. The State chairman will determine membership eligibility and so inform the Region chairman.
1.1.3 Team entries must have the names of all team members on the application. A team may only enter once in a division, but each rider may enter with different riders for a second team. The limit is two teams per rider.
1.1.4 In Team Penning, a team will consist of two (2) members for Two Man-One Steer or three (3) members for Three Man-Three Steer.
1.2 All cattle must be healthy, two eyed and of like size and type.
1.3 Points
1.3.1 Points are given from the time of application in the program. Points will not be given retroactively.
1.3.2 Competitors may only carry points in the Region in which they are a member.
1.3.2.1 Exception: If the program is not offered in the competitor’s Region, the competitor may compete in a neighboring Region with the permission of both Region Presidents. However, points will be kept separate so that the visiting competitor may represent their home Region at the State championship show. (These points may be kept by either the home Region or the Region chairman where they are competing.)
1.3.3 Cutting competitors may enter once per class for points and must designate point horse at the start of the season.
1.3.4 Points will be awarded in the following manner:
SC 3 2008 st nd rd th th th th th th # of entries 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 – 24 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 25 – 39 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
40 & more 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1.4 Attire
1.4.1 Competitors must wear a cowboy hat or no hat, shirts must have a collar, fully buttoned down style with long or short sleeves with a yoke, jeans with belt loops, belt and cowboy boots (lace ups are accepted).
1.5 State Championship Eligibility
1.5.1 A competitor must compete in at least five Region approved point shows per point year.
1.5.2 The top five entries in each Region in each division will be eligible to compete for a State championship.
1.5.2.1 The awards for the annual CSHA State Stock Competition will be presented at the conclusion of the State Stock Competition or at the Annual Convention. (2008)
1.5.3 All ties at the Region level will be settled at the Region level.
1.6 Protests
1.6.1 A protest must be filed within forty eight (48) hours of occurrence and must be in written form and accompanied by a $50.00 protest fee.
1.6.2 Protest to be filed with Region/State chairman (whichever level of occurrence) who will meet with their committee within one month (State level – next quarterly meeting) to render a decision.
1.6.3 If the finding is for a protestor, the fee will be returned. If not, the fee will go to Region/State.
1.7 Amateur Status
1.7.1 Team Penning
a) $1,000 limited: Each team member will be limited to less than $1,000.00 pay back money in the previous year. b) $1,000 mixed: Only one team member is limited to less than $1,000 pay back money in the previous year.
1.7.2 Dally Team Roping – Each team member will be limited to less than $5,000.00 payback money for the last five (5) years.
SC 4 2008 SEC. 2.0 Team Penning
2.1 In Two Man-One Steer, a team will pen one head of cattle which carries the number assigned to that team. In multiple go-round contests, after the team completes the first go, and one of the riders is unable to continue, the remaining contestant may compete alone.
2.2 In Three Man-Three Steer, a team will pen three head of cattle which carry the number assigned to that team. In multiple go-round contests, after the team completes the first go and one person is unable to compete, the two remaining contestants may continue. In no event may less than two persons compete.
2.3 Starting Order
2.3.1 All drawings are to be done by the management.
2.3.2 Team numbers will be assigned by random draw.
2.3.3 The order of go will be determined by random drawing.
2.3.4 In multiple go-round contests, the order should be reversed for the second go.
2.3.5 Once the starting order has been established, it may not be changed except for a hardship. Management and the competing team consent to change.
2.3.6 Teams may not compete more than once per go, but a rider may compete with one other partner in the same go.
2.4 Judging
2.4.1 There will be one (1) official who will be the head timer.
2.4.2 One of the flaggers will be at the starting line and the other will be on the pen opening.
2.4.3 An official who begins a go-round must complete the go except in an emergency.
2.5 Timers & Timing
2.5.1 Two timers with digital stopwatches which time to the hundredth of a second are recommended. The time will be taken from the head timer’s watch unless that watch fails.
2.5.2 Time begins and a flag will be dropped when the nose of the first rider’s horse crosses the starting line.
2.5.3 Time will end when one rider enters the gate with his hand raised. The time ending flag will be dropped when the nose of the first horse whose rider has his
SC 5 2008 hand raised enters the gate. If any rider goes into the pen past the front cinch, there will be a five (5) second penalty added to the time of the team.
2.5.3.1 Time will not stop until all un-penned cattle are on the cattle side of the starting line.
2.5.4 Event time is at the discretion of show management, with not less than 90 seconds nor more than 2 ½ minutes.
2.5.5 A warning will be given to the working team 30 seconds prior to final time being called.
2.5.6 In Three Man-Three Steer, a team may call for time with only one or two assigned cattle penned. However, teams penning three cattle place higher than two and two places higher than one, regardless of time.
2.6 Starting Line
Starting line will be placed sixty percent (60%) of the distance from the cattle wall to the opposite end of the arena and will be marked by suitable markers on both sides of the arena.
2.7 The Pen
The open end of the pen will be seventy five percent (75%) of the distance from the cattle’s wall to the opposite end of the arena. The pen will be 16 feet (16’) from the arena fence with the following specifications: The wingback panels will be 16 feet (16’) in length. The depth of the pen must be a minimum of 16 feet (16’) to a maximum of 24 feet (24’). The wing side of the pen will consist of an 8 foot (8’) panel with a 10 foot (10’) opening. The wing will be placed toward the center of the arena (see drawing).
16'
16 or 24'
10'
16' 8'
16 or 24'
SC 6 2008 2.8. Competition
2.8.1 For each team:
2.8.1.1 All cattle will be bunched in the center of the arena on the fence line opposite the riders' enter/exit gate.
2.8.1.2 The team will enter the arena at the walk and remain near the gate until advised by the announcer to proceed.
2.8.1.3 When the head timer determines the cattle, officials, and timers are ready, he will advise the announcer to announce "The cattle are yours".
2.8.1.4 Contestants must immediately proceed across the starting line.
2.8.1.5 When the timing flag is dropped, the announcer will announce the team's cattle number. This announcement will be stated three (3) times in succession.
2.8.2 Once committed to the cattle, the team is completely responsible for their animals. It is the team's responsibility, before working, to call for an official's decision if, in their opinion the assigned animal is injured or unusable, or something will interfere with the team receiving a fair and equitable chance. Once the cattle are worked, no excuses are accepted.
2.8.3 If after beginning work, the team feels they should get a rerun for any reasons, they should finish the work and then appeal to the official for a ruling.
2.8.3 Romals and reins may only be swung or popped on rider's legs or horse.
2.9 Cattle
2.9.1 Numbering
2.9.1.1 The use of printed oilcloth is recommended. Other methods are paint branding, spray painting or colored neckbands. Numbered stickers are acceptable.
2.9.1.2 The cattle will be marked in a consistent manner for clear identification of cattle.
2.9.2 Handling
2.9.2.1 In the Two Man-One Steer, each group of ten teams must go on a set of 10-20 head.
2.9.2.2 In Three Man-Three Steer, each group of ten teams must go on a set of 30 head.
2.9.2.3 The number of cattle in the arena must be consistent at all times.
SC 7 2008 2.9.3 Cattle must be rotated after ten teams. They may be rotated more often as long as they are rotated in a consistent manner.
2.9.4 If, after a go begins, a team withdraws, that team's cattle number will be pulled and that animal will not be penned.
2.9.5 If an animal, which has not been penned in the go, escapes from the arena, the number of the unused animals is pulled from the draw and work continues to the end of the go-round. The team whose animal has escaped would then work at the end of the go.
2.9.6 Reruns will be given on the original set of cattle with new numbers drawn. In the case of fresh cattle, unused cattle will be used. All reruns will be handled in this manner and will be run in order of occurrence.
2.10 Disqualification
2.10.1 A team calling for time with any wrong numbered cattle in the pen.
2.10.2 Riders are committed once they enter the arena. Any delay will cause for a disqualification.
2.10.2 If an animal leaves the arena, either over or through the fence, the team can be either disqualified or given a rerun, depending on the official's decision.
2.10.3 Any team taking more than the designated time limit to pen assigned animals will receive a No Time.
2.10.4 Contact with cattle by hands, hats, ropes, bats, romals, horses or pushing cattle through or over the fence is a disqualification for unnecessary roughness.
2.10.5 If more than two (2) head of cattle are brought across the starting line in Two Man-One Steer
2.10.6 If more than four (4) head of cattle are brought across the starting line in Three Man-Three Steer.
2.10.7 In the event that an animal escapes from the pen after time has been called, but prior to the time that any unpenned cattle are on the cattle side of the flaggers line.
2.10.8 Any competitor who conducts himself in such a manner deemed to be abusive or inhumane to animals (horse or cattle).
2.10.9 Any competitor who displays unsportsmanlike conduct, or conducts himself in such a way as to be a detriment to the program.
SC 8 2008 2.11 State Championship
The following rules will apply in addition to the previously stated rules:
2.11.1 A fourth official will be appointed by the State committee.
2.11.2 The time limit will be two (2) minutes.
2.11.3 A third stopwatch will be used.
2.11.4 Two Man-One Steer will consist of three (3) go rounds. The third go will start with the slowest total time.
2.11.4.1 In Two-Man-One Steer, the fastest average time of the three go-rounds will determine the State champion team.
2.11.4.1.1 Teams which pen in each go-round will place higher than teams that fail to pen in a go-round. Example: A team with a time in each of three goes will place higher than a team which only received a time in two goes.
2.11.5 Three Man-Three Steer will consist of one go-round. In the event of a tie in the Three Man-Three Steer finals, each team will be allowed to pen one designated numbered animal. The fastest time breaks the tie.
2.11.6 Awards to be given first through fifth.
SEC. 3.0 Dally Team Roping
3.1 Competition
3.1.1 Contestants will start from behind the barrier. A ten (10) second penalty for breaking the barrier.
3.1.2 Time will start when steer crosses the line. (If steer turns back before crossing line, the team gets a lap and tap.) Time will stop when steer is roped and both horses are facing the line with the steer, ropes dallied.
3.1.3 If a steer gets out of the arena, the team gets a lap and tap.
3.1.4 Each contestant will be allowed to carry only one rope.
3.1.5 Each team will be allowed two loops.
3.1.6 Roping steers without letting go of the loop will be a no catch.
SC 9 2008 3.1.7 Roper must dally to stop the steer. Headers must turn steer before heeler throws loop.
3.1.7.1 Tie on rule: Any heeler 60 years or older may tie on. Any heeler with a classification of 4 or less will be allowed to tie on at 52 years of age.
3.1.8 CSHA will accept USTRC numbering criteria through ability level 4.
3.1.8.1 The Stock chairperson will designate a State rating's secretary. The secretary will follow the guidelines of USTRC.
3.1.8.2 #4 Heeler: Lower 1/3 of intermediate ropers. Stands out in novice class roping, one notch below average.
3.1.8.3 #4 Header: Stands out in novice class roping. Usually speed, quickness and ability handing cattle are "good, snappy" header.
3.1.8.4 #3 Upper class novice can catch and handle a rope, but is not consistent in putting runs together for average.
3.1.8.5 #2 Novice; beginner starting to improve, catching percentages, starting to increase. Ropers with impaired motor skills.
3.1.8.6 #1 True Beginner, or beginner ability. These ropers have trouble controlling the rope and their horse at the same time. Inexperienced riders with little or no roping experience.
3.1.9 Three legal head catches: around the neck, horn catch, half head. Figure eight head catch is illegal.
3.1.10 Steers must be standing when roped by head or heels.
3.1.11 Changes in roping order must be made before stock is loaded in chutes.
3.1.12 Unnecessary roughness will be cause for disqualification, in the opinion of the flagger.
3.1.13 Broken or dropped rope will be a No Time.
3.1.14 Roper is not allowed to touch steers with hands at any time.
3.1.15 If front foot remains in a loop (head or heel) when flag is dropped, it is a No Time.
3.1.16 If the field official flags out a team who is still legally roping, the team gets a lap and tap with a five (5) second penalty for each loop already thrown.
3.1.17 There will be two (2) timers, a barrier official (unless an electric eye is used) and a field official (flagger).
3.1.18 One hind foot receives a five (5) second penalty.
SC 10 2008
3.1.19 Problem horse: If a roper has had the opportunity to enter the box and within several minutes cannot bring his mount under control, and in the opinion of the judge this situation has become excessive, the judge has the option of declaring a no time on that steer.
3.1.20 There will be a sixty (60) second limit per team, not including penalties.
3.2 State Championship
3.2.1 The time limit in the third go will be sixty (60) seconds.
SEC. 4.0 CSHA Non-Pro Cutting
4.1 Competition
4.1.1 National Cutting Horse Association rules will be followed, except when they are in direct conflict with CSHA rules. CSHA rules will take precedence.
4.1.2 Classes offered will be non-pro, youth, ladies, 750 non-pro and 500 non-pro.
4.1.3 Contestants must compete for points in at least five (5) approved cuttings per point year at the Region level.
4.1.4 Money earned counts against a rider.
4.1.5 Points earned will count for the rider.
4.1.6 A competitor's horse must be owned by competitor or his immediate family.
4.2 State Championship
4.2.1 A State committee approved official will be used.
SEC. 5.0 Cattle Drafting
A two rider team negotiates three cattle through an obstacle course. The team is official on control and efficiency, not speed.
5.1 Competition
5.1.1 The riders start at the pen end of the arena.
5.1.2 Three cattle are turned into the arena at the opposite end.
5.1.3 Riders do not start moving until the cattle are in the arena.
5.1.4 The team rides to the opposite end of the arena and gathers the cattle and then:
SC 11 2008
5.1.4.1 Drives the cattle once around the arena.
5.1.4.2 Clockwise around the single cone.
5.1.4.3 Between the two cones.
5.1.4.4 Between the two wings
5.1.4.5 Into the pen.
5.1.4.6 The course is completed when the tail of the last cow enters the pen.
*
* * ------
- - - - - riders without cattle riders with cattle
5.2 Starting order
5.2.1 All drawings are to be done by the management.
5.2.2 Team numbers will be assigned by random draw.
5.2.3 The orders of go of the teams will be determined by random drawing.
5.2.4 In multiple go-round contests, the order should be reversed for the second go.
5.2.5 Once the starting order has been established, it may not be changed except for a hardship. Management and the competing team consent to change.
5.2.6 In multiple go round contests, after a team has completed the first go and one of the riders is unable to continue, the remaining rider may continue.
5.2.7 A team may not compete more than once per go, but a rider may compete with one other partner in the same go.
SC 12 2008 5.3 Equipment
5.3.1 Three cones
5.3.2 Two wing panels placed ten (10) feet apart.
5.3.3 Pen
5.4 Judging
5.4.1 Decisions of the officials are final
5.4.2 Each team is given a starting score of 50 points.
5.4.3 Each obstacle will be scored individually from plus 10 to minus 10 points.
5.4.4 Credit will be given for:
5.4.4.1 Control of cattle
5.4.4.2 Efficiency of moving cattle.
5.4.4.3 Degrees of difficulty
a) Fast or spooky cattle b) Cattle that do not move c) Cattle which will not stay together d) Cattle that do not respect the horse (provided this is not caused by the horse and/or rider)
5.4.5 Deductions will be made for:
5.4.5.1 Handling cattle in such a manner as to make them difficult to control
5.4.5.2 Allowing cattle to stand unnecessarily (maximum deduction 10 points per obstacle).
5.4.5.3 Minus three (3) points for each cow that does not go through an obstacle, unless all three cattle do not go through, then 10 points will be deducted.
5.4.5.4 If the time limit is reached before the course is completed, the team will receive a score for the portion completed.
5.5 Timers & Timing
5.5.1 Two timers with digital stopwatches which time to the hundredth of a second are recommended. The time will be taken from the head timer's watch, unless that watch fails.
5.5.2 The course has a five (5) minute time limit.
SC 13 2008
5.5.3 Time starts when the riders pass a line even with the pen. The line will be designated by visible markers on both sides of the arena.
5.5.4 Time ends when either the course is completed or the time limit has been reached.
SEC. 6.0 Cattle Sorting
6.1 In cattle sorting, a three man team will remove the designated cattle from the sorting area in numerical/color order. In numerical order, a high number follows a lower and the lowest number follows the highest. 6.2 There will be two herds of cattle in the sorting arena. Each herd will have the same numbers and each herd will have different, yet matching colored numbers. A herd will consist of at least ten cattle.
6.3 Cattle must be removed from the sorting area and kept in the holding area in colored- numerical order. If an animal leaves the sorting area out of color or numerical order or returns to the sorting area once legally removed, the flagger will drop the flag and the team will be disqualified. Teams may not call for an early time. Teams must ride until time is called or all cattle are sorted.
6.4 The team with the most head of cattle sorted in the fastest time wins.
SEC. 7.0 Special Awards
7.1 There shall be an annual scholarship established as the Bill Haynes Memorial team roping scholarship.
7.1.1 The scholarship shall be awarded annually to the "most improved youth team roper" under the age of 18.
7.1.2 The selection of the winner of this award will be done annually by a special selection panel of the Stock Competition committee appointed by the chairman of that committee.
7.1.3 To apply for the scholarship, the recipient will contact the State office and make application on an appropriate form for that purpose.
7.1.4 The check will be made out to the school of choice and the recipient.
SC 14 2008
TRAIL RIDERS AWARDS PROGRAM (TRAP)
SEC. 1.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 Program Registration ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 Awards and Recognition ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 Trail Usage Database ...... 5 SEC. 5.0 Master Trail Rider Plaque ...... 5 SEC. 6.0 Supreme Trail Rider Silver Buckle ...... 5
TRAP 1 Adopted November 2012
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TRAP 2 Adopted November 2012 Recognizing the need to honor the trail rider who is the foundation of CSHA, and a need to encourage the use of riding and hiking trails by the members of CSHA, the Trail Riders Awards Program was established in 1988.
TRAP serves to provide encouragement by means of a series of special embroidered patches and other awards given for specific amounts of trail riding. It will act as a form of public relations on the trail for CSHA and the visibility of the awards as displayed by the recipients will raise the desire of others to participate in the program.
SEC. 1.0 General Rules
1.1 Each participating rider will maintain, on an honor system, a rider’s log, listing the number of hours ridden on trails.
1.2 The hours submitted by the individual may be accrued from riding alone, with a group, in an organized trail event, such as poker rides, individual conditioning rides or competitive trail rides, e.g. Trail Trials, NATRC, Endurance, etc., or by participating in authorized trail construction and/or maintenance on public lands and land trusts.
1.3 Upon enrollment, each participant will receive an official participant’s patch and a supply of the rider’s log forms and a membership pin.
1.4 Riders are responsible for sending their log sheets on a regular basis. The original copy of the rider’s log sheet is to be sent to the State chairman at least every three (3) months and the hours are to be recorded in a Master Log record. A copy is to be retained for the rider’s personal records
1.5 No time logged on the trails prior to joining the program will count.
1.6 All participants must be CSHA members in good standing either as individuals or as a member of a CSHA club or organization as defined in CSHA Bylaws Section 1.0 Membership.
1.6.1 All members of CSHA may participate in this program and there are no age divisions or limitations.
1.7 There is no limit to the number of horses that may be ridden in qualifying for an award.
1.8 All program participants will have their names and accumulated hours posted at least on a quarterly basis on the CSHA website at the TRAP program link.
1.9 If a participant should drop out of the program, all hours accrued will remain credited to the participant.
1.9.1 For inactive program members, records will only be maintained for a period of three years. This allows students to drop out while at college without being penalized, etc.
TRAP 3 Adopted November 2012 1.10 All recipients of the Master Trail Rider Award and the Supreme Trail Rider Award will be listed in the CSHA rulebook.
SEC. 2.0 Program Registration
2.1 Each participant will be charged a one-time enrollment fee of $15.00 and an annual renewal fee of $15.00 to remain active in the program. These fees will be used to cover the cost of record keeping, materials, providing the rider’s logs, patches, awards, and any other program related expenses.
2.1.1 The TRAP Registration/Renewal Form and fees will be sent to the CSHA State TRAP Chairman.
2.1.2 The renewal fees will be due and payable on January 1st of each year.
2.1.3 If renewals are not received by February 1st, any hours reported in the current year prior to the date the renewal is received will not be counted.”
2.1.4 To remain eligible in the program, current CSHA membership must be maintained.
SEC. 3.0 Awards and Recognition
3.1 Upon return of the Rider’s Logs, the participant will be eligible for and receive:
3.1.1 Chevron bars for completion of 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 2,500, 3,000, 3,500, 4,000, 4,500 and 5,000 hours of trail riding/construction/maintenance time logged. Chevrons are to be added below the patch.
3.1.2 A recognition plaque for completion of each 500 hours.
3.1.3 Upon the completion of 3,000 hours, a special Master Trail Rider Award will be presented.
3.1.4 Upon the completion of 5,000 hours, a special Sterling Silver trophy buckle designating the individual as a Supreme Trail Rider will be presented.
3.2 If possible, the Master Trail Rider and Supreme Trail Rider awards will be presented in the Region in which the TRAP member resides at the earliest Region meeting after the award is earned.
3.3 Upon initial TRAP registration and each annual renewal, members will receive a pin signifying one year of participation. Pins are to be worn around the outside of the TRAP patch.
TRAP 4 Adopted November 2012 SEC. 4.0 Trail Usage Database
4.1 A trail usage database will be established and maintained by the State TRAP Chair and may be used to document and substantiate trail usage as needed.
4.2 The database will contain the following information obtained from the completed Rider’s Logs:
1. Rider Name 2. Region 3. Date of each ride 4. Location of each ride 5. Name of trails ridden 6. Number of riders on each ride 7. Type of riding
SEC. 5.0 Master Trail Rider Plaque
For a list of recipients refer to the State Awards and Recognition section at the front of this book.
SEC. 6.0 Supreme Trail Rider Silver Buckle
For a list of recipients refer to the State Awards and Recognition section at the front of this book.
TRAP 5 Adopted November 2012
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TRAP 6 Adopted November 2012
TRAIL TRIALS
SEC. 1.0 State Committee and Responsibilities ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 General Rules ...... 3 SEC. 3.0 Program Registration ...... 5 SEC. 4.0 Categories and Divisions ...... 6 SEC. 5.0 Equipment and Attire ...... 7 SEC. 6.0 Sanctioning ...... 7 SEC. 7.0 Senior Judge Responsibilities ...... 7 SEC. 8.0 Region Responsibilities ...... 8 SEC. 9.0 State Championship Event (SCE) ...... 9 SEC. 10.0 Protests ...... 10 SEC. 11.0 Points ...... 11 SEC. 12.0 Obstacle Skills ...... 11 SEC. 13.0 Obstacle Judging – Score Sheet Standards ...... 15 SEC. 14.0 Scoring ...... 17 APPENDIX A...... 18 APPENDIX B...... 19 APPENDIX C ...... 20 APPENDIX D ...... 21
TT 1 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TT 2 Adopted November 2015
Trail Trials is an obstacle course competition that tests the trail skills of horse and rider. Courses are several miles in length and reflect the diversity of California trials whether they are located on a ranch, public park, wilderness, beach, desert or urban setting. Obstacles are natural to their region and are ones typically encountered while on a trail ride. Trail obstacles are not composed of artificial arena-style tests. A judge at each obstacle evaluates the way both horse and rider negotiates these obstacles by keeping common sense and safety in mind. Trail trials is not a race and can be ridden at your own pace, with any breed of horse or any style of riding.
SEC. 1.0 State Committee and Responsibilities
1.1 The State Committee will administer this program. If necessary, in addition to the members prescribed in the bylaws, additional committee members may be appointed by the chairman to carry out specific duties, however, they will not have voting privileges, nor are they counted in obtaining a quorum.
1.1.1 The State chairman shall appoint an event chairman for purposes of managing the SCE.
1.2 It is the State chairman's responsibility to ascertain that Regions requesting sanctioning are provided with necessary information such as sanctioning forms, program guidelines, result forms, etc.
1.3 The State chairman, will keep accurate record of all Trail Trials throughout CSHA. This task may be delegated to the State committee chairman in charge of memberships.
SEC. 2.0 General Rules
2.1 Whenever the term horse is used, it also applies to ponies and mules.
2.2 Whenever the male gender is used, it also applies to the female gender.
2.3 All Trail Trials are to be performed on a clearly marked trail.
2.3.1 At each obstacle event management shall, wherever possible and feasible, provide for a suitable and safe means of bypassing the obstacle while providing a smooth transition to the next obstacle.
2.3.2 All obstacles must be those that might naturally occur on a trail ride. Obstacles should reflect the riding conditions typical of the local environment with the goal being to maintain the character of an authentic trail ride.
2.3.3 Indiscriminate overuse of inappropriately placed man-made materials designed only to increase the challenge (spook or startle) will not be allowed.
2.4 Horses may be of any breed or age. It is strongly recommended that horses be at least three [3] years of age. It is the rider's responsibility to ascertain if his horse is capable of competing.
TT 3 Adopted November 2015
2.5 No special consideration will be given to unsound or handicapped horses.
2.6 Ownership of a horse is not required.
2.7 Any type of cruelty to animals such as excessive use of spurs, crops, etc. will be penalized.
2.8 All horses are subject to the State of California Department of Agriculture's drug testing and drug use laws. If an event manager is notified by the California Department of Agriculture that a horse tested positive, the event manager must notify both the Region and State chairmen.
2.8.1 The combination will lose all points and/or awards earned at the event.
2.8.2 If the offense is repeated, the rider, owner and/or trainer will be barred from further participation in any CSHA Trail Trials events.
2.9 Events are open to non-CSHA members.
2.10 Each rider is responsible for his own safety and the safety of his mount. Earned points and resulting awards are to be considered secondary to safety.
2.11 Each participant must maintain control of their mount throughout the ride.
2.12 Riding double, ponying an animal with or without a rider, or a loose foal on the side is not allowed.
2.12.1 Ponying a horse as part of an obstacle shall not be allowed.
2.12.2 A Sanctioned Back Country Horsemen Trail Trial with a specified “Packing Class” shall be the exception to rule 2.12.1.
2.13 Any person under eighteen [18] years must have written consent of a parent or guardian in order to participate in Trail Trials.
2.13.1 A Junior rider must be accompanied by an adult rider throughout the ride.
2.14 The participant is judged only while negotiating obstacles.
2.14.1 Judging shall start when told “you are now being judged” or as soon as the giving of obstacle directions has been completed, and the rider has acknowledged their understanding of the directions. The phrase “you may proceed” is mandatory and competitors must enter the obstacle only after it is given. Judging will stop as soon as the participant completes the last task given in the obstacle instructions. Competitors may be asked to proceed to a given point to wait for their co-riders but will not be judged between the obstacle and the area given for waiting.
TT 4 Adopted November 2015
2.15 All sanctioned Trail Trials shall be conducted according to the State rules and guidelines.
2.16 Trail Trials is a mounted event. Should a rider choose to dismount when not instructed to within the obstacle directions, they shall be disqualified.
2.16.1 It is allowed should a rider dismount to retrieve a prop they may have dropped which is necessary to complete the obstacle and they immediately remount and complete the obstacle but the dismount/remount will judged accordingly.
2.17 A horse at any event may only be ridden by one rider in the event. Should a horse qualify for the SCE under multiple riders, only one rider will be allowed to enter the SCE.
2.18 Riders may compete in a sanctioned Trail Trials that is not in their Region. If the rider's home Region has a high point program, that Region's program rules will determine how points and placing are earned for “out of Region” rides.
2.19 No contestant shall in any manner challenge an obstacle judge in any way that devalues their integrity. Any contestant doing so will be disqualified for that event and lose that ride counting toward SCE qualification.
2.20 Tailing shall not be used as an obstacle
SEC. 3.0 Program Registration
3.1 CSHA membership is required and must be kept current.
3.2 Each horse and rider combination competing at a sanctioned Trail Trials will be charged a $3.00 State Trail Trials Rider fee.
3.3 In order to participate in a Region highpoint program, a rider shall submit a Region program registration form and fees to the Region chairman.
3.4 All fees are due and payable prior to any ride at which the program member desires to receive credit towards SCE eligibility.
3.5 There is no limit as to the number of animals an individual may qualify on; however, only one horse and rider combination may qualify per ride.
3.5.1 A participant must specify which combination will be used at the SCE.
3.6 If the Region in which an individual lives does not have a Region Trail Trials high point program, the individual may contact another Region's chairman and request a crossover into that Region. The chairman will contact both Region Presidents to obtain approval for the crossover.
3.7 Out of state members wishing to participate in this program should review Bylaws and Administrative Practices for appropriate procedure.
TT 5 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 4.0 Categories and Divisions
4.1 There will be three categories, Novice, Intermediate, and Advanced.
4.1.1 Definition of Categories:
4.1.1.1 Novice: Team can accomplish all skills listed in Obstacle Skills except hobbling, ground tying, and high lining. Skills are elementary and performed on mostly undemanding terrain, in a calm environment. Dragging and pulling shall be performed in a straight line, on even footing, for short distances.
4.1.1.2 Intermediate: Team is ready to begin taking on more challenging obstacles and can accomplish all skills listed in Obstacle Skills except hobbling, ground tying, and high lining. The intermediate competitor will ride approximately half of the obstacles following the Novice directions with remainder to follow the Advanced directions. The ride manager and Senior Judge will determine which obstacles are chosen to be ridden as Novice and/or Advanced and will inform the rider appropriately.
4.1.1.3 Advanced: Team can accomplish all skills listed in Obstacle Skills and can accomplish combined skills in succession, and/or can accomplish skills on demanding terrain, and/or in a challenging environment.
4.1.2 Ride managers shall endeavor to design the majority of obstacles with both Novice and Advanced directions and they shall design obstacles that are category appropriate.
4.2 At the SCE each category will have the following divisions.
17 and under 18-49 50-59 60 and over
4.2.1 A rider’s age, for the purpose of determining category, shall be the rider’s age as of January 1st of the current ride year.
4.3 At the SCE combining of divisions or categories shall not be allowed.
4.4 Novices/intermediates, defined for SCE, must not have ridden the same horse and placed first or second place at the SCE for more than two (2) years in the novice/intermediate divisions, except for the junior rider 13 & under who may continue to compete in the novice/intermediate divisions and are not required to move up unless approved by a parent.
4.5 Once a horse/rider combination competes three times at a higher level they may not drop back down.
TT 6 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 5.0 Equipment and Attire
5.1 Equipment
5.1.1 Any type saddle and any type bridle or bosal with mecate, side-pull, hackamore, "natural" hackamore with properly tied mecate as shown in Appendix B, are mandatory. No bareback pads are allowed. It is the rider's responsibility to determine the appropriateness of his tack and to ensure that such tack is fitted and used properly.
5.1.2 A halter with lead rope or halter bridle and hoof pick must be carried on the ride.
5.1.3 A knife capable of cutting a lead rope or tack must be carried by all adult riders on their person. Junior riders 17 and under shall not be asked to carry or use a knife.
5.2 Attire
5.2.1 Any type clothing suitable for riding is acceptable. Appropriate riding footwear is required. Helmets are recommended.
5.2.2 At all CSHA Trail Trials an ASTM/SEI certified equestrian helmet is required for all riders under the age of 18 when they are mounted.
SEC. 6.0 Sanctioning
6.1 All sanctioned CSHA Trail Trials must have a Senior Judge who must be a CSHA licensed Trail Trials Judge.
6.2 The approximate mileage and/or duration of each sanctioned event must be published.
6.3 All sanctioned events will endeavor to be listed for two (2) consecutive months on the TrailTrials.com web site, and in the Host Region newsletter, if published.
6.4 The sanctioning fee will be $25.00 for each event.
6.5 Event sanctioning will not be granted for Trail Trials scheduled to be held during a Quarterly meeting weekend, or the weekend of the Annual Convention.
SEC. 7.0 Senior Judge Responsibilities
7.1 He will interpret State rules and will have the responsibility of making the final ruling.
7.2 He shall ride, on horseback, the course and obstacles with each obstacle judge present the day before or the day of the event prior to the first competing rider. Should a Senior Judge’s horse become ill, lame or die prior to fulfilling their responsibilities in rule 7.2, it shall be the Senior Judge’s responsibility to secure a substitute horse.
TT 7 Adopted November 2015
7.2.1 Approval of the course design is contingent upon the obstacles being category appropriate.
7.2.2 The Senior Judge shall approve the less challenging advanced obstacles for the Intermediate category.
7.3 He shall be available for instructing judges on their respective obstacles.
7.4 He shall be responsible for signing the Official Ride Results Form, which will be submitted to the State Trail Trials Sanctioning Chair.
7.5 He shall have the authority to disqualify any participant from an obstacle, or if appropriate, from the entire ride for unsportsmanlike conduct, or conduct that may reasonably result in physical harm to any person, animal or property.
7.6 The Senior Judge shall evaluate the course and obstacles as to the following:
7.6.1 The evaluation of the course shall endeavor to allow adequate space for multiple horses waiting to negotiate the obstacle.
7.6.2 The evaluation of the obstacles will include appraising the terrain, especially as it pertains to the skills of the Novice participant.
7.6.3 Placement of the Obstacles Judge’s belongings so that they do not become part of the obstacle or impact the way of going of the participant, unless so intended.
SEC. 8.0 Region Responsibilities
8.1 To request sanctioning of an event, the Region chairman must submit the appropriate sanction forms and fees to the State sanctioning person.
8.2 In Regions without a Trail Trials Chairman, the sponsoring person or club must submit appropriate sanction forms and fees to the State Trail Trials sanctioning person and provide a copy to the Region President.
8.2.1 Region chairmen may charge their program members a Region Trail Trials program registration fee for the region's Trail Trials high point awards program. Each Region may charge what is necessary to accommodate the needs of its program members.
8.3 After a sanctioned Trail Trial the Region Chair shall provide the State Trail Trials Sanctioning Chair with the following:
8.3.1 Within 14 days, a copy of the Official Ride Results Form with information filled out completely.
8.3.2 Within 30 days one check for all Trail Trial Riders Fees collected. The check shall be made payable to CSHA Trail Trials.
TT 8 Adopted November 2015
8.3.3 Failure to submit forms and fees postmarked by the required time period shall result in penalties equal to double the amount of the original fees.
8.3.4 In the event it becomes necessary to assess penalty fees and these fees are not paid, the club or region holding this ride shall not acquire Sanction Status on future rides until said fees are paid in full.
8.4 Each Region may design and hold as many rides as are needed to accommodate the needs of the Region.
8.5 Regions shall not make changes to the State Trail Trials rules. However, Region programs are encouraged to develop rules that govern their year-end high point program.
8.6 Each Region chairman will endeavor to prepare the participants in their Region to compete at the SCE.
8.7 By September 1st of the ride year, the Region chairman shall provide a list of their qualified riders, including their category and division, to the SCE chairman.
SEC. 9.0 State Championship Event (SCE)
9.1 The SCE chairman shall be appointed on a rotating basis. The order of rotation shall be; Northern Region programs, Central Region programs, Southern Region programs, then back to the Northern Region.
9.1.1 The SCE Chairman will appoint a Senior Judge, other than themselves or the State chairman, for purposes of the SCE.
9.1.2 The SCE chairman shall endeavor to hold the championship at a location that is suitable for championship level competition.
9.2 Champion and Reserve Champion buckles shall be awarded to qualified riders placing first and second place in each category and division as set forth in rule 4.2.
9.3 Appropriate awards shall be given to qualified riders placing third through sixth.
9.4 Eligibility
9.4.1 The rider must be a CSHA member (see CSHA Bylaws for a definition of member).
9.4.2 The rider must be registered in a Region Trail Trial Program.
TT 9 Adopted November 2015
9.4.2.1 A Region Registered Combination is defined as a combination that has filled out a Region’s Trail Trial Program registration form and paid any and all registration fees set by the Region. The Region registration form must inform the rider of the CSHA membership requirement.
9.4.2.2 If a rider’s region does not have a Trail Trial Program, the rider shall contact the State Trail Trial Chairman for information regarding registration in another region’s program. The State Chairman must contact the President of each involved region to obtain approval of the request.
9.4.2.3 A rider can only register and qualify in one “Region Trail Trial program. A club member may register in the Trail Trial program sponsored by the region in which his club is based regardless of where the member actually lives. For SCE purposes only, the rider will be considered a member of the region in whose program the rider was registered.
9.4.3 The rider must complete three (3) CSHA sanctioned Trail Trials with the same horse in the same category and age division within the ride year to be eligible to compete in the Year End State Championship Event.
9.5 The ride year is defined as the third weekend in September through the second weekend in September.
9.6 There is no limit as to the number of times a horse and rider combination may become a CSHA State Trail Trials champion, subject to the limitations in rule 4.4.
9.7 The SCE chairman shall publish the tie breaker protocol prior to the start of the SCE.
9.8 The State Chairman will remain in a neutral position in order to mediate any potential protest(s) that might arise from the SCE.
SEC. 10.0 Protests
10.1 All protests relating to a CSHA licensed Trail Trials Judge will be addressed to and handled by the Judges Commission as set forth in the Judges Commission chapter.
10.2 All other protests must be filed in writing to the entity holding the Trail Trials within forty- eight [48] hours after the conclusion of the event.
10.2.1 A fee of $50.00 must accompany the protest.
10.2.2 The organization holding the Trail Trials will immediately notify the Region Trail Trials chairman of the protest.
10.3 The Region Trail Trials chairman may form a committee to hear the protest or refer the protest to the State Trail Trials committee.
TT 10 Adopted November 2015
10.3.1 The Region chairman must inform the State chairman of the protest.
10.3.2 If the Region has no Trail Trials committee, the Region President will refer the protest to the CSHA State Trail Trials committee. The Region President will attend the hearing.
10.4 The committee will meet in person to conduct a hearing on the protest.
10.5 If the protest is upheld, the deposit will be returned. If the protest is overruled, the deposit will be forfeited to the State Trail Trials program.
10.6 The decision of the protest will be final and may not be appealed.
SEC. 11.0 Points
11.1 Double Points
11.1.1 Double Points awarded at a one-day event will qualify as a single ride towards SCE eligibility.
11.1.2 As an incentive to encourage support of the State Trail Trials program, double points may only be awarded at an event where at least fifty percent (50%) of the net proceeds benefit the State program.
11.1.3 On the Region level, Double Points will not be allowed except as provided in 11.1.2.
SEC. 12.0 Obstacle Skills
This section provides riders with some general guidelines for executing obstacles.
12.1 Leading: Horse to follow willingly, not crowding or lagging. Excess rope shall be held in the non-leading hand.
12.1.1 The horse must be lead with a halter and lead rope, not the reins, with the following exceptions:
12.1.1.1 Horses wearing a halter-bridle do not have to be lead with a separate halter. The rein must be unclipped from the bit rings and correctly fastened to the leading-ring of the halter bridle.
12.1.1.2 If a horse is wearing a bosal [Spanish hackamore] and a mecate, or snaffle bridle and a mecate, the rider may tie the mecate into a leading-hitch (see Appendix A). Riders will not be penalized for using the mecate, so hitched, in lieu of a halter and lead rope.
12.1.1.3 Horses wearing a Western bridle with a bosal and mecate [under bridle] may be led by the mecate
TT 11 Adopted November 2015
12.1.2 Reins should be secured to the horn of Western saddles, or knotted and/or appropriately secured, if no saddle horn is available.
12.1.3 Stirrups without fenders on saddles such as English, Endurance, Australian, etc., shall be secured by running the stirrups up the leathers, or secured by crossing over the saddle
12.1.4. A rider ground handling his horse through challenging terrain, over logs, through tight spaces shall secure a safe position prior to asking his horse to negotiate the obstacle.
12.1.5. When a horse is asked to “send” in an obstacle a halter and lead rope must be used. Sending is not considered a novice obstacle.
12.2 Mounting: The rider must check cinch. The stirrup does not have to be laid over the saddle seat. Horse will stand quietly and not move off when mounted. Style of mounting is not considered, only a smooth mount that does not unbalance the horse. A rider must have the reins in hand while mounting.
12.3 Dismounting: Horse will stand quietly and not move off. Style of the dismount not considered, only a smooth dismount that does not unbalance the horse. A rider must have the reins in hand while dismounting.
12.4 Hoof check: Horse will stand quietly. The criterion for this obstacle is a safe leg pick up, not the method of cueing the horse to pick up the leg. If the rider is holding the horse rather than tying him, letting go of the lead rope will be penalized. At the riders discretion the horse may be secured by tucking a portion of the lead into the riders belt or pocket or over the riders shoulder, however points will be assessed if the horse moves off or dislodges a lead rope from the belt, pocket, or shoulder. Riders shall not be assessed points for the lead rope merely touching the ground unless there is an issue with safety. Hoof boots are not required to be removed to check hoof.
12.5 Water crossing: The horse should walk quietly through the water. It is at the rider’s discretion if the horse will be allowed to drink or not to drink without being penalized. Horses will not be penalized for acknowledging the obstacle before entering it.
12.6 Uphill: Before beginning ascent check cinch and breast collar, if used. A rider is to be positioned appropriately, maintaining the center of balance. No penalty for holding the mane or neck to secure the forward position. Horse to negotiate a slope in a safe manner. At riders' discretion, horse may stop to blow, as needed. If the rider is asked to stop on an uphill and there is sufficient room, the rider shall rest their horse so that all four hooves are on ground that is as level as possible. The location of the stop shall be clearly marked and given in the directions for the uphill. At no time should a rider position his mount, haunches toward a drop off or significant downhill slope. For purposes of cinch check requirement, the Senior Judge determines an uphill obstacle. Ride management will use the word "uphill" in the directions each rider receives from the obstacle judge.
TT 12 Adopted November 2015
12.7 Downhill: Before beginning descent check cinch and crupper if used. The rider to be positioned appropriately maintaining the center of balance. Riders may use a hand on the saddle to support themselves, but must not do so in such a way as to unbalance the horse. Horse to negotiate the slope in a safe manner. At rider’s discretion, horse may stop to blow, as needed. If the rider is asked to stop on a downhill and there is sufficient room, the rider shall rest their horse so that all four hooves are on ground that is as level as possible. The location of the stop shall be clearly marked and given in the directions for the downhill. At no time should a rider position the haunches of his mount toward a drop off or significant downhill slope. For purposes of cinch check requirement, the Senior Judge determines a downhill obstacle. Ride management will use the word "downhill" in the directions each rider receives from the obstacle judge.
12.8 Step over: This is a forward motion obstacle. Horse to look at an obstacle and proceed over carefully, avoiding striking the obstacle. Size of an animal relative to an obstacle to be considered. Small horses and ponies not to be penalized for hopping very tall step overs, if they otherwise negotiate the obstacle calmly and with deliberation. For consecutive, in stride step overs, ride management will endeavor to select obstacles that are no higher than approximately 12 inches. While negotiating step overs, the horse is to be balanced and pick up feet and avoid clipping and stumbling. A slight brush that does not imbalance the horse or move the obstacle is acceptable.
12.9 Bridge: The horse should walk across quietly. No penalty for acknowledging the obstacle before starting to cross. Horse should step on and off the bridge quietly.
12.10 Gate: Competitors may be required to negotiate a gate either mounted or dismounted. The horse and rider combination will move through the obstacle quietly, deliberately and under the rider's direction. A rider must keep their hand on the gate at all times. Moving or adjusting hand position on the gate while negotiating the gate is allowed.
12.11 Drag or Pull: Check cinch required before taking the rope or drag obstacle in hand. The rider may hold rope or dally. No tying hard and fast. The rider should demonstrate awareness by looking at both the drag obstacle and the direction they are going. The drag is a forward motion obstacle; the pull is a backward motion obstacle. The horse or rider should never become entangled in the rope. The horse is to stand quietly during preparation then pull or drag an obstacle quietly and in control. Wrapping the rope around the rider's working hand is to be severely penalized. Excess rope should be held in the rein hand, never in the working hand.
12.11.1 Novice riders shall only be required to either pull or drag within any one obstacle.
TT 13 Adopted November 2015
12.12 Standing tied: Some obstacles may require riders to tie their horse. Horses will be tied with the halter and lead rope or correctly configured halter-bridle, or other approved means, using a knot that is safe and appropriate for the situation and horse. The knot must be secure and the horse must be tied in a location that is safe for the horse, the rider, and any bystanders, other tied horses and their handlers. Horses will stand quietly while tied.
12.12.1 Securing the horse: Advanced only. Some obstacles may require riders to secure their horse other than tying which may include ground tie, hobbles or high lining. Rider will have the option of removing the saddle and/or bridle before performing this skill(s) and will be judged accordingly. Rider is responsible for providing their own hobbling equipment. Hobbling and ground tying must be performed in an area where the horse may demonstrate the skill, but not be in danger of escape (round pen, corral, arena, etc.)
12.12.2 Ground tying refers to leaving a horse standing while the rider walks away. Horse should not walk away as rider leaves. Reins, get down rope, lead rope or neck rope may be used to ground tie. Riders with loop reins with snaps may unsnap one end of loop reins and use for ground tying. When using loop reins that don’t snap, the lead rope must be dropped to the ground under the horses chin and the reins must be secured to the saddle. Points may be given if horse steps away while being ground tied.
12.12.3 Some obstacles may require riders to hobble their horse. Obstacle judge will observe if the rider has hobbling equipment and the ability to put it on safely. The horse must stand quietly and accept the hobbles. The reins, mecate and lead rope must be secured and not dropped on the ground. The horse will not be penalized for minor movement while standing with hobbles. It is the rider’s discretion to determine what may be used to hobble as long as it is deemed safe e.g. lead rope, rein, t-shirt or commercial hobbles.
12.13 Stationary Obstacles: These are such things as slickers, balloons, maps, trash, etc. A rider is to maintain control of the horse as he acknowledges the obstacles.
12.14 Moving Obstacles: These are such things as backpackers, bicycles, baby strollers, vehicles and carts. A rider is to maintain control of the horse as he acknowledges the obstacles. Safety of all parties, including those persons providing the obstacle, is the primary concern.
12.15 Jumping: Jumping on, into, off of, through, or over any obstacle, unless required to do so, is a major fault.
12.16 Whoa: At a walk, an animal should stop on command with little aid from the rider. Effort will increase slightly for the jog, and again for the lope. The horse should stand quietly after the stop.
TT 14 Adopted November 2015
12.17 Skills: The following abilities will help riders negotiate obstacles successfully. This list is meant only to provide a reference for riders. Riders and horses may be asked to perform the following skills in the negotiation of trail obstacles:
12.17.1 Whoa - responds to halt cues without argument.
12.17.2 Be able to ask horse to stand quietly.
12.17.3 Execute all gaits calmly and as directed. All gaits natural to a breed are acceptable.
12.17.4 Be able to move the horse laterally [side to side].
12.17.5 Make turns on the forehand and/or hindquarters.
12.17.6 Be able to back the horse in a straight line and/or around corners. When backing, the rider should demonstrate awareness by looking in the direction they are traveling. Riders should not be instructed to back either their horse's front or back feet over a raised object.
12.17.7 Emergency Dismount: Be able to dismount quickly and safely without the use of stirrups while maintaining control.
SEC. 13.0 Obstacle Judging – Score Sheet Standards
13.1 Cinch Check: Is a pass or fail of 0 or 2 points. Rider may test the cinch for excess slack by tugging on it. This may be done either from the ground or in the saddle. If done from the ground, rider will be judged on dismount and mount. Cinch checks are required before mounting, going up or down hills, or pulling and/or dragging which are all considered stresses on the saddle. Only one cinch check per obstacle shall be required.
13.2 Awareness: This is a very broad and important category.
13.2.1 Rider awareness: The rider should be paying attention to the directions with the horse positioned at a safe distance from the judge. The rider should evaluate the obstacle for potential cautions before proceeding, and during the obstacle. If the rider is asked to answer a question (i.e., where are we on this map?), perform a specific skill (i.e., tie a specific knot, using only specified knots found in the State Trail Trials Rulebook. Use only specified knots included in Appendix C & D.), or lead their horse, and the rider does not perform the skill correctly, the judge may use this category to assess points.
13.2.2 Horse awareness: It is a fault if the horse is too aware by spooking, shying, or spinning or if the horse is unaware and is just "going through the motions". If a horse clips or stumbles because of lack of awareness, score here (see "Balance").
TT 15 Adopted November 2015
13.3 Horse’s Response to Cues: When the rider applies aids or cues to the horse, the horse is to react appropriately. The rider should not have to resort to very strong aids to obtain a response from the horse, nor should cues create a reaction whereby the horse overreacts (i.e., side passing or backing too far). The horse should approach an obstacle as cued (i.e., straight on, side pass) and not avoid direct approach. The horse should stand quietly while mounted (slight shifting of weight is okay). If the horse is tied, the horse should stand quietly and not pull back.
13.4 Riders Control: The rider must maintain control of the horse at all times. This will be maintained by having the rider control either with the reins, lead rope, ground tie, hobbles or high lining or other means as instructed. Rider's control of the horse is whether mounted or un-mounted. Rider should also control the horse by knowing HOW to ask their horse to execute the obstacle as well as keep the horse under control if the horse shys or spooks. If un-mounted, the rider is to lead as set forth in rule 12.1. The horse should be lead quietly either behind or slightly to the side of the rider. While leading the horse the rider should not let the horse crowd or lean on rider.
13.4.1 While keeping control of the horse, riders must also maintain control of items needed to complete the obstacle such as, but not limited to, ropes, buckets, flags, gates, etc.
13.5 Balance: This applies to both rider and horse. The rider should be well balanced in the saddle. For uphill, the rider should lean slightly forward with legs balanced under rider and not hitting horse's flanks, and deep in the saddle but not hitting the back of cantle. For downhill, the rider should lean slightly back. The rider is not to lean excessively forward, back or sideways. The horse is to be balanced while negotiating obstacles. For downhill obstacle hindquarters should be under the horse and the horse should not lean on forehand. While negotiating step overs, the horse is to be balanced and pick up feet and avoid clipping and stumbling. Slight brush okay. While negotiating step overs, the horse is to be balanced and pick up feet and avoid clipping and stumbling. A slight brush that does not imbalance the horse or move the obstacle is acceptable.
13.6 On Course: The rider is to follow directions as given and stay on course. Excessive response, avoidance or rider's misunderstanding of the direction will be penalized. The participant must remain within the boundaries of the obstacle as marked. Avoiding or going outside marked boundaries constitutes being off course.
13.7 Bypass or Disqualify: It is the participant’s responsibility to bypass any obstacle they deem as beyond their team’s skill level. Safety and common sense should always be kept in the participant’s mind. After the horse refuses three times the rider is disqualified for this obstacle and receives full penalty points except a cinch check.
13.8 Coaching: It is the participant's responsibility to negotiate the obstacle on their own so a true test of their skills can be assessed. Once a participant has presented himself or herself to the obstacle judge there shall be no further contact by another person.
13.8.1 Coaching is defined as any verbal, gesture or implied assistance to a rider on course and executing the obstacle.
13.8.2 Both the coach and rider being coached will be disqualified.
TT 16 Adopted November 2015
SEC. 14.0 Scoring
14.1 Participants will be scored on negotiating the obstacles by utilizing an official score card as provided by the State Trail Trials Committee. The individual areas of evaluation are outlined in Section 13.0 Obstacle Judging.
14.1.1 Obstacle assistants or helpers will not participate in the judging or scoring of the obstacles except when instructed to provide verification of an action/completion of the obstacle to the obstacle judge.
14.2 Scoring values will be assessed per each section of judging per obstacle as follows:
0 = Perfect, no discernible mistakes 1 = Above average, very minor mistakes 2 = Adequate job, obvious mistakes 3 = Made effort, skills need development
14.2.1 The exception to this rule is “cinch check”:
0 = Rider checked cinch 2 = Rider did not check cinch
14.3 Bypass: Bypass points will be assessed a value of 24 to 26 points (depending on cinch check requirement for the obstacle). Riders shall retain cinch check credit.
14.4 Disqualify: Disqualification points will be assessed a value of 24 or 26 points (depending on cinch check requirement for the obstacle). Any obstacle judge may disqualify a participant from their obstacle for safety reasons. The obstacles must be executed as stated in the judge’s directions.
14.5 Refusal: Refusal points will be assessed a value of 24 to 26 points (depending on cinch check requirement for the obstacle). Riders shall retain cinch check credit.
14.5.1 If a horse refuses at an obstacle, the participant will be allowed a total of three attempts to complete. Each attempt the rider will acquire PENALTY POINTS. 1ST attempt 4 points, 2nd attempt 8 points, 3rd attempt 12 points. If the horse refuses a third time, the participant is dismissed from the obstacle. Total points shall not exceed more than 24/26 points.
14.5.2 The definition of a refusal is a horse that moves their feet away (any direction) from the obstacle. Looking and snorting are not considered refusals.
14.6 No Score: Should a rider miss an obstacle because of getting lost; injury to horse or rider, or quitting the trail trial, a score of NS will be entered in the obstacle score on the Official Score Sheet and the total score for the rider shall indicate NS. Credit for the ride will not be given when the ride is not completed.
TT 17 Adopted November 2015
APPENDIX A
HITCHING A HACKAMORE LEADING RIG
A Spanish hackamore offers its user the convenience of providing a leading rig. If the mecate (rope rein) is correctly hitched around the horse's neck to prevent the hanger from being pulled over the horse's ears when force is applied to the reins.
There are several different, safe methods of hitching up the reins to make the leading rig. They all have the following points in common:
1. The reins are looped around the horse's neck to form a neck rope.
2. The reins are hitched over themselves to secure the neck rope in place.
3. The running end of the mecate lead rope is passed through a bite of the reins to secure the neck rope and take up any force if the horse pulls back while being led.
Example of correctly hitched mecate.
TT 18 Adopted November 2015
APPENDIX B
A natural hackamore with properly tied mecate.
TT 19 Adopted November 2015
APPENDIX C
Quick Release Knot
TT 20 Adopted November 2015
APPENDIX D
Bowline Knot
Imagine the working end of the rope as a rabbit, and the standing end of the rope as the tree.
First a loop is made near the end of the rope. This will be referred to as the rabbit's hole.
The "rabbit" comes up out of the hole, goes round behind the tree (right to the left), and then goes back down the hole.
TT 21 Adopted November 2015
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TT 22 Adopted November 2015
TRAILS
SEC. 1.0 - Preparing for the Ride ...... 3 SEC. 2.0 - Starting the Ride ...... 4 SEC. 3.0 - High County or Long Ride Rules ...... 4 SEC. 4.0 - Follow the Leader ...... 4 SEC. 5.0 - At the End of a Long Ride ...... 5 SEC. 6.0 - Tying up for the Night ...... 5 SEC. 7.0 - Other hints for Trail Leaders ...... 5 SEC. 8.0 - California Trail Rules and Regulations ...... 5 California Equestrian Trails & Lands Coalition ...... 9 Safety Considerations for Multi-use Trails ...... 9 Design Considerations: ...... 10 Education: ...... 11 Signage: ...... 11 Enforcement: ...... 12 Conclusion: ...... 12 GENERIC SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR MULTI-USE TRAILS ...... 13 Other Trail Considerations: ...... 14
TR1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TR2 Riding a good trail horse is one of the best ways to enjoy the wide-open country of California – more than 156,000 square miles, much of it unfenced, rolling hills and rugged mountains. For the past twenty years, plans for a riding and hiking trails system, aggregating 3,000 miles, are gradually becoming a reality.
No one b reed or color is the best trail horse, but most experienced backcountry riders look for a well-proportioned horse. Each horse should be large enough to carry its rider, well conditioned, trained and adequately fed and cared for on the trail. A good trail horse may be grazed at night time and will stand quietly when hobbled. Having a good trail horse is only one of the major requirements for enjoying the trail. Horsemen should be familiar with the fundamental trail riding rules and etiquette, which must be understood, if personal safety and mutual enjoyment of the trails are to be realized.
Riders should be guided by trail rules at all times, regardless of the number of riders in the party. Good public relations are extremely important – especially in the interest of maintaining privileges on existing trails as well as those incident to the extension of the present system. Be aware of the landowner’s right to privacy as well as his contribution to trails enjoyment – and by your conduct, show regard for any special rules or requirements covering his particular situation. Refer to local, County and State ordinances with which Equestrian Trails Patrolmen especially, should familiarize themselves, taking advantage of every natural opportunity to assist other trail riders in becoming aware of any violations thereof.
The most common fault with the average riding group is that it tries to cover too much ground in a limited time. In planning a ride, don’t try to figure it in miles. Your group will be happier if you set a goal based on the number of hours to be spent in the saddle. A rugged terrain can drastically cut down the number of miles you may think you can travel in a single day. Unless you are a hardened trail rider, six or seven hours in the saddle are plenty. This will give you time required to care for your mount properly and to enjoy the companionship of others who will be more likely to be amenable, providing adequate stops for resting are made. Some leaders of group rides may overlook the less experienced riders in their groups and set a pace too fast for the novice. This does not mean that the group should pace themselves to she slowest horse, but that they should strike a medium pace. The inexperienced rider must realize of course, that a horse capable of a brisk walk is a primary requirement for pleasant and cooperative trail riding.
SEC. 1.0 - Preparing for the Ride
Try to have your horse shod about three days to a week before any long, hard trip. Watch for stones in your horse’s hooves, especially if you are on a rocky trail. Always carry a hoof pick and tool for removing a loose shoe. Be sure you have a good rope before you start on a trip. Twelve (12) feet of cotton rope will do. Take a horse blanket if your horse is to be tied up all night, especially in cooler climates.
Other items you should carry are: Saddle bag Halter ¾” cotton rope, 12’ long Pliers Pocket knife (sharp) Drinking cup
TR3 Small Flashlight Light curry comb Hoof pick Horse shoe repair items Small still horse brush Small First Aid kit In dry country – a canteen In high country – a slicker Matches in waterproof container Regular length lariat.
On one-day rides, personal items can be wrapped in a towel. On longer trips, depending upon circumstances, your own personal ideas and requirements may change the list.
SEC. 2.0 - Starting the Ride
In cold weather, plan to saddle up in advance of beginning of the ride to give your horse time to get the friskiness out of his system. Keep your saddle secure with placement well up on the withers. The flank cinch should be snug enough to avoid running brush between it and your horse.
If you tie up for lunch, loosen the cinch – but don’t forget to tighten it when you mount up again.
SEC. 3.0 - High County or Long Ride Rules
Low country horses are not accustomed to the thin air at higher altitudes. They should be conditioned through special care and exercised several days prior to long trail rides and high altitudes, making it easier for them to adjust to sudden environmental changes. Arriving a day or more prior to the ride and getting your horse used to the terrain and/or thin air, by riding at a medium, even pace, stopping frequently for a few minutes of rest and dismounting during rest periods, will help. If you can, rest your horse on a level spot. When climbing a steep grade make your horse dig in. Don’t leap or run uphill. Grab a handful of the mane and bring your weight forward to his carrying spot – close to the withers. By climbing easily, the horse will not be so likely to tire easily or lose his breath. He doesn’t get “bucking” ideas, you stay in the saddle and both you and the horse keep out of the way of the rider behind you.
SEC. 4.0 - Follow the Leader
Trail discipline is mandatory to insure the safety and welfare of all of the riders and their mounts. The Trail Boss or Leader has absolute authority and all riders should be positioned to his rear. The “drag”, bringing up the rear has authority commensurate with that of the Trail Boss. Riders should retain their respective positions on the trail and are not to pass the other horses, unless of necessity or by authorization of the Trail Boss. A minimum distance of one horse length is essential. Don’t approach or pass another horse rapidly and/or without prior notification of the rider ahead. If you have to pass, ask the rider in front of you, then come up slowly, allowing plenty of room. Some horses kick and bite when passed. Some trails don’t allow for safe passing and may be especially hazardous to the inexperienced rider. Riding ahead of the leader is not only discourteous or against the rules, but a rider may turn into a wrong trail and become lost. Also, by riding ahead you may cause the other horses to fret. It is most important that you keep your place in line. A horse is inclined to protect himself if
TR4 approached too quickly from the rear. Keep your horse still until every rider in the group is mounted. This is a safe and courteous rule, particularly when leaving camp.
SEC. 5.0 - At the End of a Long Ride
Bring your horse into camp dry when coming off a long ride if possible, otherwise cool him slowly by walking him, leaving the saddle on with a loose cinch, while he is cooling. A short drink on arrival is permissible. Then cool, blanket, and feed lightly. When completely cooled out, allow access to full feed for about one hour before permitting full watering privilege. A hot and thirsty horse may become seriously ill if allowed to eat too much grain and water. Groom your horse completely before blanketing for the night. Temperature permitting, it is advisable to wash or sponge down the horse’s back at this time. Remember – your mount comes first.
SEC. 6.0 - Tying up for the Night
Tie your horse carefully so that he will not get loose when others are trying to sleep at night. A good slipknot, tied tightly to the tree or post, with the loose end through the loop is the best way. Tie about even with the horse’s nose with 2 ½ feet to the halter ring, so a horse can get his head down. If your horse likes to pull back, put a loop around the neck and then through the halter ring. Never tie around the nick alone, since this may choke him.
If your horse can be hobbled for the night grazing, be sure he will not get out of his hobbles or that he isn’t the kind that might travel miles toward home while wearing hobbles. Tie your horse far enough away from the campsite and horses so he won’t annoy others.
SEC. 7.0 - Other hints for Trail Leaders
Pre-ride the trail, if possible, so you will know where there is water, what conditions are, and how to time the ride. Remember, the larger the group, the slower the progress. If you can’t pre- ride the trail, check with persons who know the area. If you can, leave your itinerary with the Forest Ranger so your group can be located if necessary. Brief all riders on the highlights of the Trails Rules, with emphasis on adequate First Aid items.
SEC. 8.0 - California Trail Rules and Regulations
8.1 Where the California Riding and Hiking Trail passes through a State Park, State Forest, National Park, National Forest or National Monument, the rules of the respective agency having control of such area will prevail.
8.2 Smoking will be permitted only in areas designated for that purpose.
8.3 No campfire will be built, except in areas specifically provided and marked for that purpose.
8.4 No loaded firearms will be carried on the trail and no firearms will be discharged from or across the trail at any time; no firearms whatsoever will be carried on the trail in counties where prohibited by County ordinances.
TR5 8.5 No vehicles, other than those for emergency or maintenance purposes or those especially designated by the State Park Commission, will be permitted to use the trail, unless the trail traverses a common right of way.
8.6 No person will molest livestock encountered along or adjacent to the trail.
8.7 No person will ride any saddle animal in a manner that might endanger life or limb of any person or animal. No person will allow his saddle or pack animal to stand improperly attended or improperly tied.
8.8 All persons using the trail will respect the rights of property owners along the trail and will not trespass on their property or privacy in any way.
8.9 Any person noticing a fire along or adjacent to the trail will immediately make this fire his whole concern and promptly communicate the position of the fire to the proper authorities and then take immediate action to extinguish the fire.
8.10 All persons opening a closed gate will close the same after passing though it.
8.11 Riders and hikers will limit their use of the trail to the prepared surface and the overnight rest areas. In addition to these rules, those applying to the California State Park System are in effect on the trails.
8.12 If you must follow a road for any distance, ride the dirt shoulder with the traffic.
8.13 When crossing a road, line your group horizontally instead of single file, so you can all cross at once. Designate two riders as flagmen on busy roads. Always walk, don’t rush across the pavement.
8.14 Loping should be prohibited at all times while group riding.
8.15 Don’t let your horse graze or snatch bites. This could result in closing the rear file too rapidly.
8.16 When going through brush or trees, don’t hold the branches. When others are following closely, call back any trail hazards you see, such as, “hole-wire-low branch-car ahead”.
8.17 Climb down into gullies or inclines, never lunge or gallop into them. Climb right out and keep going.
8.18 When watering, let your horse have only a few sips at a time. The first in line should cross at the lowest point downstream so not to muddy up the stream for the rest of the horses.
8.19 After watering, wait on the other side as some horses will not drink if the group is moving ahead.
8.20 Take care of the trail. Don’t cut corners. If going uphill, zig-zag to save the hill and your horse. Close gates as required.
TR6 8.21 Don’t litter the trails with papers or trash. Dispose of all papers and trash by placing them under a stone or log.
8.22 Always leave a clean camp and a dead fire. Remember Smokey the Bear!
TR7
CALIFORNIA STATE HORSEMEN’S ASSOCIATION, INC.
TRAILS STANDARDS
AS APPROVED AND ADOPTED BY:
THE CALIFORNIA STATE HORSEMEN’S ASSOCIATION, INC, Executive Committee July 17, 2005 Board of Directors November 2006
THE CALIFORNIA EQUESTRIAN TRAILS & LANDUSE COALITION June 10, 2005
PRESENTED FOR APPROVAL:
THE CALIFORNIA STATE PARKS RECREATIONAL TRAILS COMMITTEE
BACK COUNTRY HORSEMEN OF CALIFORNIA
TR8 California Equestrian Trails & Lands Coalition
June 2005
Safety Considerations for Multi-use Trails
CET&LC is continuing to develop specific design and enforcement standards for proposed and designated multi-use trails. The primary concern of our member organizations regarding multi- use trails is the safety of these trails for equestrians. The recent need (since about 1985) for multi-use trails is primarily to accommodate the addition of mountain bicycle use. In order to safely accommodate bicycles that travel much faster than equestrian or hikers, specific trail design standards and safety guidelines are required to provide safe use for all.
The CET&LC represents most organized recreational equestrian groups in California with 46,000 members. It is estimated that there are over 400,000 recreational riders in California. Many of these people ride trails as part of their recreational enjoyment.
The CET&LC offers general comments on conditions necessary to make the trail use experience positive, safe and enjoyable for all users. Also included is a set of Trail User Guidelines for issuance to every user at the trailhead.
1. From the equestrian user’s perspective, mountain biking use has become a safety issue and needs to be addressed on all trail conversion decisions, as well as new trail construction, to help alleviate the conflict among users. The CET&LC supports multi-use trails where appropriate. In recent discussions with California State Parks staff in Sacramento on how best to define safe practices that will allow users to continue enjoying multi-use trails, we have recommended a number of safety provisions. The term “appropriate” means trail portions where terrain and slope do not limit the safe passage between equestrian and bike users. N Inappropriate trails should not be designated multi-use until corrected. CET&LC is committed to working with State parks, other agencies and other users to develop a set of safety guidelines that is acceptable to all users.
2. Some users have commented that it is a “perception of safety” when considering conversion of trails to multi-use. To the equestrian community, it is more than a perception; it is a true evaluation of the safety circumstances, including the likelihood of increased risk to other trail users. Speed by other users is a major problem for horses, especially around blind or limited visibility curves. Trails can be designed to mitigate this problem, coupled with additional training for equestrian animals. It still remains that the primary user for which speed is part of the use if the mountain biker. If all users were to travel no more than 4 to 5 mph, as most trails are designed to be used, the most of the interface problems would be solved. Horses react to fast moving objects with their natural instincts and can only be trained to a point. Equestrian users have asked why should a well established user group be asked to significantly retrain their animals to meet a user that has brought a completely new use to the trail system. CET&LC is committed to developing a set of safety guidelines that all users can accept as long as the users consider the innate survival reaction of the horse. We accept the need to accustom our animals to meet bikers on multi-use trails so long as the biking community will do the same in adjusting their use patterns accordingly. The enclosed draft safety
TR9 guidelines should be accepted by all agencies as part of the trail plan; otherwise, it is predictable that conflict will continue. Often, in defining the conflict problem, it seems that the emphasis is focused on equestrian "behavior" rather than a focus to resolve problems by urging all the users, (bikers, equestrians and hikers) to work together for a solution.
3. In the new update of the State Park Trail Policy there is reference made that “design, education, signage, and enforcement can be effective in controlling conflict.” The CET&LC totally supports this approach, and our member organizations in California join in this support. Noted below is what was recently presented to the California State parks Director and Staff:
Design Considerations: a. Develop a set of trail construction standards that take into consideration each user’s needs. Obviously, these will have compromises but will use safety as the primary objective. Some specific suggestions are:
• Visibility: Switchbacks and curves need 50 ft. visual clearance on either side so users can see others.
• Trail width: Wide trails can create maintenance and drainage problems. This topic includes old roads and whether they should continue to be used and be an exception. Some agencies consider wide trails as an erosion problem. Forest Service believes bikers and equestrians will often ride side by side if the trail is too wide, while many equestrians consider a 6 ft. wide trail as a minimum in order to safely pass cyclists.
• Trail slope: Keep slope as low as possible (<12% if possible) for safe places for passing and visibility.
• Separate Trails: Where terrain is steep, visibility is limited and safe passage is hazardous, consider having separate parallel trails, one for equestrians/hikers and one for mountain bikers. b. Line of Sight: Visibility is a major factor in the safety issue. Switchbacks and blind curves severely limit all users. Limited visibility reduces reaction time of trail users to gauge other users’ speed and control so as to move out of the way where possible. Limited visibility also reduces the user seeing others approaching from behind or in front, thereby not slowing nor giving a warning call before reaching them. c. Trail Width – Slope & Drop-off: Safety on narrow trails requires that one be able to move off the trail to avoid an accident. If there is no way to go up a steep slope or if the drop-off is too extreme, one literally has nowhere to go. Blind curves and switchbacks in conjunction with narrow trails along sides of mountains with steep drop-offs and slopes increase the chances of accidents when trail users of different speeds are using the same trail.
TR10 d. Startle Factor: Cyclists are relatively silent and can appear suddenly thus startling and alarming others. On narrow trails with reduced line of sight, the risk of collision between fast approaching, silent cyclists and other users rises dramatically. e. Trail Grade: This factor is directly proportional to the downhill speed of some users. There does not appear to be incidents among the users when bicyclists are going uphill. Cyclists going downhill are sometimes not able to stop in time to avoid startling horses. f. Trail Surface: Surfaces that are slippery with sand or excess scree diminish traction for most users and raise the chances of injury. When such a trail is also narrow, or has no escape route or reasonable visibility, it becomes a hazard for multiple users. g. Quality of Outdoor Experience: Safety and peace of mind should be a primary consideration in establishing policies for multi-use trails. Policies should enhance the positive experiences that outdoor recreation provides. For most, the trail experience is a relaxing endeavor. Mountain biking, requiring a vehicle, is fundamentally a different experience from hiking and horseback riding. These experiences may be compatible where there is sufficient physical trail space to allow each user a sense of freedom and safety without interference. However, when physical space diminishes on a trail, then compatibility disappears and conflict intensifies. Perceived risk becomes real for hikers and equestrians, and injury is a predictable experience. Thus, when the quality of a trail experience is markedly reduced, many will choose to not repeat it to avoid the possibility of conflict. They are then displaced or disenfranchised from enjoying a quality trail experience.
Education:
a. The education of trail users is a key factor in the creation of a safe trail system for all to use. Not everyone understands the nature of a horse or appreciates the incredible survival skills with which they are born. We are offering to develop some suggestions for all trail users to adopt as a way of increasing the comfort level of both the trail horse and non-equestrian trail user.
b. The education of the equestrian user is also a vital area for multi-use trails. The CET&LC is recommending to its member organizations to improve the “startle factor” training of riders and animals as part of the adjustment to becoming multi-use trail users. Several Equestrian Clubs have adopted training clinics to teach the horses and riders to meet cyclists in varying situations. This greatly improved the animal’s awareness that a cyclist is not a threat. However, even with training, “sudden appearance situations” requires an exceptional horse to handle and is not in the usual scope or ability of many equestrian trail riders (reference police and Sheriff’s Posse training and horse dropout ratio.)
Signage:
The CET&LC is recommending that California State Parks and other agencies with trail systems adopt the classic triangle yield sign as a standard for all multi-use trails. Enclosed with this letter is an example of the sign used by several other States, as well as some California park systems. It works quite well to alert users to a certain protocol and trail etiquette when meeting others on multi-use trails. Likewise, there should be good signage to make users aware of who is permitted or not on various trails.
TR11 Enforcement:
Having an enforcement process is vital for today’s multitude of users. There is reference to volunteer patrols in the pending State Parks trail Policy, but no mention is made of law enforcement; and that is a critical element in maintaining a safe recreational environment. If State Parks or any other agency adopts multi-use trails over special use trails, some type of rules enforcement on the trails must be in place and will need a significantly high priority.
Conclusion:
CET&LC is recommending for all trail system user the guidelines listed above as a way to make riding, hiking and biking an enjoyable trail experience. As stated before, our intent is to support multi-use trails as long as the safety concerns and terrain conditions are addressed. If an existing trail cannot meet these standards, then it should not be designated multi-use. CET&LC looks forward to working with all user groups and agencies in developing safety guidelines.
TR12 GENERIC SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR MULTI-USE TRAILS
1. The Future
The way we use the trails today shapes trail access for tomorrow. Please do your part to enhance our multi-user access and image by observing the following Safety Guidelines for the Trail.
2. Always yield to other trail users.
Let your fellow trail users know you are coming. A friendly greeting or gesture is consideration of others and that will go a long way towards cooperative trail use. Don’t startle others. Show respect when passing by slowing to a walking pace. Anticipate other trail users around blind corners or in areas of poor visibility. Yielding means slow down, establish communication, follow the yield protocol and be prepared to stop if necessary to pass safely.
If you need to pass a horse and rider, either from behind or from the front, slow down and alert the rider you want to pass on the downhill side. Give the rider time to take control and move the horse. If a horse needs to pass you, dismount or stand on the downhill side.
When groups of users desire to pass from the rear, be courteous, convey your desires and wait for the slower users to determine a safe passing point.
3. Right of Way Protocol – Reference to Yield Triangle Sign
When trail conditions require a right of way for safe passage, equestrian users have the primary right of way, hikers next and then cyclists. When trail conditions allow and when there is width to safely pass, common courtesy should prevail for all users.
4. Control your Actions.
Awareness of trail conditions at all times is vital for safe use. It is recognized that the level of training and experience of any user varies and it is your responsibility to be in control. If you and a mount, cyclist, or hiker is inexperienced on the trail, it is suggested you travel with other trail users with more experience. Travel only at a speed that is safe for conditions on the trail.
If you see a horse shying or spooking, move away from the horse and keep talking. Speaking will help the horse relax and realize you are a person.
5. Safe Speed.
Excessive speed is an unsafe use of multi-use trails. All users must use good judgment and be aware that there are other users on the trail who may be going slower than they are. Limited visibility around corners and curves should be a signal to slow down to the speed of hikers, the slowest trail users.
TR13 6. Plan ahead
For safe use of trails know your ability and the area in which you are riding, hiking or cycling, and prepare yourself accordingly. Be self-sufficient at all times. Keep your animal & equipment in good shape and carry necessary supplies for changes in weather or other conditions. A well-executed trip is a satisfaction for you and not a burden to others.
7. Awareness of Equestrian Safety.
If you or your siblings would like to pet the horse on the trail, first ask the rider if it is OK. Horses are very social animals and follow specific social rules with each other. We humans get along best with them when we act as they do.
Other Trail Considerations:
1. Use open trails only.
Respect trail & road closures. Us a map, and contact agencies if uncertain about the trail. Avoid trespassing on private land. Obtain permission, permits or other authorization as required. The way we utilize the trails today will influence trail management and practices in the future.
2. Leave no Trace. Practice Gentle Use Principles.
Be sensitive to the earth beneath you. Recognize different types of soils & trail conditions. Wet & muddy trails are more vulnerable to damage, so consider other options. Please stay on existing trails; do not create new ones and do not shortcut. Be sure to pack out all that you pack in.
3. Be Aware of other animals.
Give other animals, both domestic and wild, extra space and time to adjust to you. Running cattle or disturbing wildlife is a very serious offense. Leave gates as you found them or as they are marked.
TR14